Garmin | G1000 NXi: Cessna 206H/T206H Nav III | Garmin G1000 NXi: Cessna 206H/T206H Nav III Pilot's Guide, G1000 NXi Cessna NAV III - SSV 2501.03

Garmin G1000 NXi: Cessna 206H/T206H Nav III Pilot's Guide, G1000 NXi Cessna NAV III - SSV 2501.03
G1000® NXi Pilot’s Guide
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District,
New Taipei City, Taiwan
Cessna Nav III
Garmin International, Inc. Garmin AT, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
2345 Turner Road SE
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A. Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
www.flygarmin.com
190-02177-01
Revision A
®
Pilot’s Guide
Cirrus SR2x
Cessna Nav III
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL & CNS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Copyright © 2017-2018 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 2501.03 or later for Cessna 172R, 172S, 182T, T182T, 206H, and T206H
aircraft. Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software
versions.
NOTE: Cessna Nav III aircraft include the Cessna 172R, the Cessna 172S, the normally aspirated Cessna 182 (182),
the turbocharged Cessna 182 (T182), the normally aspirated Cessna 206 (206), and the turbocharged Cessna 206
(T206). Unless otherwise indicated, information in the G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide pertains to all Cessna Nav
III aircraft.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support at www.flygarmin.com.
For warranty information refer to www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored
in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to download
a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for
personal use, provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice
and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin
ESP™, Garmin SVT™, SurfaceWatch™, Connext™, and WireAware™ are trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These
trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Stormscope® is registered trademarks of L-3 Communications. CO Guardian is a trademark of CO Guardian, Inc. AC-U-KWIK® is a
registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc. Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are registered trademarks of Honeywell International,
Inc. NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.; Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and
SiriusXM Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc. The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Garmin is under license.
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively “AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties,
with respect to the AOPA information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AOPA does not warrant or make any
representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the software or related documentation, even if
AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes of action, claims or losses related to any actual
or alleged inaccuracies in the information. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for
incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with
respect to the AC-U-KWIK information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or
make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the
maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses related
to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions
do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations
or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
Printed in the U.S.A.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for maintaining separation
from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for verification of displayed aeronautical
information. Displayed aeronautical data may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic control altitude requirements. The
primary barometric altimeter must be used for compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations,
requirements, instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the sole means of navigation. Basemap
data is intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered only
an aid to enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic
within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information
from aircraft or ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be older than the indicated weather product age.
WARNING: Do not rely on the displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) as the sole source of obstacle
and terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum
clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Do not operate this equipment without first obtaining qualified instruction.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a
system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints are derived from an unknown map reference datum that
may be incompatible with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be positioned
in error as displayed.
WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH when flying an approach with
vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the
altitude preselect.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
i
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
WARNING: Do not rely on the accuracy of attitude and heading indications in the following geographic
areas (due to variations in the earth’s magnetic field): North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South
of 70° South latitude at all longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and 120° W.
(Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude 70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada);
North of 70° North latitude between longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South
latitude between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New Zealand).
WARNING: Do not use SurfaceWatch™ information as the primary method of flight guidance during airborne
or ground operations. SurfaceWatch does not have NOTAM or ATIS information regarding the current active
runway, condition, or information about the position of hold lines.
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or
reliability upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of
the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle avoidance. TAWS is intended only
to enhance situational awareness.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners containing ammonia. They will
harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Do not allow repairs to be made by anyone other than an authorized Garmin service center.
Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and affect the airworthiness of the
aircraft.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen images of the system panel
and displays, are subject to change and may not reflect the most current system and aviation databases.
Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for
its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and
performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the system use GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation
AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information presented by the system can be misused or
misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
ii
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of
attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards
away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with
California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please refer to
our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures, or electromagnetic fields
can cause sensor differences that may result in nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut
down, or while taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation indicates no
comparison is possible.
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded within that procedure in the
Navigation Database. Differences in system operation may be observed among similar types of procedures
due to differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin database-dependent avionics of the
following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and advisory guidance and information
related to the use of databases in the National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases
obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen that have a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA are assured
compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs). A copy of the Type 2 LOA is available for each applicable
database and can be viewed at http://fly.garmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation Database Declarations.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment is required for compliance with
established FAA regulatory guidance, but does not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures
that may be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in accordance with established
POHs and regulatory guidance or limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database exclusion list as discussed in
SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at
www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
iii
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database alerts and consider their
impact on the intended aircraft operation. The database alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by
selecting ‘Aviation Database Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact Garmin Product Support.
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information.
These discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground. Go
to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: Electronic aeronautical charts displayed on this system have been shown to meet the guidance in AC
120 76D as a Type B Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) for FlightCharts and ChartView. The accuracy of the charts
is subject to the chart data provider. Own-ship position on airport surface charts cannot be guaranteed to
meet the accuracy specified in AC 120-76D. Possible additional requirements may make a secondary source
of aeronautical charts, such as traditional paper charts or an additional electronic display, necessary on the
aircraft and available to the pilot. If the secondary source of aeronautical charts is a Portable Electronic
Device (PED), its use must be consistent with the guidance in AC 120-76D.
NOTE: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the Garmin SVT display or may appear as
a partial symbol.
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thunderstorms
that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more
discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after
the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: Operate G1000 NXi system power through at least one cycle in a period of four days of continuous
operation to avoid an autonomous system reboot.
iv
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY GARMIN (“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO
BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT
CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the software embedded in the Garmin Product
(the “Software”) in binary executable form in the normal operation of the Garmin Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property
rights in and to the Software remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of
Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright
treaties. You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade secrets of Garmin and/or its
third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers.
You agree not to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the
Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to
any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
v
REVISION INFORMATION
Record of Revisions
vi
Part Number
190-02177-00
Revision
A
Date
January 2017
Page Range
Description
All
Production release with GDU software version 20.05.
190-02177-00
B
May 2017
All
190-02177-01
A
May 2018
All
HSI Map information added
SurfaceWatch information added
VSD information added
Updated to fix clerical errors
Production release at GDU 20.83
Updated EIS information
Added charts split screen description
Added WireAware
Added visual approaches
Added Baro QFE Altimeter settings
Added Connext Weather
Updated Audio Panel Information
Added Underspeed Protection
Added Electronic Stability and Protection
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
System Description.................................................. 1
Line Replaceable Units (LRU).......................................... 1
System Controls....................................................... 4
PFD/MFD Controls......................................................... 4
Secure Digital Cards....................................................... 7
System Operation..................................................... 8
System Power-up........................................................... 8
Normal Operation.......................................................... 9
Reversionary Mode...................................................... 10
System Annunciations.................................................. 11
System Status.............................................................. 12
ADAHRS Operation...................................................... 13
AHRS Operation.......................................................... 14
GPS Receiver Operation............................................... 16
Accessing System Functionality........................... 21
Softkey Function.......................................................... 21
Menus........................................................................ 26
MFD Page Groups........................................................ 27
Split Screen Functionality............................................. 30
System Settings........................................................... 32
System Utilities............................................................ 38
Display Backlighting.............................................. 42
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 Flight Instruments.................................................. 46
Attitude Indicator........................................................ 46
Airspeed Indicator....................................................... 47
Altimeter.................................................................... 49
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)........................................ 52
Vertical Deviation........................................................ 53
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI)............................... 54
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)................................... 59
2.2 Supplemental Flight Data..................................... 66
Generic Timer.............................................................. 66
Temperature Display.................................................... 66
Wind Data.................................................................. 67
2.3 PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions......... 68
Altitude Alerting.......................................................... 68
Low Altitude Annunciation........................................... 68
Marker Beacon Annunciations...................................... 68
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height Alerting....... 69
190-02177-01 Rev. A
2.4 Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT)........................ 71
SVT Operation............................................................. 72
SVT Features............................................................... 74
Field of View............................................................... 83
2.5 Abnormal Operations............................................ 85
Abnormal GPS Conditions............................................ 85
SVT Troubleshooting.................................................... 86
SVT in Reversionary Mode............................................ 86
Unusual Attitudes........................................................ 86
SVT Unusual Attitudes.................................................. 88
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
3.1 Engine Display........................................................ 90
Engine Display.......................................................... 102
3.2 EIS Display (Reversionary Mode)....................... 107
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Overview............................................................... 109
PFD Controls and Frequency Display............................ 110
Audio Panel Controls................................................. 112
COM Operation..................................................... 115
COM Tuning Boxes..................................................... 115
COM Transceiver Manual Tuning................................. 116
Auto-Tuning the COM Frequency................................. 116
Frequency Spacing..................................................... 119
NAV Operation...................................................... 120
NAV Tuning Boxes..................................................... 120
NAV Radio Selection and Activation............................ 121
NAV Receiver Manual Tuning...................................... 121
Auto-Tuning a NAV Frequency from the MFD............... 122
Marker Beacon Receiver............................................. 124
DME Tuning.............................................................. 125
Mode S Transponder............................................ 126
Transponder Controls................................................. 126
Transponder Mode Selection....................................... 127
Entering a Transponder Code...................................... 129
IDENT Function......................................................... 130
Flight ID Reporting.................................................... 130
Additional Audio Panel Functions...................... 131
Power-Up.................................................................. 131
Mono/Stereo Headsets............................................... 131
Speaker (GMA 1347).................................................. 131
Speaker (GMA 1360).................................................. 131
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Intercom (GMA 1347)................................................ 132
Intercom (GMA 1360)................................................ 133
Blue-Select Mode (Telephone/Entertainment Distribution)
(GMA 1360).............................................................. 135
3D Audio (GMA 1360)................................................ 136
Bluetooth® (GMA 1360 Only)..................................... 137
Clearance Recorder and Player.................................... 138
Entertainment Inputs................................................. 139
4.6 Audio Panels Preflight Procedure....................... 140
4.7 Abnormal Operation............................................ 141
Stuck Microphone...................................................... 141
COM Tuning Failure.................................................... 141
Audio Panel Fail-Safe Operation.................................. 141
Reversionary Mode.................................................... 141
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
viii
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Introduction.......................................................... 143
Navigation Status Box and Data Bar............................ 145
Using Map Displays.............................................. 147
Map Orientation........................................................ 147
Map Range............................................................... 149
Map Panning............................................................. 151
Measuring Bearing and Distance................................. 153
Topography............................................................... 154
Map Symbols............................................................ 156
Airways.................................................................... 160
Additional Navigation Map Items................................ 163
Waypoints.............................................................. 166
Airports.................................................................... 167
Non-Airport Waypoints............................................... 172
Airspaces............................................................... 181
Nearest Airspace....................................................... 182
Smart Airspace.......................................................... 184
Direct-to-Navigation ........................................... 185
Flight Planning...................................................... 190
Flight Plan Views....................................................... 193
Creating a Flight Plan................................................ 196
Flight Plan Waypoint and Airway Modifications............ 197
Flight Plan Operations................................................ 205
Closest Point of FPL................................................... 208
User-Defined Holding Patterns.................................... 209
Managing Flight Plans............................................... 212
Vertical Navigation.............................................. 221
Altitude Constraints................................................... 223
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)................................... 226
5.8 Procedures............................................................ 229
Departures................................................................ 231
Arrivals .................................................................... 234
Approaches .............................................................. 237
5.9 Trip Planning......................................................... 247
Trip Planning............................................................. 247
5.10 Abnormal Operation............................................ 251
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Data Link Weather................................................ 254
Activating Data Link Weather Services......................... 255
Weather Product Age................................................. 258
Displaying Data Link Weather Products........................ 262
Connext Data Requests.............................................. 271
Weather Product Overview......................................... 274
FIS-B Weather Status................................................. 307
Abnormal Operations for Garmin Connext Weather...... 308
Stormscope Lightning Detection System.......... 310
Using the Stormscope Page........................................ 310
Setting Up Stormscope on the Navigation Map............ 312
Terrain Displays.................................................... 314
Relative Terrain Symbology......................................... 315
Terrain Page.............................................................. 320
Wire Obstacle Information and Alerting....................... 321
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Terrain........................ 321
Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Alerting Displays.................... 324
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance............................. 327
Additional TAWS-B Alerting........................................ 327
Inhibiting Alerting...................................................... 330
System Status............................................................ 330
Traffic Information Service (TIS)......................... 333
Displaying Traffic Data............................................... 334
Traffic Map Page........................................................ 335
TIS Alerts.................................................................. 336
System Status............................................................ 338
TAS Traffic.............................................................. 340
TAS Theory of Operation............................................. 340
TAS Alerts................................................................. 344
System Test............................................................... 345
Operation................................................................. 346
ADS-B Traffic......................................................... 352
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADS-B System Overview............................................. 352
Conflict Situational Awareness & Alerting (CSA)........... 354
Airborne and Surface Applications............................... 355
Traffic Description...................................................... 356
Operation................................................................. 356
ADS-B System Status................................................. 362
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.1 AFCS Overview..................................................... 365
7.2 Flight Director Operation.................................... 369
Activating the Flight Director...................................... 369
AFCS Status Box........................................................ 370
Flight Director Modes................................................. 371
Command Bars.......................................................... 371
7.3 AFCS MODES......................................................... 372
Vertical Modes.......................................................... 372
Lateral Modes........................................................... 378
Combination Modes (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA).............. 382
7.4 Autopilot............................................................... 394
Flight Control............................................................ 394
Engagement.............................................................. 395
Control Wheel Steering.............................................. 395
Disengagement......................................................... 396
7.5 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts.......................... 397
Overspeed Protection................................................. 398
Underspeed Protection............................................... 398
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SafeTaxi................................................................. 402
Charts..................................................................... 404
ChartView................................................................. 405
FliteCharts................................................................ 413
IFR/VFR Charts.......................................................... 417
Airport Directory.................................................. 420
SurfaceWatch........................................................ 421
Information Box........................................................ 421
Alerts....................................................................... 422
Surfacewatch Setup................................................... 425
Database Cycle Number and Revisions............. 427
Cycle Number and Revision........................................ 427
SiriusXM Radio Entertainment........................... 429
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services................. 429
Using SiriusXM Radio................................................. 430
8.7 Satellite Telephone and SMS Messaging........... 433
Registering with Garmin Connext ............................... 433
Disable/Enable Iridium Transceiver.............................. 433
Telephone Communication......................................... 434
Text Messaging (SMS)................................................ 441
8.8 Flight Data Logging............................................. 453
8.9 Connext Setup...................................................... 455
8.10 Auxiliary Video (Optional)................................... 457
Video Setup.............................................................. 457
Display Selection....................................................... 457
Zoom/Range............................................................. 459
8.11 Electronic Stability & Protection (ESP™)............ 460
Roll Engagement....................................................... 461
Pitch Engagement..................................................... 462
High Airspeed Protection............................................ 463
Angle of Attack Protection.......................................... 463
8.12 Electronic Checklists............................................ 465
8.13 Abnormal Operation............................................ 467
SiriusXm Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting............... 467
APPENDICES
Annunciations and Alerts.............................................. 469
Alert Level Definitions................................................ 470
Audio Alerting System Test......................................... 471
System Message Advisories........................................ 471
Database Management................................................. 481
Loading Updated Databases....................................... 481
Database Deletion Feature ........................................ 492
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update................... 493
Aviation Terms and Acronyms....................................... 495
Frequently Asked Questions......................................... 505
Map Symbols.................................................................. 509
INDEX
Index .................................................................................I-1
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Blank Page
x
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This section provides an overview of the G1000 NXi Integrated Avionics System as installed in the Cessna
Nav III. The system presents flight instrumentation, position, navigation, communication, and identification
information to the pilot through large-format displays.
EIS
LINE REPLACEABLE UNITS (LRU)
The system consists of the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• GDU 1054B/1050 (2) – The system features two 10.4-inch backlit LED display units with high resolution.
The left display is configured as a Primary Flight Display (PFD) and the right display is configured as an Multi
Function Display (MFD). The displays communicate with each other through a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB)
connection. Each display is also connected to the onside Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU). Systems configured
with the Garmin Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) use the GDU 1054B. Systems without the Garmin
AFCS use the GDU 1050.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• GIA 63W / GIA 64W (2) – The GIA Integrated Avionics Units (IAU) function as the main communication
hub, linking all LRUs with the PFD and MFD. Each IAU contains a GPS SBAS receiver, VHF COM/NAV/GS
receivers, a flight director (FD) and system integration microprocessors. Each IAU is paired with the PFD and
MFD via HSDB connection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GSU 75 (1) – The GSU Air Data and Attitude Reference System (ADAHRS) processes data from the pitot/
static system as well as the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) probe to provide pressure altitude, airspeed,
vertical speed and OAT information to the system. This unit also provides aircraft attitude and heading
information via ARINC 429 to the PFD, MFD, and IAU. The ADAHRS contains advanced sensors (including
accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the Magnetometer to obtain magnetic field information,
and with the IAUs to obtain GPS information. ADAHRS/AHRS modes of operation are discussed later in this
document.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• GMU 44 (1) – The GMU Magnetometer measures local magnetic field. Data is sent to the ADAHRS for
processing to determine aircraft magnetic heading. The unit receives power directly from the ADAHRS and
communicates with the GRS unit using an RS-485 digital interface.
APPENDICES
• GDC 74A (1) (Optional) – The GDC Air Data Computer (ADC) processes data from the pitot/static system
as well as the OAT probe. This unit provides pressure altitude, airspeed, vertical speed and OAT information
to the system, and it communicates with the IAUs, the PFD, MFD, and the Attitude and Heading Reference
System (AHRS), using an ARINC 429 digital interface (it also interfaces directly with the Air Temperature
Probe. The unit is designed to operate in Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) airspace.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
• GRS 77 (1) (Optional) – The Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS) provides aircraft attitude and
heading information via ARINC 429 to both displays and both IAUs. The unit contains advanced sensors
(including accelerometers and rate sensors) and interfaces with the Magnetometer to obtain magnetic field
information, with the GDC 74A to obtain air data, and with both IAUs to obtain GPS information.
1
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
• GEA 71 / GEA 71B (1) – The GEA Engine Airframe Unit receives and processes signals from the engine and
airframe sensors. This unit communicates with both IAUs using an RS-485 digital interface.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• GMA 1347 / GMA 1360 (1) – The GMA Audio Panel integrates NAV/COM digital audio, intercom system
and marker beacon controls. This unit also enables the manual control of the display reversionary mode (red
DISPLAY BACKUP button) and communicates with the #1 IAU, using an HSDB connection. The optional
GMA 1360 offers Bluetooth® capability.
• GTX 335R/345R/33ES (1) – The GTX 335R Transponder is a solid-state transponder that provides Mode A,
C, S capability. The optional GTX 345R also provides ADS-B In/Out. The transponder can be controlled
from the PFD. The transponder communicates with the both IAUs through an RS-232 digital interface.
EIS
• GSA 81 (3), and GSM 86/85/85A (3) – The GSA Servos are used for the automatic control of roll, pitch, and
pitch trim. These units interface with each IAU.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The GSM 86/85/85A servo gearbox is responsible for transferring the output torque of the GSA 81 servo
actuator to the mechanical flight-control surface linkage.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Flight Stream 510 (1) (Optional) – The Flight Stream Bluetooth Transceiver provides wireless connectivity
between a compatible tablet/mobile device and the avionics system. GPS, ADAHRS, ADS-B, traffic, SiriusXM
audio, and weather data can then be shared with the mobile device, and flight plans can be transferred to or
from the mobile device. Also, database updates may be performed using the Flight Stream 510 WiFi link.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GSR 56 (1) (Optional) – The GSR Iridium Transceiver operation for voice communication is by means of
pilot and copilot headsets in the cockpit. The transceiver can provide Garmin Connext Weather and SMS
functions.
• GDL 69A / GDL 69A SXM (1) (Optional) – The GDL SiriusXM Datalink Receiver provides data link weather
information to the MFD and, indirectly, to the PFD map as well as digital audio entertainment. The unit
communicates with the MFD via HSDB connection. Subscriptions to SiriusXM Weather or SiriusXM Satellite
Radio are required to enable services.
AFCS
• GTS 800 (Optional) – The GTS Traffic Advisory System (TAS) uses active interrogations of Mode S and Mode
C transponders to provide Traffic Advisories to the pilot independent of the air traffic control system.
• GTS 800 Traffic Advisory System
• KR 87 ADF Receiver
• L3 Stormscope Lightning Strike and Thunderstorm
Detection
• KTA 870 Traffic Avoidance System
• CO Guardian Carbon Monoxide Detection
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-1 shows interactions between the LRUs. Additional/optional equipment are also shown in Figure
1-1. The system is capable of interfacing with the following optional equipment:
• GDL 69A / GDL 69A SXM Data Link Receiver
• KN 63 DME
2
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
#2 GDU
1054B/1050
(MFD)
(SiriusXM
Datalink Receiver)
EIS
#2 GIA
63W/64W
(Integrated
Avionics
Unit)
GSU 75
(ADAHRS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
#1 GIA
63W/64W
(Integrated
Avionics
Unit)
GDL 69A/
69A SXM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FS 510
(SD Card
Bluetooth
Transceiver)
GMA
1347/1360
(Audio Panel)
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
#1 GDU
1054B/1050
(PFD)
GTS 800
(TAS)
GMU 44
(Magnetometer)
VHF COM
GPS/SBAS
VHF COM
GRS 77
(AHRS)
GPS/SBAS
VOR/LOC
VOR/LOC
Servo Logic
GDC 74A
(Air Data
Computer)
Flight
Director
AFCS Mode
Logic
GTX 345R
Or
Servo Logic
KTA 870
(Traffic
Avoidance)
AFCS
GTX 335R/33
(Transponder)
KR-87
(ADF Reciever)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS Mode
Logic
KN-63
(DME)
G/S
G/S
Flight
Director
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GSR 56
(Iridium Transceiver)
L-3
Stormscope
GEA 71/71B
(Engine &
Airframe I/F)
GSA 81 (3)
(Servos)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CO Guardian
(Carbon Monoxide
Detection)
ELT
(Emergency Locator
Transmitter)
APPENDICES
Garmin Equipment
Non-Garmin Equipment
Optional
Garmin Equipment
Optional
Non-Garmin Equipment
INDEX
Figure 1-1 System (LRU Configuration)
NOTE: For information on non-Garmin equipment, consult the applicable optional interface user’s guide.
This document assumes that the reader is already familiar with the operation of this additional equipment.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
3
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Audio Panel (GMA 1347) is described in the CNS & Audio Panel section.
The system controls are located on the PFD and MFD bezels and audio panel. The controls for the PFD and
MFD are discussed within the following pages of this section.
EIS
PFD/MFD CONTROLS
2
5
4
3
6
7
8
9
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
18
24
10
13
19
25
11
14
20
26
12
15
APPENDICES
17
21
27
22
28
23
29
INDEX
*Only with Garmin AFCS
4
16
Figure 1-2 PFD/MFD Controls
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 NAV VOL/ID Knob
Turn to control NAV audio volume (shown in the NAV Frequency Box as a percentage).
Press to toggle Morse code identifier audio ON/OFF.
Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
2 NAV Frequency
3 NAV Knob
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Transfer Key
Turn to tune NAV receiver standby frequencies (large knob for MHz; small for kHz).
Press to toggle cyan tuning box between NAV1 and NAV2.
4 *Heading Knob
8
11 FPL Key
(DFLT MAP)
13 MENU Key
15 ENT Key
Erases information, cancels entries, or removes menus.
Press and hold to display the MFD Navigation Map Page (MFD only).
Displays a context-sensitive list of options for accessing additional features or making setting
changes.
Gives access to IFR departure procedures (DPs), arrival procedures (STARs), and approach
procedures (IAPs) for a flight plan or selected airport.
Validates/confirms menu selection or data entry.
APPENDICES
14 PROC Key
Activates the direct-to function and allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and
establish a direct course to the selected destination (specified by identifier, chosen from the
active route).
Displays flight plan information.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
12 CLR Key
)
AFCS
10 Direct-to Key (
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6
EIS
5
Turn to manually select a heading. When operating in Heading Select mode, this knob provides the heading reference to the flight director.
Press to display a digital heading momentarily to the left of the HSI and synchronize the
Selected Heading to the current heading.
Turn to change map range.
Joystick
Press to activate Map Pointer for map panning.
Turn large knob for altimeter barometric pressure setting. Turn the small knob to set the
CRS/BARO Knob
pilot-selected course on the HSI when the VOR1, VOR2, or OBS/SUSP mode is selected.
Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR. The pilot-selected course
provides course reference to the pilot-side flight director when operating in Navigation and
Approach modes. Press to re-center the CDI and return course pointer directly TO bearing
of active waypoint/station.
Turn to tune COM transceiver standby frequencies (large knob for MHz; small for kHz).
COM Knob
Press to toggle cyan tuning box between COM1 and COM2.
The selected COM (green) is controlled with the COM MIC Key (Audio Panel).
Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies.
COM Frequency
Transfer Key (EMERG) Press and hold two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.5 MHz) automatically
into the active frequency field.
Turn to control COM audio volume level (shown as a percentage in the COM Frequency
COM VOL/SQ Knob
Box).
Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON/OFF.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
5
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
16 FMS Knob
17
*ALT SEL Knob
18
*AP Key
19
*HDG Key
Press to turn the selection cursor ON/OFF.
Data Entry: With cursor ON, turn to enter data in the highlighted field (large knob moves
cursor location; small knob selects character for highlighted cursor location). When the cursor is turned ON while viewing the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, the cursor is placed on
the line below the Data Insertion Pointer. The pointer indicates data entered at the cursor
will be inserted above the line selected.
Scrolling: When a list of information is too long for the window/box, a scroll bar appears,
indicating more items to view. With cursor ON, turn large knob to scroll through the list.
Page Selection: Turn knob on MFD to select the page to view (large knob selects a page
group; small knob selects a specific page from the group).
Sets the selected altitude in the Selected Altitude Box (the large knob selects the thousands,
the small knob selects the hundreds). In addition to providing the standard system altitude
alerter function, selected altitude provides an altitude setting for the Altitude Capture/Hold
mode of the AFCS .
Engages/disengages the Autopilot and Flight Director in the default vertical and lateral
modes.
Selects/deselects the Heading Select mode.
20
*NAV Key
Selects/deselects the Navigation mode.
21
*APR Key
Selects/deselects the Approach mode.
22
*VS Key
Selects/deselects the Vertical Speed mode.
23
*FLC Key
Selects/deselects the Flight Level Change mode.
24
*FD Key
Activates/deactivates the Flight Director only. Pressing the FD key turns on the Flight Director in the default vertical and lateral modes. Pressing the FD key again deactivates the Flight
Director and removes the command bars, unless the Autopilot is engaged. If the Autopilot
is engaged, the FD key is disabled.
25
*ALT Key
Selects/deselects the Altitude Hold mode.
26
Selects/deselects Vertical Navigation mode.
27
*VNV Key
(if equipped)
*BC Key
28
*NOSE UP Key
29
*NOSE DN Key
Controls the active pitch reference for the Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes.
Controls the active pitch reference for the Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(Flight
Management
System Knob)
Selects/deselects Back Course Mode.
INDEX
*This Key only appears when equipped with the Garmin AFCS option.
6
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECURE DIGITAL CARDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for instructions on updating the aviation databases.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Ensure that the system is powered off before inserting the SD card.
The data card slots on the PFD and MFD use Secure Digital (SD) cards and are located on the top right portion
of the display bezels. Each display bezel is equipped with two SD card slots.
EIS
Inserting and Removing an SD card
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Insert the SD card in the SD card slot, pushing the card in until the spring latch engages. The front of the card
should remain flush with the face of the display bezel. To remove, gently press on the SD card to release the
spring latch and eject the card.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SD Card Slots
AFCS
Figure 1-3 PFD/MFD Display Bezel SD Card Slots
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
7
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.3 SYSTEM OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This section discusses powering up the system, normal and reversionary display operation, system status,
ADAHRS/AHRS modes of operation, and GPS receiver operation.
SYSTEM POWER-UP
NOTE: See the Appendices for additional information regarding system-specific annunciations and alerts.
EIS
NOTE: See the current, pertinent flight manual for specific procedures concerning avionics power application
and emergency power supply operation.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power directly from electrical busses.
The PFD, MFD, and supporting sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test features that
exercise the processor, RAM, ROM, external inputs and outputs to provide safe operation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When powering up the system, test annunciations are displayed and key annunciator lights also become
momentarily illuminated on the audio panel and the display bezels. On the PFD, the ADAHRS/AHRS begins to
initialize and displays ‘ADAHRS(AHRS) ALIGN: Remain Stationary’. All system annunciations should disappear
typically within one minute of power-up.
When the MFD powers up, the MFD Power-up Page displays the following information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System version
• Land database name and version
• Safe Taxi database name and effective dates
• Terrain database name and version
• Obstacle database name and effective dates
• Navigation database name and effective dates
• Airport Directory name and effective dates
• FliteCharts/ChartView database information
• Copyright
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Current database information includes the valid operating dates, cycle number and database type. When this
information has been reviewed for currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to
continue. Pressing the ENT Key acknowledges this information and displays the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
8
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NORMAL OPERATION
NOTE: In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be adjusted from the PFD (see Section 1.5). In
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
reversionary mode, it can be adjusted from the remaining display.
In normal operating mode, the PFD presents graphical flight instrumentation (attitude, heading, airspeed,
altitude, vertical speed), replacing the traditional flight instrument cluster (see the Flight Instruments Section
for more information). The MFD normally displays a full-color moving map with navigation information (see
the Flight Management Section), while the left portion of the MFD is dedicated to the Engine Indication System
(see the EIS Section). Both displays offer control for COM and NAV frequency selection.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-4 System Normal Operation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
9
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
REVERSIONARY MODE
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs. Refer to the Appendices for
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
further information regarding system-specific alerts.
In the event of a display failure, the system can be manually switched to reversionary (backup) mode (all
remaining displays enter reversionary mode). In reversionary mode, all important flight information is presented
on the remaining display(s) in the same format as in normal operating mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
If a display fails, the appropriate IAU-display Ethernet interface is cut off. Thus, the IAU can no longer
communicate with the remaining display, and the NAV and COM functions provided to the failed display by
the IAU are flagged as invalid on the remaining display. The system reverts to backup paths for the ADAHRS/
AHRS, ADC, Engine/Airframe Unit, and Transponder, as required. The change to backup paths is completely
automated for all LRUs and no pilot action is required.
Reversionary mode may be manually activated by pressing the Audio Panel’s red DISPLAY BACKUP Button.
Pressing this button again deactivates reversionary mode.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAV1 and COM1 Flagged Invalid (provided by the failed PFD)
DISPLAY BACKUP Button
Manually Activates/Deactivates Reversionary Mode on All Displays
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 1-5 Reversionary Mode (Failed PFD)
10
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM ANNUNCIATIONS
NOTE: Upon power-up, certain windows remain invalid as system equipment begins to initialize. All windows
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
should be operational within one minute of power-up. If any window continues to remain flagged, the
system should be serviced by a Garmin-authorized repair facility.
When an LRU or an LRU function fails, a large red ‘X’ is typically displayed on windows associated with the
failed data (refer to Table 1-1 for all possible flags and the responsible LRUs).
NOTE: Refer to the current, pertinent flight manual for additional information regarding pilot responses to
System Annunciation
EIS
these annunciations.
Comment
System Annunciation
Comment
Display system is not
receiving valid heading input
from the ADAHRS/AHRS or
magnetometer.
Display system is not receiving
altitude input from the air data
computer.
Display system is not receiving
valid OAT information from the
air data computer.
Display system is not receiving
valid transponder information.
A red ‘X’ through any other
display field (such as engine
instrumentation fields)
indicates that the field is not
receiving valid data.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Other Various Red X
Indications
AFCS
Air Data, Attitude, and Heading
calibration incomplete or
configuration module failure.
GPS information is either
not present or is invalid
for navigation use. Note
that ADAHRS/AHRS utilizes
GPS inputs during normal
operation. ADAHRS/AHRS
operation may be degraded
if GPS signals are not present
(see POH).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Display system is not receiving
attitude information from the
ADAHRS/AHRS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Display system is not receiving
vertical speed input from the
air data computer.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Air Data, Attitude and Heading
Reference System is aligning.
INDEX
Display system is not receiving
airspeed input from the air
data computer.
Table 1-1 System Annunciations
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
11
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The status of detected LRUs can be checked on the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page. Active LRUs are indicated by
green check marks; failed by red “X”s. Failed LRUs should be noted and a service center or Garmin-authorized
dealer informed.
Figure 1-6 Example System Status Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The LRU and ARFRM Softkeys on the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page select the applicable list (‘LRU Information’
or ‘Airframe’ Window) through which the FMS Knob can be used to scroll information within the selected
window.
AFCS
Pressing the MFD1 DB Softkey (label annunciator turns green indicting the softkey is selected) places the
cursor in the database window. Use the FMS Knob to scroll through database information for the MFD.
Pressing the softkey again will change the softkey label to PFD1 DB. PFD 1 database information is now
displayed in the database window. Pressing the softkey a third time will change the softkey label back to MFD1
DB. MFD database information is displayed again in the database window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The ANN Test Softkey, when selected, causes an annunciation test tone to be played.
Viewing LRU Information:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page.
2) To place the cursor in the ‘LRU Info’ Box,
APPENDICES
Press the LRU Softkey
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key
b) With the ‘Select LRU’ Window highlighted, press the ENT Key.
INDEX
3) Use the FMS Knob to scroll through the box to view LRU status information.
12
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADAHRS OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In addition to using internal sensors, the ADAHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air data
to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the ADAHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic field
measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the ADAHRS uses air data
information for attitude determination. Eight ADAHRS modes of operation are available (see Table 1-1) and
depend upon the combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor inputs
is communicated to the pilot by system messages.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific system message information.
EIS
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while the ADAHRS is not operating normally can degrade ADAHRS accuracy.
GPS Data
Available
Magnetometer
Data Available
Air Data
Available
ADAHRS Normal
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
ADAHRS no-GPS
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
ADAHRS no-Mag
Data
Yes
No
Yes
ADAHRS no-Mag/
no-Air Data
Yes
No
No
ADAHRS coaston-gyros until
invalid
No
Yes
No
ADAHRS no-Mag/
coast-on-gyros
until invalid
No
No
No
Valid Pitch/Roll.
Heading will coaston-gyros until it
becomes invalid.
AFCS
ADAHRS no-GPS/
no-Mag
Valid Pitch/Roll/
Heading.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Yes
Attitude
Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ADAHRS no-Air
Data
Condition
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ADAHRS Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Valid Pitch/Roll.
Invalid Heading.
APPENDICES
Invalid Pitch/Roll/
Heading.
INDEX
Table 1-2 ADAHRS Operation
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
13
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AHRS OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendices for specific system message information.
NOTE: Aggressive maneuvering while AHRS is not operating normally may degrade AHRS accuracy.
EIS
In addition to using internal sensors, the AHRS uses GPS information, magnetic field data and air data
to assist in attitude/heading calculations. In normal mode, the AHRS relies upon GPS and magnetic field
measurements. If either of these external measurements is unavailable or invalid, the AHRS uses air data
information for attitude determination. Four AHRS modes of operation are available and depend upon the
combination of available sensor inputs. Loss of air data, GPS, or magnetometer sensor inputs is communicated
to the pilot by message advisory alerts.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The AHRS corrects for shifts and variations in the Earth’s magnetic field by applying the Magnetic Field
Variation Database. The Magnetic Field Variation Database is derived from the International Geomagnetic
Reference Field (IGRF). The IGRF is a mathematical model that describes the Earth’s main magnetic field and its
annual rate of change. The database is updated approximately every 5 years. See the Appendices for information
on updating the Magnetic Field Variation Database. The system will prompt you on startup when an update is
available. Failure to update this database could lead to erroneous heading information being displayed to the
pilot.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
YES
NO
Mag Data AND Air Data
Available and Reliable?
NO
YES
Mag Data Available and Reliable?
NO
YES
GPS Data Available and Reliable?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
AHRS Normal
Mode
NO
YES
Air Data Available and Reliable?
AHRS no-Mag
Mode
AHRS no-Mag/
no-Air Mode
Heading Invalid
Heading Invalid
AHRS no-GPS
Mode
AHRS coast-on-gyros
until invalid
Attitude/Heading Invalid
INDEX
Figure 1-7 AHRS Operation
14
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS INPUT FAILURE
NOTE: In-flight initialization of ADAHRS/AHRS, when operating without any valid source of GPS data and at
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
true air speed values greater than approximately 200 knots, is not guaranteed. Under these rare conditions,
it is possible for in-flight ADAHRS/AHRS initialization to take an indefinite amount of time which would
result in an extended period of time where valid ADAHRS/AHRS outputs are unavailable.
EIS
The system provides two sources of GPS information. If a single GPS receiver fails, or if the information
provided from one of the GPS receivers is unreliable, the ADAHRS/AHRS seamlessly transitions to using
the other GPS receiver. An alert message informs the pilot of the use of the backup GPS path. If both GPS
inputs fail, the ADAHRS/AHRS continues to operate in reversionary No-GPS mode so long as the air data and
magnetometer inputs are available and valid.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AIR DATA INPUT FAILURE
A failure of the air data input has no effect on ADAHRS/AHRS output while ADAHRS/AHRS is operating in
normal mode. A failure of the air data input while the ADAHRS/AHRS is operating in reversionary No-GPS
mode results in invalid attitude and heading information on the PFD (as indicated by red “X” flags).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MAGNETOMETER FAILURE
If the magnetometer input fails, the ADAHRS/AHRS transitions to one of the reversionary No-Magnetometer
modes and continues to output valid attitude information. However, if the aircraft is airborne, the heading
output on the PFD does become invalid (as indicated by a red “X”).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
15
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GPS RECEIVER OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
GPS1 provides information to the pilot-side PFD and GPS2 provides data to the copilot-side PFD. Internal
system checking is performed to ensure both GPS receivers are providing accurate data to the PFDs. In some
circumstances, both GPS receivers may be providing accurate data, but one receiver may be providing a better
GPS solution than the other receiver. In this case the GPS receiver producing the better solution is automatically
coupled to both PFDs. “BOTH ON GPS 1” or “BOTH ON GPS 2” is displayed in the ‘Reversionary Sensor’
Window (see Appendix A) indicating which GPS receiver is being used. Both GPS receivers are still functioning
properly, but one receiver is performing better than the other at that particular time.
EIS
Each IAU Integrated Avionics Unit (IAU) contains a GPS receiver. Information collected by the specified
receiver (GPS1 for the #1 IAU or GPS2 for the #2 IAU) may be viewed on the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
These GPS sensor annunciations are most often seen after system power-up when one GPS receiver has
acquired satellites before the other, or one of the GPS receivers has not yet acquired a SBAS signal. While
the aircraft is on the ground, the SBAS signal may be blocked by obstructions causing one GPS receiver to
have difficulty acquiring a good signal. Also, while airborne, turning the aircraft may result in one of the GPS
receivers temporarily losing the SBAS signal.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the sensor annunciation persists, check for a system failure message in the ‘Alerts’ Window on the PFD. If
no failure message exists, check the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page and compare the information for GPS1 and GPS2.
Discrepancies may indicate a problem.
Viewing GPS receiver status information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Use the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group (see Section 1.4 for information on navigating MFD
page groups).
2) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
Selecting the GPS receiver for which data may be reviewed:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
AFCS
2) To change the selected GPS receiver:
Press the desired GPS Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
b) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the receiver which is not selected and press the ENT Key.
16
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Satellite Signal
Information Status
GPS Receiver
Status
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Satellite Constellation
Diagram
RAIM
Availability
Prediction
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
EGNOS, MSAS
and WAAS
Selected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Satellite Signal
Strength Bars
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS Selection
Softkeys
RAIM Softkey
Selected
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SBAS Softkey Selected
Figure 1-8 GPS Status Page (RAIM or SBAS Selected)
SATELLITE CONSTELLATION DIAGRAM
AFCS
The ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page displays satellites currently in view at their respective positions on a sky view
diagram. The sky view is always in a north-up orientation, with the outer circle representing the horizon, the
inner circle representing 45° above the horizon, and the center point showing the position directly overhead.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Each satellite is represented by an oval containing the Pseudo-random noise (PRN) number (i.e., satellite
identification number). Satellites whose signals are currently being used are represented by solid ovals.
SATELLITE STATUS
APPENDICES
This ‘Satellite Status’ Box provides information regarding signal status. The accuracy of the aircraft’s GPS fix
is calculated using Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU), Dilution of Precision (DOP), and horizontal and
vertical figures of merit (HFOM and VFOM). EPU is the radius of a circle centered on an estimated horizontal
position in which actual position has 95% probability of laying. EPU is a statistical error indication and not
an actual error measurement.
INDEX
DOP measures satellite geometry quality (i.e., number of satellites received and where they are relative to
each other) on a range from 0.0 to 9.9, with lower numbers denoting better accuracy. HFOM and VFOM,
measures of horizontal and vertical position uncertainty, are the current 95% confidence horizontal and
vertical accuracy values reported by the GPS receiver.
The current calculated GPS position, time, altitude, ground speed, and track for the aircraft are displayed
below the satellite signal accuracy measurements.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
17
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
GPS RECEIVER STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GPS solution type (ACQUIRING, 2D NAV, 2D DIFF NAV, 3D NAV, 3D DIFF NAV) for the active GPS
receiver (GPS1 or GPS2) is shown in the upper right of the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page. When the receiver
is in the process of acquiring enough satellite signals for navigation, the receiver uses satellite orbital data
(collected continuously from the satellites) and last known position to determine the satellites that should be
in view. “Acquiring” is indicated as the solution until a sufficient number of satellites have been acquired for
computing a solution.
EIS
The system will determine if messages are being received from the WAAS engine. If so, the SBAS will read
‘Active’. If no messages have been received for 4 seconds and SBAS providers are enabled, the SBAS status will read
‘Inactive’. If SBAS providers are disabled, SBAS status will read ‘Disabled’. Note, that a fix is not required, but rather
the status is determined by communication with the WAAS engine.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
RAIM PREDICTION
In most cases performing a RAIM prediction is not necessary. However, in some cases, the selected approach
may be outside the SBAS coverage area, and it may be necessary to perform a RAIM prediction for the
intended approach.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is a GPS receiver function that performs a consistency
check on all tracked satellites. RAIM ensures that the available satellite geometry allows the receiver to
calculate a position within a specified RAIM protection limit (2.0 nautical miles for oceanic and enroute, 1.0
nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). During oceanic, enroute, and terminal phases of
flight, RAIM is available nearly 100% of the time.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The RAIM prediction function also indicates whether RAIM is available at a specified date and time. RAIM
computations predict satellite coverage within ±15 min of the specified arrival date and time.
AFCS
Because of the tighter protection limit on approaches, there may be times when RAIM is not available. The
system automatically monitors RAIM and warns with an alert message when it is not available. If RAIM is not
predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become active, as indicated by
the messages “Approach is not active” and “RAIM not available from FAF to Map”. If RAIM is not available
when crossing the FAF, the missed approach procedure must be flown.
NOTE: The system RAIM prediction capability does not meet all RAIM prediction requirements. Reference
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
the RAIM/Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) Prediction Tool at fly.garmin.com as required.
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
INDEX
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility, or city name and press the ENT Key.
Refer to Section 1.7 for instructions on entering alphanumeric data into the system.
18
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
a) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated
only when navigating a flight plan).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
b) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan, Nearest, Recent, or User waypoints, if
required.
c) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The system automatically fills in the
identifier, facility, and city fields with the information for the selected waypoint.
d) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
EIS
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one of
the following is displayed:
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9) With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once RAIM availability is computed, one of
the following is displayed:
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current waypoint, time, and date combination
APPENDICES
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the specified waypoint, time, and date
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
19
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SBAS SELECTION (SBAS SOFTKEY IS SELECTED)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In certain situations, such as when the aircraft is outside or on the fringe of the SBAS coverage area, it may
be desirable to disable EGNOS, WAAS or MSAS (although it is not recommended). When disabled, the
‘SBAS’ Field in the ‘GPS Status’ Box indicates Disabled. There may be a small delay for the ‘GPS Status’ Box
to be updated upon WAAS and MSAS enabling/disabling.
Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
EIS
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’, ‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
GPS SATELLITE SIGNAL STRENGTHS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page can be helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal levels due to poor
satellite coverage or installation problems. As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar is
displayed for each satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite PRN number (01-32 or 120-138 for WAAS)
below each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages, as indicated by signal bar
appearance:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- No bar—Receiver is looking for the indicated satellite
- Hollow bar—Receiver has found the satellite and is collecting data
- Cyan bar—Receiver has collected the necessary data and the satellite signal can be used
- Green bar—Satellite is being used for the GPS solution
- Checkered bar—Receiver has excluded the satellite (Fault Detection and Exclusion)
- “D” indication—Denotes the satellite is being used as part of the differential computations
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected (signal strength bar is hollow) before
the satellite may be used for navigation (signal strength bar becomes solid).
20
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1.4 ACCESSING SYSTEM FUNCTIONALITY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
EIS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the displays. The softkeys shown depend on the softkey
level previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkey labels can be used to press the appropriate softkey.
There are three types of softkeys. One selects a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey
label displayed as green (on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by
the softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of the chosen option.
The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys available for the selected function. Also,
these softkeys revert to the previous level after 45 seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled,
the softkey label is subdued (dimmed)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Softkey On Softkey Subdued
Softkey Names
(displayed)
Bezel-Mounted
Softkeys (press)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 1-9 Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
PFD SOFTKEYS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The PFD softkeys provide control over the PFD display and some flight management functions, including
GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic, and weather (optional). Each softkey sublevel has a Back Softkey which can be
pressed to return to the previous level. If messages remain after acknowledgement, the Alerts Softkey is black
on white. The Alerts Softkey is visible in all softkey levels. For the top level softkeys and the transponder
(XPDR) levels, the Ident Softkey remains visible.
Level 3
INDEX
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
APPENDICES
Description
Displays the scroll key. Only selectable when the number of CAS messages exceeds the
CAS
capacity of the display window.
Scroll up list of CAS messages.
CAS Up
Scroll down list of CAS messages.
CAS Down
Displays the PFD Map display settings softkeys.
Map/HSI
Displays the PFD Map selection softkeys.
Layout
Map Off Removes the PFD map from display (Inset, HSI, or Traffic).
Inset Map Displays the Inset Map.
HSI Map Displays the HSI Map.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Level 2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Level 1
AFCS
The following table describes PFD Softkey functions. Softkeys which display another set of softkeys are
indicated in the table by showing the given set as an increased level. For example, the Map/HSI softkey is
shown in the Level 1 column. When pressed, the Map/HSI softkey will display another set of softkeys and
these softkeys are explained in the Level 2 column. If a softkey on Level 2 provides yet another set of softkey
functions, those new available softkeys are then explained in the Level 3 column, etc.
21
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Inset Trfc
HSI Trfc
EIS
Traffic
TER
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Detail
WX LGND
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NEXRAD
METAR
Lightning
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LTNG Off
Datalink
STRMSCP
AFCS
TFC Map
PFD Opt
SVT
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways
Terrain
HDG LBL
APT Sign
Wire
Wind
INDEX
Off
Option 1
Option 2
Option 3
22
Description
Replaces the Inset Map with a dedicated traffic display.
Replaces the HSI Map with a dedicated traffic display.
Selects desired amount of map detail:
All (No Declutter): All map features visible
Detail 3: Declutters land data
Detail 2: Declutters land and SUA data
Detail 1: Removes everything except for the active flight plan
Displays traffic information on PFD Map.
Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers,
lakes) and elevation scale on PFD Map.
REL: Displays relative terrain information on the PFD Map.
Off: Removes terrain
Displays/removes the name of the selected weather data provider (SiriusXM) and the
weather product icon and age box (for enabled weather products).
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage on PFD Map (subscription optional)
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (subscription optional)
Adds/removes the display of SiriusXM or Connext lightning information (based on
weather data source selection) on the PFD Map.
Disables lightning function on PFD Map. The softkey annunciator is green when the
lightning function is off.
Selects the datalink weather source for the PFD Map
Adds or removes the display of Stormscope information on the PFD Map. The
softkey annunciator is green when the function is on. When the function is off, the
annunciator is gray.
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated traffic display.
Displays second-level softkeys for additional PFD options.
Displays additional SVT overlay softkeys.
Displays Pathway Boxes on the Synthetic Vision Display.
Enables synthetic terrain depiction.
Displays compass heading along the Zero-Pitch line.
Displays position markers for airports within approximately 15 nm of the current
aircraft position. Airport identifiers are displayed when the airport is within
approximately 9 nm.
Displays power lines on the synthetic vision display.
Displays the wind option softkeys.
Wind information not displayed.
Headwind/Tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric components.
Total wind direction arrow and numeric speed.
Total wind direction arrow with digital numeric direction and speed.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Level 2
Level 3
DME
Bearing 1
ALT Units
STD Baro
Cycles through FMS, NAV1, and NAV2 navigation modes on the CDI.
Displays the ‘DME Tuning’ Window, allowing tuning and selection of the DME
(optional).
XPDR
Displays the transponder selection softkeys.
Selects transponder Standby Mode (transponder does not reply to any interrogations).
Standby
On
ALT
0-7
Ident
Ident
APPENDICES
TMR/REF
Nearest
Alerts
or
Message
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Ident
AFCS
BKSP
Activates transponder (transponder replies to identification interrogations).
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder replies to identification and altitude
interrogations).
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in the U.S.A. only).
Displays transponder code selection softkeys 0-7.
Use numbers to enter code.
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Activates the Special Position Identification (SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Displays ‘Timer/References’ Window.
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
Displays the ‘Alerts’ Window when pressed. System generated messages cause the
Alerts Softkey label to change to a flashing ‘Message’ label. Pressing the Message
Softkey opens the ‘Alerts Window, acknowledges the message, and the softkey reverts
to the ‘Alerts’ label.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
VFR
Code
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CDI
DME
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
OBS
EIS
Meters
IN
HPA
Description
Displays ‘DME Information’ Window (optional).
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint
identifier and GPS-derived distance information, ADF/frequency, and Off.
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance information, ADF/frequency, and Off.
Displays softkeys to select altitude unit parameters.
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters.
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury.
Press to display the BARO setting as hectopascals.
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013 hPa if metric units are selected).
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating by GPS (only available with active leg).
When OBS is on, the softkey annunciator is green.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Bearing 2
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
Table 1-3 PFD Softkeys
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
23
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
MFD SOFTKEYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The MFD softkeys provide control over flight management functions, including GPS, NAV, terrain, traffic,
and weather (optional). There are many softkey functions available on the MFD depending on the page group
and screen selected.
EIS
The following table provides an example of the MFD Softkey functions accessed from the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page. Further information concerning softkeys providing more navigation and flight planning functions
may be found in the Flight Management Section. Terrain, traffic, and weather softkey descriptions may
be found in the Hazard Avoidance section. Further description of optional equipment and corresponding
softkey functions may be found in the Additional Features Section.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Level 1
Engine
Level 2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Engine
Lean
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System
Map Opt
Description
Displays EIS - Engine Page and second-level engine softkeys; select again to exit
page (see the EIS Section for more information).
Displays second-level softkeys for additional EIS configuration.
Displays default EIS display.
Displays EIS lean display.
CYL SLCT
Allows selection of engine cylinder to view additional information.
Assist
Enables/disables leaning assist mode.
Resets calculated fuel remaining to default and resets fuel used to zero.
RST Fuel
Press to display the fuel totalizer softkeys
GAL REM
Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon increments.
-10 GAL
Press to decrease remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon increments.
-1 GAL
Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 1-gallon increments.
+1 GAL
Press to increase remaining fuel quantity in 10-gallon increments.
+10 GAL
Sets remaining fuel to 35 gallons.
35 GAL
Sets remaining fuel to 53 gallons.
53 GAL
Displays system oil pressure and temperature, fuel calculations, and electrical
system information.
Displays traffic information on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Displays second level softkeys for the VSD Inset.
Removes VSD Inset from ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Off
Displays VSD Inset profile information of terrain/obstacles along the current track,
VSD
vertical track vector, and selected altitude.
Auto: Automatically displays either VSD profile information for active flight
plan information or along current track with no active flight plan.
FPL: Displays VSD profile information for active flight plan.
TRK: Displays VSD profile information along current track.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic
Inset
Level 3
24
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Checklist
Description
Displays terrain on the map; cycles through the following:
TER
Off: No terrain information shown on MFD Map.
Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines, terrain, rivers, lakes)
and elevation scale on MFD Map.
REL: Displays relative terrain information on the MFD Map.
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
AWY
Off: No airways are displayed.
On: All airways are displayed.
LO: Only low altitude airways are displayed.
HI: Only high altitude airways are displayed.
Displays Stormscope information on Navigation Map (optional).
STRMSCP
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage on ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page
NEXRAD
(optional).
Displays XM lightning information on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page (optional).
XM LTNG
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (subscription optional).
METAR
Displays legends for the displayed XM Weather products (optional).
Legend
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through the following levels:
Detail All: All map features visible.
Detail-3: Declutters land data.
Detail-2: Declutters land and SUA data.
Detail-1: Removes everything except for the active flight plan.
When available, displays optional airport and terminal procedure charts.
Displays chart display settings softkeys (if available).
CHRT Opt
ROT CCW Rotates chart 90 degrees counter clockwise.
ROT CW Rotates chart 90 degrees clockwise.
Fit WDTH Chart zoom adjusted to fill width of display.
Full SCN When the annunciator bar is green, full screen mode is enabled. The annunciator bar
is grey when in split screen mode.
Displays the chart associated with the current phase of flight.
SYNC
Returns to the selected airport information chart (Airport Diagram, Alternate
Info
Minimums, Climb/Descent Table, Diverse Vector Area, Hot Spot, INOP Components,
LAHSO, and Takeoff Minimums)
Displays departure procedure chart.
DP
Displays standard terminal arrival procedure chart.
STAR
Displays approach procedure chart.
APR
Displays weather information.
WX
Displays NOTAM information for selected airport, when available.
NOTAM
When available, displays optional checklists
EIS
Charts
Level 3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Detail
Level 2
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
Table 1-4 MFD Navigation Map Page Softkeys
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
25
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
MENUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system has a MENU Key that, when pressed, displays a context-sensitive list of options. This options list
allows the user to access additional features or make settings changes which specifically relate to the currently
displayed window/page. There is no all-encompassing menu. Some menus provide access to additional
submenus that are used to view, edit, select, and review options. Menus display ‘No Options’ when there are
no options for the window/page selected. The main controls used in association with all window/page group
operations are described in Section 1.2. Softkey selection does not display menus or submenus.
Navigating the Page Menu Window:
EIS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through a list of available options (a scroll bar appears to the right of the window
when the option list is longer than the window).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the ENT Key to select the desired option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) The CLR Key may be pressed to remove the menu and cancel the operation. Pressing the FMS Knob also
removes the displayed menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
No Options with
NRST Window
Displayed on PFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Options with
FPL Window
Displayed on MFD
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 1-10 Page Menu Examples
26
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD PAGE GROUPS
NOTE: Refer to other supporting sections in this Pilot’s Guide for details on specific pages.
EIS
Active Page Title
Page Group
MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information on the MFD is presented on pages grouped according to function. The page group and active
page title are displayed in the upper center of the screen, below the Navigation Data Bar. In the bottom right
corner of the screen, a page group window is displayed by turning either FMS Knob. The page group tabs are
displayed along the bottom of the window. The page titles are displayed in a list above the page group tabs. The
current page group and current page within the group are shown in cyan. For some of these pages (Airport/
Procedures/Weather Information, XM, Procedure Loading), the active title of the page changes while the page
name in the list remains the same.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pages in
Current
Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Page Groups
Figure 1-11 Page Title and Page Groups
AFCS
The main page groups are navigated using the FMS Knob; specific pages within each group can vary depending
on the configuration of optional equipment.
Selecting a page using the FMS Knob:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to display the list of page groups; continue turning the large FMS Knob until the
desired page group is selected
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired page within a specific page group.
APPENDICES
There are several pages which may be selected by selecting the appropriate softkey at the bottom of the page
(or from the page menu). In this case, the active page title will change when a different page softkey is selected,
but the page will remain the same (i.e. the Radio and Info Softkeys show different active page titles (‘Aux - XM
Radio’ and ‘Aux - XM Information’ respective) within the same page, ‘XM Radio’.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
27
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Page Group
Map (Map Page Group)
Pages within Page Group
• Navigation Map
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• IFR/VFR Charts
• Traffic Map
• Stormscope (optional)
• Weather Data Link (service optional)
EIS
WPT (Waypoint Page Group)
• Terrain Proximity / TAWS/ Terrain SVT
• Airport/Procedures/Weather Information Pages
- Airport Information (Info 1 Softkey)
- Airport Directory Information (Info 2 Softkey)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
- Departure Information (DP Softkey)
- Arrival Information (STAR Softkey)
- Approach Information (APR Softkey)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Weather Information (optional) (WX Softkey)
• Intersection Information
• NDB Information
• VOR Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• VRP Information
Aux (Auxiliary Page Group)
• User Waypoint Information
• Trip Planning
• Utility
AFCS
• GPS Status
• System Setup 1/2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• XM Radio Pages
- XM Information (Info Softkey)
- XM Radio (Radio Softkey)
• Satellite Phone
- Telephone (Phone Softkey)
APPENDICES
- Text Messaging (SMS Softkey)
• System Status
• Video (optional)
• ADS-B Status
INDEX
• Connext Setup
• Databases
28
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Page Group
FPL (Flight Plan Page Group)
Pages within Page Group
• Active Flight Plan
- Wide View, Narrow View (View Softkey)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Flight Plan Catalog
- Stored Flight Plan (via New Softkey)
NRST (Nearest Page Group)
• SurfaceWatch Setup (optional)
• Nearest Airports
• Nearest Intersections
EIS
• Nearest NDB
• Nearest VOR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Nearest VRP
• Nearest User WPTS
• Nearest Frequencies
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Nearest Airspaces
Table 1-5 Page Group and Pages
PROCEDURE PAGES (PROC)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Procedure Pages may be accessed at any time on the MFD by pressing the PROC Key. A menu is
initialized, and when a departure, approach, or arrival is selected, the appropriate Procedure Loading Page is
opened. Turning the FMS Knob does not scroll through the Procedure pages
• Departure Loading
• Arrival Loading
• Approach Loading
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
29
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SPLIT SCREEN FUNCTIONALITY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Chart pages may be viewed in split screen mode with either the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ or ‘FPL - Active
Flight Plan’ Page open. To activate the split screen functionality, press the Charts Softkey. Two display panes
are displayed on the MFD. If split screen is activated from the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, the page title will
show ‘Map - Chart + Navigation Map’. If split screen is activated from the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, the
page title will change to show ‘FPL - Chart + Active Flight Plan’.
Page Title shows
‘Map - Chart + Navigation Map’
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
MFD in Split Screen Mode (Narrow View)
Cyan Pane Selector
shows Charts is the
active display pane
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-12 Split Screen Mode
Softkeys for the
active display pane
CONTROLLING DISPLAY PANES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
In split screen mode, the active display pane is outlined by a cyan box called the pane selector. Softkeys
and menu options will automatically change depending on which display pane is active. Display panes may
be displayed vertically in Narrow View, or horizontally in Wide View. In Narrow View, move the Joystick left
or right to move the pane selector. In Wide View, move the Joystick up and down to move the pane selector.
To change between Wide View and Narrow View, push and hold the Joystick.
30
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MFD in Split Screen Mode (Wide View)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pane Selector Box
Figure 1-13 Split Screen in Wide View
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cyan Pane Selector
shows Charts
is the active
display pane
EIS
- Move Joystick in
direction of cyan
arrows to move
display pane
- Push and hold
Joystick to change
Narrow/Wide view
Softkeys for the
active display pane
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
For information on viewing Charts and the Active ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page with the Flight Plan map,
see the Flight Management Section.
For more information on Charts and how to enable Charts Full Screen, see the Additional Features Section.
Enabling/disabling split screen mode:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) From the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page or the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page press the Charts Softkey, or press
the MENU Key and select ‘Chart Mode On’. If necessary, press the CHRT Opt Softkey and press the Full SCN
Softkey to disable full screen mode.
AFCS
2) To disable the split screen mode, press the Charts Softkey again or press the MENU Key and select ‘Chart
Mode Off’. The display returns to the base page, either the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page or the ‘FPL - Active
Flight Plan’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
31
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM SETTINGS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System settings are managed from the System Setup Pages. Fields shown in cyan text may be edited. Managing
the system time format, display units, arrival alerts, and audio voice format settings are discussed in this section.
For other system settings, see the reference given to their respective sections.
If desired, the default system settings may be restored at any time.
Restoring system setup defaults:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup’ Page.
EIS
2) Press the Defaults Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Restore Page Defaults’, and press the ENT Key.
The message ‘Restore Setup X Page Defaults?’ is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Fields shown in Cyan may
be edited
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Configure System
Time
Configure arrival alert settings
Change Display
Unit Settings
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Enable / disable alert
- Set arrival alert trigger distance
AFCS
Restore System Defaults
Change settings for
Page Group Navigation
- FMS knob clicks to change
page group
- Page Group Window
seconds until timeout
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Change audio
alert voice setting
Select System Setup Page
INDEX
Figure 1-14 System Setup 1/2 Pages
- Setup 1
- Setup 2
32
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATE/TIME
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system obtains the current Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) date and time directly from the GPS
satellite signals (shown on the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page). System time (displayed in the lower right corner of
the PFD) can be displayed in three formats: local 12-hr, local 24-hr, or UTC. Local time is set by adding/
subtracting an offset (hours:minutes) to/from UTC.
EIS
Figure 1-15 System Time (UTC Format)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Configuring the system time:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Time Format’ field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired format and press the ENT Key to confirm selection. If local time
format is selected, the ‘Time Offset’ field is highlighted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) If necessary, use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time offset (±HH:MM) and press the ENT Key to confirm
selection.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
33
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
DISPLAY UNITS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Units in which various quantities are displayed on the system screens are listed on the System Setup Pages.
The Navigation Angle reference, the Temperature units, and the Position units can be set from here.
EIS
Category
Navigation Angle
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Distance and Speed**
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude and Vertical
Speed**
Temperature
AFCS
Fuel and Fuel Flow**
Weight**
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Position
Settings
Affected Quantities
Magnetic (North)* Heading
True (North)
Course
Bearing
Track
Desired Track
Wind direction (‘Trip Planning’ Page)
Nautical*
Crosstrack error (HSI)
Metric
Bearing distances (information windows)
DME distance (information window)
Flight plan distances
Map ranges
DIS, GS, TAS, XTK Fields (Navigation Data Bar)
All distances on MFD
Altitude buffer distance (System Setup)
Arrival Alert trigger distance (System Setup)
All speeds on MFD
†
Feet*
All altitudes on MFD
Meters
All elevations on MFD
††
Celsius*
All temperatures on PFD
Fahrenheit
Total Air Temperature (‘Trip Planning’ Page)
†††
Gallons
Fuel parameters (‘Trip Planning’ Page)
†††
Pounds
N/A
Kilograms
HDDD°MM.MM’* All positions
HDDD°MM’SS.S”
MGRS 1m
MGRS 10m
* Default setting
APPENDICES
** Not configurable
† Excludes: airspeed indicator, altitude, true airspeed (PFD), wind speed vector, map range (‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page,
‘Map - TAWS-A (or TAWS-B)’ Page), CDI scaling (System Setup), and fuel range calculation (EIS))
†† Excludes: altimeter, Vertical Speed Indicator, and VNV altitudes (Active Flight Plan). QFE settings can be in meters.
††† Excludes: Engine Indication System (EIS)
INDEX
Table 1-6 Display Units Settings (‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page)
34
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing a display unit setting:
1) While on the ‘Aux - System Setup’ Page, press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Display Units’ Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired units.
4) Press the ENT Key. Press the CLR Key to cancel the action without changing the units.
BARO TRANSITION ALERT
See the Flight Instruments Section for a discussion on setting the Baro Transition Alert.
EIS
AIRSPACE ALERTS
See the Flight Management Section for a discussion on Airspace Alerts settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ARRIVAL ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The ‘Arrival Alert’ Box on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page allows the alerts to be turned ‘On/Off’ and the
alert trigger distance (up to 99.9 units) set for alerts in the ‘Alerts’ Window and the PFD Navigation Status
Box. An arrival alert can be set to notify the pilot with a message upon reaching a user-specified distance from
the final destination (the direct-to waypoint or the last waypoint in a flight plan). When Arrival Alerts is set
to ‘On’, and the set distance is reached, an “Arrival at waypoint” message is displayed in the PFD Navigation
Status Box, and a “WPT ARRIVAL - Arriving at waypoint - [xxxx]” is displayed in the ‘Alerts’ Window. When
Arrival Alerts is set to ‘Off’, only the PFD Navigation Status Box message “Arriving at waypoint” is displayed,
and it is displayed when the time to the final destination is approximately ten seconds.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 1-16 Arrival Alert Settings (System Setup 1 Page)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/disabling the Alerts Window arrival alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘On/Off’ field in the ‘Arrival Alert’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
35
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the distance field in the ‘Arrival Alert’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
SURFACEWATCH
EIS
See the Additional Features Section for a discussion on SurfaceWatch settings.
FLIGHT DIRECTOR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Flight Director command bars format is set to Single Cue and may not be changed. See the AFCS
Section for more information.
BARO QFE
See the Flight Instruments Section for more information on Baro QFE settings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MFD DATA BAR FIELDS
See the Flight Management Section for a discussion on the MFD Data Bar Fields settings.
GPS CDI
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
See the Flight Instruments Section for a discussion on setting the GPS CDI format.
COM CONFIGURATION
See the Audio Panel & CNS Section for a discussion on the COM Configuration for channel spacing.
AFCS
NEAREST AIRPORT
See the Flight Management Section for a discussion on the Nearest Airport settings.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
STABILITY & PROTECTION
INDEX
APPENDICES
See the Additional Features Section for more information on the Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)
settings.
36
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PAGE NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The large FMS Knob displays the Page Group Tabs and navigates through the tabs. The small FMS Knob
navigates through the pages listed within a specific group. The number of clicks it takes to display the Page
Group Tabs and change to the next tab can be controlled from the Page Navigation box on the Aux - System
Setup 2 Page.
Off – Displays the Page Group Window with one click of either FMS Knob.
On – Displays the Page Group Window and navigates to the next page group with one click of either FMS Knob.
EIS
The pilot can select, from the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page, the amount of time the Page Group Window is
displayed (in the lower right corner of the MFD). The timeout can range from two to ten seconds.
Selecting page navigation settings:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Change On 1st Click’ field in the ‘Page Navigation’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Off’ or ‘On’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Timeout Seconds’ field in the ‘Page Navigation’ Box.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired number of seconds
7) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO ALERTS
The ‘Audio’ Box on the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page allows the audio alert voice setting (male or female).
Changing the audio alert voice:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the voice field in the ‘Audio’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select the desired voice setting and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CHARTS
See the Additional Features Section for a discussion on chart settings.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
37
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM UTILITIES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For flight planning purposes, timers, trip statistics, and a scheduler feature are provided on the Aux - Utility
Page. The timers available include a stopwatch-like generic timer, a total time in flight timer, and a record of the
time of departure. Trip statistics—odometer, trip odometer, and average trip and maximum groundspeeds—are
displayed from the time of the last reset.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 1-17 Utility Page
TIMERS
The system timers available on the Aux - Utility Page include:
• Stopwatch-like generic timers
AFCS
• Total-time-in-flight timer
• Time since departure
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The generic timer can be set to count up or down from a specified time (HH:MM:SS). When the countdown
on the timer reaches zero the digits begin to count up from zero. If the timer is reset before reaching zero on
a countdown, the digits are reset to the initial value. If the timer is counting up when reset, the digits return
to zero.
Setting the generic timer:
APPENDICES
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the timer counting direction (Up/Dn) and press the ENT Key.
4) If a desired starting time is desired:
INDEX
a) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the HH:MM:SS field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time and press the ENT Key.
38
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Start?’ and press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to
‘Stop?’.
6) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘Reset?’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits
are reset.
The flight timer can be set to count up from zero starting at system power-up or from the time that the
aircraft lifts off; the timer can also be reset to zero at any time.
Setting the flight timer starting criterion:
EIS
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the flight timer.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (Pwr-On or In-Air) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the flight timer:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Reset Flight Timer’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system records the time at which departure occurs, depending on whether the pilot prefers the time
to be recorded from system power-up or from aircraft lift off. The displayed departure time can also be reset
to display the current time at the point of reset. The format in which the time is displayed is controlled from
the System Setup Page.
Setting the departure timer starting criterion:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the field next to the departure time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the starting criterion (Pwr-On or In-Air) and press the ENT Key.
Resetting the departure time:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Reset Departure Time’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
39
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
TRIP STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The odometer and trip odometer record the total mileage traveled from the last reset; these odometers can
be reset independently. Resetting the trip odometer also resets the average trip groundspeed. Maximum
groundspeed for the period of time since the last reset is also displayed.
Resetting trip statistics readouts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key. The following reset options for trip statistics are displayed:
EIS
• Reset Trip ODOM/AVG GS—Resets trip average ground speed readout and odometer
• Reset Odometer—Resets odometer readout only
• Reset Maximum Speed—Resets maximum speed readout only
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Reset All—Resets flight timer, departure timer, odometers, and groundspeed readouts
3) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the desired reset option and press the ENT Key. The selected parameters are
reset to zero and begin to display data from the point of reset.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SCHEDULER
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system’s Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages (e.g., “Switch fuel
tanks”, “Overhaul”, etc.) in the ‘Alerts’ Window on the PFD. Messages can be set to display based on a
specific date and time (event), once the message timer reaches zero (one-time; default setting), or recurrently
whenever the message timer reaches zero (periodic). Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically
reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed. When power is cycled, messages are retained
until deleted, and message timer countdown is restarted.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Scheduler messages appear in the ‘Alerts’ Window on the PFD and cause the Alerts Softkey label to change
to a flashing ‘Message’ label. Pressing the Message Softkey opens the “Alerts” Window and acknowledges the
scheduler message. The softkey reverts to the “Alerts” label. Pressing the Alerts Softkey again removes the
‘Alerts’ Window from the display and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue.
INDEX
Figure 1-18 PFD Alerts Window
40
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Entering a scheduler message:
1) Select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty field within the ‘Scheduler’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter text within the ‘Message’ Field to be displayed in the ‘Messages’ Window and press
the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the ‘Type’ Field.
EIS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select set the message alert type:
• ‘Event’ — Message issued at the specified date/time
• ‘One-time’ — Message issued when the message timer reaches zero (default setting)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• ‘Periodic’ — Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero
7) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) For periodic and one-time message, use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value (HHH:MM:SS) from which to
countdown and press the ENT Key.
9) For event-based messages:
a) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date (DD-MMM-YY) and press the ENT Key.
b) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time (HH:MM) and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message.
Deleting a scheduler message:
1) Select the ‘Aux - Utility’ Page.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Message’ Field of the scheduler message to be deleted.
4) Press the CLR Key to clear the message text. If the CLR Key is pressed again, the message is restored.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key to confirm message deletion.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
41
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
1.5 DISPLAY BACKLIGHTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The PFD and MFD display backlighting, the PFD and MFD bezel, and the Audio Panel keys can be adjusted
manually in one of two ways:
• Using the individual dimmer bus control for the desired display, or
• Using the PFD Setup Menu and the following procedures. In normal operating mode, backlighting can only be
adjusted from the PFD. In reversionary mode, adjustments can be made from any remaining displays.
Adjusting display backlighting:
EIS
1) Press the PFD MENU Key to display the ‘PFD Setup Menu’. ‘Auto’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD Display’. If
desired, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Auto’ next to ‘MFD Display’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired backlighting then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Manual’ and press the ENT Key. The intensity value is now highlighted.
1) Press the PFD MENU Key to display the ‘PFD Setup Menu’. ‘Auto’ is now highlighted next to ‘PFD Display’.
4) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
Adjusting key backlighting:
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘PFD Display’ or ‘MFD Display’, as desired.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrowhead to display ‘PFD Key’ or ‘MFD Key’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Auto’.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Manual’ and press the ENT Key. The intensity value is now highlighted.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired backlighting and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
7) To remove the menu, press the CLR or MENU Key.
INDEX
Figure 1-19 PFD Setup Menu
42
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) provides additional readouts and bugs on selected flight
instruments. Refer to the AFCS Section for details on these bugs and readouts, as they appear on the display
during certain AFCS flight director modes.
EIS
The system increases pilot situational awareness by providing an easy-to-scan Primary Flight Display (PFD)
featuring a large horizon, airspeed, attitude, vertical speed, and course deviation information. In addition to the
flight instruments, navigation, communication, terrain, traffic, and weather information are also presented on the
PFD and are explained in other sections of this Pilot’s Guide.
The following flight instruments and supplemental flight data are displayed on the PFD:
• Horizontal Situation Indicator, showing
– Turn Rate Indicator
– True Airspeed
– Bearing pointers and information windows
– Airspeed awareness ranges
– Navigation source
– Vspeed reference bugs
– Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)
• Attitude Indicator with slip/skid indication
– HSI Map
• Altimeter, showing
– DME Information Window (optional)
• DME Tuning Window (optional)
– Barometric setting
• Transponder Mode, Code, and Ident/Reply
– Selected altitude
• References Window, showing
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and Glidepath
Indicators
– Generic timer
• Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
– Barometric or temperature compensated
minimum descent altitude (MDA) or decision
height (DH)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
– Vspeed values
AFCS
• Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
– Trend vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Indicated Airspeed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Airspeed Indicator, showing
• Wind data
The PFD also displays various alerts and annunciations discussed throughout this Pilot’s Guide.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
43
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
21
19
20
1
18
17
16
2
15
EIS
14
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
12
4
11
5
10
9
6
8
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7
1
NAV Frequency Box
12
Barometric Altimeter Setting
2
Airspeed Indicator
13
Turn Rate Indicator
3
True Airspeed
14
Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI)
4
Current Heading
15
Selected Altitude Bug
5
16
Altimeter
6
Horizontal Situation Indicator
(HSI)
Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
17
Selected Altitude
7
Softkeys
18
COM Frequency Box
8
System Time
19
Navigation Status Box
9
Generic Timer
20
Slip/Skid Indicator
10
Transponder Data Box
21
Attitude Indicator
11
Selected Heading Bug
INDEX
Figure 2-1 Primary Flight Display (Default)
44
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9
8
7
EIS
1
2
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
5
6
Desired Track
2
Wind Data Box
7
3
Inset Map
8
4
Bearing Information Windows
Required Vertical Speed
Indicator
Vertical Deviation Indication
9
5
Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height
VNV Target Altitude
AFCS
Selected Heading
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1
Figure 2-2 Additional PFD Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
45
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.1 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
Attitude information is displayed over a virtual blue sky and brown ground with a white horizon line. The
Attitude Indicator displays the pitch, roll, and slip/skid information.
9
8
EIS
1
7
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
6
3
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
5
1
Roll Pointer
2
Roll Scale
3
Horizon Line
4
Aircraft Symbol
5
Land Representation
6
Pitch Scale
7
Slip/Skid Indicator
8
Sky Representation
9
Roll Scale Zero
Figure 2-3 Attitude Indicator
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The horizon line is part of the pitch scale. Above and below the horizon line, major pitch marks and numeric
labels are shown for every 10˚, up to 90˚. Minor pitch marks are shown for intervening 5˚ increments, up to
25˚ below and 45˚ above the horizon line. Between 20˚ below to 20˚ above the horizon line, minor pitch marks
occur every 2.5˚. When the optional Garmin Synthetic Vision System Technology system (Garmin SVT™) is
activated, the pitch scale is reduced to 10˚ up and 7.5˚ down; refer to the Additional Features section for more
information about Synthetic Vision.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The inverted white triangle indicates zero on the roll scale. Major tick marks at 30˚ and 60˚ and minor tick
marks at 10˚, 20˚, and 45˚ are shown to the left and right of the zero. Angle of bank is indicated by the position
of the pointer on the roll scale.
When the optional Electronic Stability and Protection System (Garmin ESP™) system is installed and enabled,
additional indications also appear on the roll scale; refer to the Additional Features Section for more information
about Garmin ESP.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Slip/Skid Indicator is the bar beneath the roll pointer. The indicator bar moves with the roll pointer and
moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate uncoordinated flight. Slip (inside the turn) or skid (outside
the turn) is indicated by the location of the bar relative to the pointer.
Figure 2-4 Slip/Skid Indication
46
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for airspeed criteria and Vspeed values.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Airspeed Indicator displays airspeed on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The numeric labels and
major tick marks on the moving tape are shown at intervals of 10 knots. The minor tick marks on the moving
tape are shown at intervals of 5 knots. Speed indication starts at 20 knots, with 60 knots of airspeed viewable
at any time. The indicated airspeed is displayed inside the black pointer. The pointer remains black until
reaching never exceed speed (VNE), then it becomes red. The true airspeed is displayed in knots below the
Airspeed Indicator.
EIS
Vspeed
Reference
Bugs
Color coded
speed ranges
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicated
Airspeed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Airspeed
Trend Vector
Figure 2-6 Red Pointer Showing Airspeed Above VNE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
True
Airspeed
Figure 2-5 Airspeed Indicator
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A color-coded (solid red, white, green, amber) speed range strip is located on the moving tape. The colors
denote solid red low speed awareness range, a flaps operating range, normal operating range, caution range, and
never-exceed speed (VNE). Speeds above the never-exceed speed (VNE), appear in the high speed warning range,
represented on the airspeed tape by red/white “barber pole” coloration. The Airspeed Trend Vector is a vertical
magenta line that appears to the right of the color-coded speed range strip when airspeed is either accelerating
or decelerating. One end of the magenta line is anchored to the tip of the airspeed pointer while the other end
moves continuously up or down corresponding to the rate of acceleration or deceleration. For any constant
rate of acceleration or deceleration, the moving end of the line shows approximately what the indicated airspeed
value will be in six seconds. If the trend vector crosses VNE, the number in the indicated airspeed pointer
changes to amber. The trend vector is absent if the speed remains constant or if any data needed to calculate
airspeed is not available due to a system failure.
APPENDICES
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Black reference bugs with cyan letters appear along the right side of the airspeed scale denote GLIDE, VR,VX,
and VY. The pilot can enable/disable the display of these bugs, as well as change their values. When the
indicated airspeed is below 20 knots, enabled Vspeeds Reference Bugs and their numeric values appear in a list
at the bottom of the airspeed tape, ordered from highest to lowest.
47
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Bug
GLIDE
G
VR
R
Vx
X
Vy
Y
Table 2-1 Vspeed Bug Labels
EIS
Figure 2-7 VSpeed References
Vspeed
Enabling/disabling or modifying individual Vspeed Reference Bugs:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired Vspeed value.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments (when a speed has been changed from a
default value, an asterisk appears next to the speed).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the On/Off field
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ‘On’ or counterclockwise to ‘Off’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
AFCS
References Window
References Window Menu
Figure 2-8 References Window and Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The pilot can also enable/disable all Vspeed Reference Bugs as a group.
Enabling/disabling Vspeed Reference Bugs as a group or restoring all default settings:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll as needed to highlight ‘All References On’, ‘All References Off’ or ‘Restore Defaults’.
4) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) To remove the References Window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
48
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTIMETER
The Altimeter displays barometric altitude values on a moving tape rolling number gauge. The pilot can
choose display units format for the Altimeter as feet or meters.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the altitude is displayed in feet, the Altimeter shows 600 feet of barometric altitude at a time, with numeric
labels and major tick marks displayed at intervals of 100 feet. Minor tick marks are at intervals of 20 feet.
If the altitude is displayed in meters, the Altimeter shows 180 meters of barometric altitude at a time, with
numeric labels and major tick market displayed at intervals of 50 meters. Minor tick marks are at intervals of
10 meters.
EIS
The name of the selected units, ‘FEET’ or ‘METERS’ appears near the bottom of the altimeter.
The Indicated Altitude is displayed in the black pointer.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting the altitude display units:
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ALT, VS’ datafield in the ‘Display Units’ Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Feet(FT,FPM)’ or ‘Meters(MT,MPS)’ and press the ENT Key. This
setting affects altitude displays system-wide, in addition to those shown on the PFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Selected Altitude is displayed above the Altimeter in the box indicated by a selection bug symbol. A bug
corresponding to this altitude is shown on the tape; if the Selected Altitude exceeds the range shown on the
tape, the bug appears at the upper or lower edge of the tape. See the AFCS Section for more information about
the Selected Altitude.
A magenta Altitude Trend Vector extends up or down the left of the altitude tape, with the end resting at the
approximate altitude to be reached in six seconds at the current vertical speed. The trend vector is not shown
if altitude remains constant or if data needed for calculation is not available due to a system failure.
AFCS
Setting the Selected Altitude:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
T urn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude. Turn the large knob for 1000-ft increments, small knob for
100-ft increments. If set to Metric mode, the large knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 500-meter increments;
the small knob adjusts the Selected Altitude in 50-meter increments.
If a Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value has been set, this altitude is also available for
the Selected Altitude while turning the ALT SEL Knob.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
49
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected
Altitude
(Meters)
Indicated
Altitude
(Meters)
Altitude Trend
Vector
EIS
Selected
Altitude Bug
MDA/DH Altitude
Bug
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Barometric Setting
Figure 2-9 Altimeter
Barometric
Setting Box
(Hectopascals)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The pilot can choose to display overlays for the indicated altitude and Selected Altitude using alternate
display units without changing the scale of the Altimeter. For example, if the Altimeter is displaying feet, the
system can show a metric overlay for the indicated and selected altitudes without changing the scale or display
units of the Altimeter.
Enabling altitude units overlays:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3) Press the Meters or Feet Softkey to enable/disable the altitude overlays .
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The barometric pressure setting is displayed below the Altimeter in inches of mercury (in Hg) or hectopascals
(hPa) when metric units are selected. Adjusting the altimeter barometric pressure setting creates discontinuities
in VNV vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the
aircraft to re-establish on the descent patch. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target
Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
APPENDICES
Selecting standard barometric pressure (29.92 in Hg):
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
INDEX
2) Press the STD Baro Softkey. The PFD softkeys automatically return to the top-level after pressing the softkey.
Figure 2-10 Standard Barometric Setting
50
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of mercury (in Hg).
Or:
Press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in hectopascals (hPa).
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EIS
BARO QFE ALTIMETER SETTING
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
BARO QFE is the isobaric surface pressure at the airfield reference point. With BARO QFE set, the altimeter
will indicate zero at the airfield reference point or the touch-down zone of the runway in use. At other
altitudes, the altimeter will read an indication of the height above the reference point. A BARO QFE altimeter
setting should only be used in the terminal environment for the corresponding issuing airport to ensure
adequate obstacle clearance.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The pilot can choose a QFE reference point based on data from the FMS origin, destination, or a manually
supplied value. The pilot can choose the FMS origin elevation source when the FMS flight plan contains
an origin and the aircraft is on the ground or in the departure flight phase. The pilot can choose the FMS
destination elevation source when the FMS flight plan contains a destination and the aircraft is in the air.
Otherwise, these options are subdued and only the manual QFE reference option is available for pilot selection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Setting the BARO QFE:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the REF field.
AFCS
4) To manually enter a reference point elevation, turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Manual’ and press the ENT
Key.
a) Turn the large and small FMS Knobs to select a reference point altitude.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the ENT Key.
5) To select a reference point elevation based on the FMS origin, turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘FMS ORIG’
and press the ENT Key.
Or:
APPENDICES
To select a reference point elevation based on the FMS destination, turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘FMS
DEST’ and press the ENT Key.
6) To enable or disable Baro QFE, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Baro QFE On/Off setting.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
8) If an MDA/DH value has been set for the approach minimums, and the pilot subsequently disables the QFE
altimeter setting, a pop-up window appears. Highlight ‘OK’ with the FMS Knob to disable the QFE altimeter
setting and delete the approach minimums, or highlight ‘Cancel’ to keep the QFE altimeter setting enabled and
the approach minimums unchanged. Press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
51
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During QFE operations, an annunciation will be displayed to the left of the altimeter.
Figure 2-11 BARO QFE Altimeter Annunciation on the PFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Baro Transition Alerts flash the barometric pressure setting to remind the pilot to change the barometric
pressure setting to or from standard. Two alerts are available. The altitude Baro Transition Alert occurs when
climbing through the transition altitude beginning at 200 feet below this altitude. The flight level Baro Transition
Alert occurs when descending through the transition flight level beginning at 200 feet above this flight level.
The barometric pressure setting stops flashing after the pilot changes the barometric pressure setting. The pilot
can enable/disable either Baro Transition Alerts, and choose the altitude or flight level used to trigger the alerts.
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or
‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert Altitude in the BARO Transition Alert Box.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Altitude On or Off.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Altitude field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to
the previous altitude selection.
AFCS
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert Level.
8) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight Level On or Off.
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Flight Level field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the ENT Key to accept or press the CLR
Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
APPENDICES
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR (VSI)
NOTE: The Glidepath Indicator is only available on GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical guidance when
SBAS is available.
INDEX
The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI; Figure 2-12) displays the aircraft vertical speed on a fixed scale with labels
at 1000 and 2000 fpm and minor tick marks every 500 fpm. Digits appear in the pointer when the climb or
descent rate is greater than 100 fpm. If the rate of ascent/descent exceeds 2000 fpm, the pointer appears at the
edge of the tape and the rate appears inside the pointer.
52
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
A magenta chevron is displayed on the VSI to indicate the Required Vertical Speed for reaching a VNV target
altitude once the “TOD [Top of Descent] within 1 minute” alert has generated.
VERTICAL DEVIATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
When Vertical Navigation (VNV) is being used, the Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) appears to the left of
the altimeter and is displayed with a magenta ‘V’ at the top of the scale and a magenta chevron indicating the
baro-VNAV vertical deviation. The VDI appears in conjunction with the “TOD within 1 minute” alert. The VDI
is removed from the display if vertical deviation becomes invalid. See the Flight Management Section for details
on VNV features, and refer to the Supplemental Flight Data discussion later in this section for more information
about VNV indications on the PFD.
VNV Target
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Indicator
AFCS
Figure 2-12 Vertical Speed and
Deviation Indicator (VSI and VDI)
Glideslope
Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
Required
Vertical
Speed
Marker
Beacon
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vertical
Speed
Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Glideslope Indicator (Figure 2-13) appears to the left of the Altimeter whenever an ILS frequency is
tuned in the active NAV field and the selected course and heading are within 107°. A green diamond acts as
the Glideslope Indicator, like a glideslope needle on a conventional indicator. If a localizer frequency is tuned
and there is no glideslope, “NO GS” is displayed in place of the diamond.
Figure 2-13 Glideslope Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
•
LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V, LP+V is +/- 148 feet (45 meters).
•
LPV is +/- 49 feet (15 meters).
APPENDICES
The Glidepath Indicator is a vertical deviation scale for RNAV GPS approaches supporting SBAS vertical
guidance (LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LPV, LP+V). The Glidepath Indicator, a magenta diamond (Figure 2-14) appears
on the display as soon as the Final Approach Fix (FAF) becomes the active waypoint, and FMS is the selected
navigation source. Full-scale deflection (two dots), is angular with upper and lower limits. The upper limit is
+/-492 feet (150 meters) and lower limits depend on approach service level.
If the approach downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the diamond.
INDEX
NOTE: The Glidepath Indicator appears on the display as soon as the Final Approach Fix (FAF) becomes the
active waypoint. Depending on procedure design, pilot action, and/or ATC clearance, the aircraft may be
centered on or above the glidepath when the Glidepath Indicator appears.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
53
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Preview
Glidepath
Indicator
EIS
Glidepath
Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-14 Glidepath Indicator
While executing an LNAV/VNAV approach and SBAS is unavailable or disabled, baro-VNAV (barometric
vertical navigation) is used for vertical guidance. This occurs due to any of the following conditions:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• SBAS fails or becomes unavailable prior to the FAF
• The aircraft is outside of SBAS coverage
• SBAS is manually disabled on the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Baro-VNAV is also the source of vertical approach guidance if the LNAV/VNAV procedure does not support
SBAS vertical guidance.
AFCS
While baro-VNAV is being used, the Glidepath Indicator appears as a magenta pentagon. If the approach
downgrades past the final approach fix (FAF), “NO GP” is displayed in place of the pentagon.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Glidepath
Indicator
(BaroVNAV)
Figure 2-15 Glidepath Indicator with Baro-VNAV active
INDEX
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
The Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) displays a rotating compass card in a heading-up orientation. Letters
indicate the cardinal points with numeric labels every 30˚. Long dashes are at 10˚ intervals and short dashes are
at 5˚ intervals. A digital reading of the current heading appears on top of the HSI. The HSI also presents turn
54
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
rate, course deviation, bearing, and selected navigation source information. The HSI is available in two formats:
a 360˚ compass rose and a 210˚ HSI Map. The HSI Map is mutually exclusive with the Inset Maps.
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Or:
EIS
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level PFD Softkeys.
16
15
14
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The HSI with the HSI map disabled presents a Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) with a Course Pointer, To/
From Indicator, and a sliding deviation bar and scale. The Course Pointer is a single line arrow (GPS, VOR1,
and LOC) or a double line arrow (VOR2 and LOC2) which points in the direction of the set course. The To/
From Indicator rotates with the Course Pointer and appears when the system is receiving the active NAVAID.
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
12
1
11
2
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3
10
4
5
9
6
8
AFCS
7
9
Lateral Deviation Scale
2
Selected Heading Bug
10
Flight Phase
3
11
Course Pointer
4
Course Deviation Indicator
(CDI)
Navigation Source
12
Selected Course
5
Aircraft Symbol
13
Lubber Line
6
To/From Indicator
14
Current Heading
7
Rotating Compass Card
8
OBS Mode Active
APPENDICES
Current Track Indicator
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1
Turn Rate and Heading
Trend Vector
16 Selected Heading
15
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 2-16 Horizontal Situation Indicator
55
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The HSI Map is a 210 ˚ expanded compass rose which also includes a navigation map with overlay capabilities
such as topographical, weather, and land information. The HSI Map contains a Course Pointer, a combined To/
From Indicator with a sliding deviation indicator, and a lateral deviation scale. Upon passing a station, the To/
From Indicator points to the tail of the aircraft. Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the HSI Map
can appear either as an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) as a diamond (LOC). Refer to the Flight Management
Section for information about using HSI Map overlays.
Lateral Deviation Scale
Flight Phase
Annunciation
Navigation Source
EIS
Course Deviation
Indicator and To/
From Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Course Pointer
Figure 2-17 HSI Map
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A digital reading of the current heading appears above the rotating compass card. A magenta diamond on
the HSI represents the current track over the ground the aircraft is flying. To the upper left of the HSI, the
Selected Heading is shown in cyan, which corresponds to the cyan heading bug on the compass rose. The
Desired Track (DTK) is shown in magenta to the upper right of the HSI when the selected navigation source is
GPS and OBS Mode is not active. The Selected Course (CRS) is shown to the upper right of the HSI when the
selected navigation source is VOR or LOC and in magenta when the selected navigation source is GPS with OBS
Mode active. Upon station passage, the To/From Indicator flips and points to the tail of the aircraft, just like a
conventional To/From flag. Depending on the navigation source, the CDI on the HSI can appear in two different
ways: an arrowhead (GPS, VOR, OBS) or a diamond (LOC).
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
APPENDICES
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
INDEX
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to the bearing of the active waypoint or
navigation station.
56
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Current Track Indicator
Current Heading
Selected Heading
Selected Course
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Heading Bug
Figure 2-18 Heading and Course Indications
EIS
Navigation angles (track, heading, course, bearing) are corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag
Var) or referenced to true north (T), set on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page. When an approach referenced to
true north has been loaded into the flight plan, the system generates an alert to change the navigation angle
setting to True at the appropriate time.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-19 Heading and Course Indications (True)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the navigation angle true/magnetic setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NAV Angle setting in the ‘Display Units’ box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
• ‘Magnetic(º)’ - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (Mag Var)
• ‘True(ºT)’ - References angles to true north
AFCS
TURN RATE INDICATOR
Half Standard
Turn Rate
APPENDICES
Standard
Turn Rate
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Turn Rate Indicator is located directly above the rotating compass card. Tick marks to the left and right
of the lubber line denote half-standard and standard turn rates. A magenta Turn Rate Trend Vector shows the
current turn rate. The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in six seconds, based on the present
turn rate. A standard-rate turn is shown on the indicator by the trend vector stopping at the standard turn
rate tick mark, corresponding to a predicted heading of 18˚ from the current heading. At rates greater than 4
deg/sec, an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid.
Arrow Shown
for Turn Rate
> 4 Degrees
per Second
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 2-20 Turn Rate Indicator and Trend Vector
57
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
BEARING POINTERS AND INFORMATION WINDOWS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Two bearing pointers and associated information can be displayed on the HSI for NAV and GPS sources by
pressing the PFD Opt Softkey then either the Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey. The bearing pointers are cyan
and are single-line (BRG1) or double-line (BRG2). A pointer symbol is shown in the information window to
indicate the navigation source. The bearing pointers never override the CDI and are visually separated from
the CDI by a white ring. The white ring is not shown when the HSI Map is enabled. Bearing pointers may
be selected but not necessarily visible due to data unavailability.
EIS
Tuning Mode
Bearing 2
Pointer
Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Distance
DME Information Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Distance to
Bearing Source
Bearing
Source
Pointer
Icon
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Station
Pointer
Identifier
Icon
Bearing 1 Information Window
Bearing 1
Pointer
Bearing
Source
Bearing 2 Information Window
Figure 2-21 HSI with Bearing and DME Information
AFCS
When a bearing pointer is displayed, the associated information window is also displayed. The Bearing
Information windows are displayed below the HSI and give the following information:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Bearing source (NAV, GPS, ADF)
• Pointer icon (BRG1 = single line, BRG2 = double line)
• GPS-derived great circle distance to bearing
source
• Station/waypoint identifier (NAV, GPS)
• Frequency (NAV)
APPENDICES
When the NAV radio is tuned to an ILS frequency the bearing source and the bearing pointer is removed
from the HSI. When NAV1 or NAV2 is the selected bearing source, the frequency is replaced by the station
identifier when the station is within range. If GPS is the bearing source, the active waypoint identifier is
displayed instead of a frequency.
The bearing pointer is removed from the HSI and dashes are displayed in the information window if the
NAV radio is not receiving a VOR station or if GPS is the bearing source and an active waypoint is not selected.
INDEX
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing pointer and information window
with the NAV 1 source.
58
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the bearing softkey again to display the bearing pointer with the NAV 2 source.
4) Press the bearing softkey again to display the bearing pointer with GPS as the source.
5) Press the bearing softkey again to display the bearing pointer with the optional ADF as the source.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
COURSE DEVIATION INDICATOR (CDI)
EIS
The Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) moves left or right from the course pointer along a lateral deviation
scale to display aircraft position relative to the course. If the course deviation data is not valid, the CDI is not
displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation
Source
Flight
Phase
Scale
Crosstrack
Error
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
CDI
Figure 2-22 Course Deviation Indicator
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CDI can display two sources of navigation, GPS or VOR/LOC. The color indicates the current navigation
source, magenta for GPS and green for VOR and LOC. The full scale limits for the CDI are defined by an GPSderived distance when coupled to the GPS. If the CDI exceeds the maximum deviation on the scale (two dots)
while navigating with GPS, the crosstrack error (XTK) is displayed below the white aircraft symbol. When
navigating using a VOR or localizer (LOC), the CDI uses the same angular deviation as a mechanical CDI.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-23 Navigation Sources
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
59
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing navigation sources:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or LOC2. This places the cyan tuning box
over the NAV2 standby frequency.
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV1
standby frequency in the upper left corner of the PFD.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
NAV2 Selected for Tuning
EIS
NAV1 Selected for Tuning
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS
Selected
LOC1
Selected
VOR2
Selected
Pressing the CDI Softkey
Cycles through
Navigation Sources
Figure 2-24 Selecting a Navigation Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system automatically changes from GPS to LOC navigation source and changes the CDI scaling accordingly
when all of the following occur:
• A localizer or ILS approach has been loaded into the active flight plan
AFCS
• The final approach fix (FAF) is the active leg, the FAF is less than 15 nm away, and the aircraft is moving
toward the FAF
• A valid localizer frequency has been tuned
• The GPS CDI deviation is less than 1.2 times full-scale deflection
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS steering guidance is still provided after the CDI automatically changes to LOC until LOC capture, up
to the Final Approach Fix (FAF) for an ILS approach, or until GPS information becomes invalid. Activating a
Vector-to-Final (VTF) also causes the CDI to switch to LOC navigation source. GPS steering guidance is not
provided after the change.
INDEX
APPENDICES
On some ILS approaches where the glideslope intercept point is at or in close proximity to the fix prior to the
FAF), it is possible to be above the glideslope when the navigation source automatically changes from GPS to
LOC. The probability of this occurring varies based on air temperature.
60
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Fix Prior to the FAF
Glideslope Intercept Point
EIS
Figure 2-25 ILS Approach with Glideslope Intercept Point at Fix Prior to the FAF
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS CDI SCALING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When GPS is the selected navigation source, the flight plan legs are sequenced automatically and
annunciations appear on the HSI for the flight phase. Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in
magenta, but when cautionary conditions exist the color changes to amber. If the current leg in the flight plan
is a heading leg, ‘HDG LEG’ is annunciated in magenta beneath the aircraft symbol.
The current GPS CDI scale setting is displayed as System CDI on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page and
the full-scale deflection setting may also be selected (2.0 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.3 nm, or Auto) from this page. If
the selected scaling is smaller than the automatic setting for enroute and terminal phases, the CDI is scaled
accordingly and the selected setting is displayed rather than the flight phase annunciation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Format Allowed selection in the ‘GPS CDI’ box.
AFCS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the ENT Key.
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Enroute
(Oceanic if >200 nm
from nearest airport)
Terminal
Approach
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
0.3 nm
CDI Full-scale Deflection
1.0 nm
Terminal
APPENDICES
Departure
Refer to accompanying
approach CDI scaling figures
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When set to Auto (default), the GPS CDI scale automatically adjusts to the desired limits based upon the
current phase of flight (Figure 2-26, Table 2-2).
Missed
Approach
INDEX
Figure 2-26 Automatic CDI Scaling
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
61
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
• Once a departure procedure is activated, the CDI is scaled for departure (0.3 nm).
• The system switches from departure to terminal CDI scaling (1.0 nm) under the following conditions:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not aligned with the departure runway
- The next leg in the departure procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF (see
Glossary for leg type definitions)
- After any leg in the departure procedure that is not a CA or FA
EIS
• At 30 nm from the departure airport, the enroute phase of flight is automatically entered and CDI scaling
changes to 2.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If after completing the departure procedure the nearest airport is more than 200 nm away from the aircraft
and the approach procedure has not yet commenced, the CDI is scaled for oceanic flight (2.0 nm).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- When navigating with an active departure procedure, the flight phase and CDI scale does not change
until the aircraft arrives at the last departure waypoint (if more than 30 nm from the departure airport) or
the leg after the last departure waypoint has been activated or a direct-to waypoint is activated.
- Upon reaching the first waypoint of an arrival route that is more than 31 nm from the destination airport,
the flight phase changes to terminal and the CDI scale begins to decrease from 2.0 nm to 1.0 nm over a
distance of 1.0 nm.
• Within 31 nm of the destination airport (terminal area), the CDI scale gradually decreases from 2.0 nm to
1.0 nm over a distance of 1.0 nm, except under the following conditions:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• During approach, the CDI scale decreases even further (Figures 2-27 and 2-28). This transition normally
occurs within 2.0 nm of the final approach fix (FAF). The CDI changes to approach scaling automatically
once the approach procedure is activated or if Vectors-To-Final (VTF) are selected.
- If the active waypoint is the FAF, the ground track and the bearing to the FAF must be within 45° of the
final approach segment course.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Landing
Threshold
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
Figure 2-27 Typical LNAV, LNAV+V, and Visual Approach CDI
Scaling
62
FAF
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2 nm
FAF
CDI scale varies if VTF is activated
angle based
on database
information
course width
2 nm
CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
angle set
by system
350 ft
CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0.3 nm
or an angle set by the system
1.0 nm
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
CDI Full-scale Deflection
AFCS
- If the active waypoint is part of the missed approach procedure, the active leg and the preceding missed
approach legs must be aligned with the final approach segment course and the aircraft must not have
passed the turn initiation point.
Figure 2-28 Typical LNAV/VNAV, LPV, LP+V, and LP Approach
CDI Scaling
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• When a missed approach is activated, the CDI scale changes to 0.3 nm.
• The system automatically switches back to terminal mode under the following conditions:
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not aligned with the final approach path
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- The next leg in the missed approach procedure is not a CA, CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FA, FC, FD, FM, IF, or TF
- After any leg in the missed approach procedure that is not a CA or FA
Approach
(Non-precision)
LNAV
LNAV + V
1.0 nm decreasing to 350 feet depending on
variables (Figure 2-27)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VISUAL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
L/VNAV
LPV
LP+V
1.0 nm decreasing to a specified course width, then
0.3 nm, depending on variables (Figure 2-28)
AFCS
LP
MAPR
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach
(Non-precision with
Advisory Vertical
Guidance)
Approach
(Non-precision with
Advisory Vertical
Guidance)
Approach
(LNAV/VNAV)
Approach
(LPV)
Approach
(Non-precision with
Advisory Vertical
Guidance)
Approach
(LP)
Missed Approach
Automatic CDI Full-scale Deflection
0.3 nm
1.0 nm
2.0 nm
4.0 nm
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Annunciation*
DPRT
TERM
ENR
OCN
EIS
Flight Phase
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
0.3 nm
* Flight phase annunciations are normally shown in magenta, but when cautionary
conditions exist the color changes to amber.
APPENDICES
Table 2-2 Automatic GPS CDI Scaling
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
63
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OBS MODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Enabling Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode suspends the automatic sequencing of waypoints in a GPS
flight plan (GPS must be the selected navigation source), but retains the current Active-to waypoint as the
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint. OBS is annunciated to the lower right of the aircraft
symbol when OBS Mode is selected.
EIS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
While OBS Mode is enabled, a course line is drawn through the Active-to waypoint on the moving map. If
desired, the course to/from the waypoint can now be adjusted. When OBS Mode is disabled, the GPS flight
plan returns to normal operation, with automatic sequencing of waypoints, following the course set in OBS
Mode. The flight plan on the moving map retains the modified course line.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
GPS
Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Extended
Course
Line
OBS Mode
Enabled
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Enables
OBS Mode
Pressing the OBS
Softkey Again
Disables OBS Mode
Figure 2-29 Omni-bearing Selector (OBS) Mode
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
AFCS
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press the CRS Knob to synchronize the
Selected Course with the bearing to the next waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
INDEX
APPENDICES
As the aircraft crosses the missed approach point (MAP), automatic approach waypoint sequencing is
suspended. SUSP appears on the HSI to the lower right of the aircraft symbol. The OBS Softkey becomes the
SUSP Softkey with its annunciator green to indicate the suspension is active as shown in Figure 2-30. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey deactivates the suspension and resumes automatic sequencing of approach waypoints, and
the SUSP Softkey becomes the OBS Softkey.
64
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SUSP
Annunciation
EIS
SUSP
Softkey
Figure 2-30 Suspending Automatic Waypoint Sequencing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DME INFORMATION WINDOW
NOTE: DME radio installation is optional.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The DME Information Window is displayed above the Bearing 1 Information Window and shows the DME
label, tuning mode (NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD), frequency, and distance. When a signal is invalid, the distance
is replaced by “–.– – NM”. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for information on tuning the radios.
Displaying the DME Information Window:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window to the left of the HSI.
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
65
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.2 SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In addition to the flight instruments, the PFD also displays various supplemental information, including
temperature, wind data, and Vertical Navigation (VNV) indications.
GENERIC TIMER
The generic timer can be accessed via softkeys on the PFD and allows for quick access for timing functions
(either counting up or down) for the pilot.
EIS
Using the generic timer:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time.
4) Press the ENT Key. The Up/Dn field is now highlighted.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Up/Dn Window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Up’ or ‘Dn’.
7) Press the ENT Key. ‘Start?’ is now highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘Stop?’. If the timer is counting down, it will start
counting up after reaching zero.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field changes to ‘Reset?’.
10) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits
are reset.
11) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
AFCS
TEMPERATURE DISPLAY
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is displayed in the lower left corner of the PFD. It may be shown in degrees
Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F), depending on the selected temperature units on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
INDEX
Figure 2-31 Outside Air Temperature
66
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the temperature display units:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Temperature units field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CelsiusºC’ or ‘Fahrenheit(ºF)’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
WIND DATA
EIS
Wind direction and speed in knots can be displayed relative to the aircraft in a window to the upper left of
the HSI. When the window is selected for display, but wind information is invalid or unavailable, the window
displays NO WIND DATA. Wind data can be displayed in three different ways.
Option 3
No Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Option 2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Option 1
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-32 Wind Data
AFCS
Displaying wind data:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the Wind Softkey to display wind data to the left of the HSI.
3) Press one of the numbered Option softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• Option 1: Headwind/tailwind and crosswind arrows with numeric speed components
APPENDICES
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow and speed
• Option 3: Wind direction arrow with numeric direction and speed
4) To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
67
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
2.3 PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following annunciations and alerting functions pertaining to flight instruments are displayed on the PFD.
Refer to Appendix A for more information on alerts and annunciations.
ALTITUDE ALERTING
Altitude Alerting provides the pilot with a visual alert when approaching the Selected Altitude. Whenever the
Selected Altitude is changed, the Altitude Alerter is reset. The following occur when approaching the Selected
Altitude:
EIS
• Upon passing through 1000 feet of the Selected Altitude, the Selected Altitude changes to black text on a cyan
background and flashes for five seconds.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• When the aircraft passes within 200 feet of the Selected Altitude an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude
changes to cyan text on a black background and flashes for five seconds.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• After reaching the Selected Altitude, if the pilot flies outside the deviation band (±200 feet of the Selected
Altitude) an aural tone is heard. The Selected Altitude changes to amber text on a black background and
flashes for five seconds.
Within 1000 ft
Within 200 ft
Deviation of ±200 ft
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-33 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations
LOW ALTITUDE ANNUNCIATION
NOTE: The Low Altitude Annunciation requires SBAS. Terrain alerts from Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems will
AFCS
appear instead of the Low Altitude Annunciation when these systems are operating and not inhibited.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the Final Approach Fix (FAF) is the active waypoint in a GPS SBAS approach using vertical guidance,
a Low Altitude Annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed
altitude at the FAF. A black-on-amber LOW ALT annunciation appears to the right of the roll scale, flashes for
several seconds, then remains displayed until the condition is resolved.
APPENDICES
Figure 2-34 Low Altitude Annunciation
MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS
INDEX
Marker Beacon Annunciations are displayed on the PFD to the left of the Altimeter. The outer marker (O)
reception is indicated in cyan, middle (M) in amber, and inner (I) in white. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS
Section for more information on Marker Beacon Annunciations.
68
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Middle Marker
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Outer Marker
Inner Marker
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altimeter
Figure 2-35 Marker Beacon Annunciations
EIS
MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT ALERTING
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
For altitude awareness, a barometric Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) or Decision Height (DH) can be set in
the References Window and is reset if the current approach is deleted, another approach is loaded, or the system
power is operated off then on. When active, the altitude setting is displayed to the bottom left of the Altimeter.
Once the altitude is within the range of the tape, a bug appears at the selected altitude on the Altimeter. The
following visual annunciations occur when approaching the MDA/DH:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• When the aircraft altitude descends to within 2500 feet of the MDA/DH setting, the BARO MIN or COMP
MIN box appears with the altitude in cyan text. The bug appears on the altitude tape in cyan (or magenta for
COMP MIN) once in range.
• When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the MDA/DH, the bug and text become white.
Within 2500 ft
Within 100 ft
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Once the aircraft reaches MDA/DH, the bug and text become amber and a “Minimums. Minimums,” voice
alert occurs.
Altitude Reached
AFCS
Barometric
Minimum
Bug
Selected
Altitude
Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Barometric
Minimum
Box
Figure 2-36 Barometric MDA/DH Alerting Visual Annunciations
APPENDICES
Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground and until the aircraft reaches 150 feet above the MDA.
If the aircraft proceeds to climb after having reached the MDA, once it reaches 50 feet above the MDA, alerting
is disabled. The function is reset when a new approach is activated, or on the next avionics power cycle.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
69
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Setting the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height and bug:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the MINS field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP’. ‘Off’ is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000 feet).
EIS
5) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the next field and
then enter the temperature (-59˚C to 59˚C)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the TMR/REF Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-37 BARO and TEMP COMP MDA/DH
70
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.4 SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY (SVT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain, obstacle, and traffic avoidance.
SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability
upon which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
NOTE: Do not use the flight path marker as a flight director.
EIS
NOTE: Terrain alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude and south of 89º South latitude. This is due
to limitations present within the Terrain database and the system’s ability to process the data representing
the affected areas.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Garmin SVT™ (Synthetic Vision Technology) is a visual enhancement to the system. SVT depicts a forwardlooking attitude display of the topography immediately in front of the aircraft. The field of view is 29 degrees to
the left and 35.5 degrees to the right. During reversionary mode, field of view is 21.5 degrees to the left and 35.5
degrees to the right. SVT information is shown on the Primary Flight Display (PFD), or on the Multifunction
Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. The depicted imagery is derived from the aircraft attitude, heading, GPS
three-dimensional position, and a 4.9 arc-second database of terrain, obstacles, and other relevant features. The
terrain data resolution of 4.9 arc-seconds, meaning that the terrain elevation contours are stored in squares
measuring 4.9 arc-seconds on each side, is required for the operation of SVT. Loss of any of the required data,
including temporary loss of the GPS signal, will cause SVT to be disabled (although the softkeys will still appear
functional) until the required data is restored.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
The SVT terrain display shows land contours (colors are consistent with those of the topographical map display),
large water features, towers, and other obstacles over 200’ AGL that are included in the obstacle database. Wire
obstacles, such as power lines, may be also shown in the vicinity of airports; refer to the WireAware™ discussion
later in this section for additional information. Cultural features on the ground such as roads, highways, railroad
tracks, cities, and state boundaries are not displayed even if those features are found on the navigation maps. The
terrain display also includes a north–south east–west grid with lines oriented with true north and spaced at one
arc-minute intervals to assist in orientation relative to the terrain.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The optional Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS-B) or standard Terrain-SVT is integrated within
Garmin-SVT to provide visual and auditory alerts to indicate the presence of terrain and obstacle threats relevant
to the projected flight path. Terrain alerts are displayed in red and yellow shading on the PFD.
APPENDICES
Garmin-SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If SVT is enabled
when switching to Reversionary Mode, it will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD
display will be shown in the interim.
The terrain display is intended for situational awareness only. It may not provide the accuracy or fidelity on
which to base decisions and plan maneuvers to avoid terrain or obstacles. Navigation must not be predicated
solely upon the use of the Garmin-SVT or TAWS-B terrain or obstacle data displayed by the SVT.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
71
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
• Flight Path Marker
• Terrain Alerting
• Horizon Heading Marks
• Obstacle Alerting including wire obstacles
• Airport Signs
• Pathways
• Runway Display
• Traffic Display
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following SVT enhancements appear on the PFD:
AFCS
Figure 2-38 Synthetic Vision Imagery
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SVT OPERATION
SVT is activated from the PFD using the softkeys located along the bottom edge of the display. Pressing the
softkeys turns the related function on or off. When SVT is enabled, the pitch attitude scale is reduced from 20
degrees up and down to 10 degrees up to 7.5 degrees down.
APPENDICES
SVT functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. The PFD Opt Softkey leads into the PFD function
Softkeys, including synthetic vision. Pressing the SVT Softkey displays the SVT feature softkeys. The softkeys
are labeled Pathways, Terrain, HDG LBL, APT Sign, and Wire. The Back Softkey returns to the previous
level of softkeys. Synthetic Terrain must be active before any other SVT feature may be activated.
INDEX
Pathways, HDG LBL, and APT Sign Softkeys are only available when the Terrain Softkey is activated (gray
with black characters). After activating the Terrain Softkey, the Pathways, HDG LBL, and APT Sign softkeys
may be activated in any combination to display desired features. When system power is cycled, the last selected
72
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
state (on or off) of the Pathways, Terrain, HDG LBL, APT Sign and Wire softkeys is remembered by the
system.
• Pathways Softkey enables display of rectangular boxes that represent course guidance.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Terrain Softkey enables synthetic terrain depiction.
• HDG LBL Softkey enables horizon heading marks and digits.
• APT Sign Softkey enables airport signposts.
• Wire Softkey enables the display of wire obstacles when the Terrain Softkey is enabled.
EIS
Activating and deactivating SVT:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with the Terrain Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathway feature will cycle on or off with the Pathways Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The horizon heading display will cycle on or off with the HDG LBL Softkey.
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
AFCS
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of airport signs will cycle on or off with the APT Sign Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/disabling the display of Power Line wire obstacles:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
APPENDICES
3) Press the Wire Softkey. Display of power line wires will cycle on or off with the Wire Softkey.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
73
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SVT FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport
Runway
Zero
Pitch Line
(ZPL) with
Compass
Heading
Marks
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Flight
Path
Marker
Airplane
Symbol
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Synthetic
Terrain
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SVT
Softkeys
Figure 2-39 SVT on the Primary Flight Display
NOTE: Pathways and terrain features are not a substitute for standard course and altitude deviation
AFCS
information provided by the altimeter, CDI, and VDI.
ZERO PITCH LINE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Zero Pitch Line is drawn completely across the display and represents the horizon when the terrain
horizon is difficult to distinguish from other terrain being displayed. It may not align with the terrain
horizon, particularly when the terrain is mountainous or when the aircraft is flown at high altitudes.
APPENDICES
AIRPORT SIGNS
INDEX
Airport Signs provide a visual representation of airport location and identification on the synthetic terrain
display. When activated, the signs appear on the display when the aircraft is approximately 15 nm from
an airport and disappear at approximately 4.5 nm. Airport signs are shown without the identifier until
the aircraft is approximately eight nautical miles from the airport. Airport signs are not shown behind the
airspeed or altitude display. Airport signs are activated and deactivated by pressing the APTSIGNS Softkey.
74
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport
Sign
without
Identifier
(Between
8 nm and
15 nm)
EIS
Airport
Sign with
Identifier
(Between
4.5 nm and
8 nm)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-40 Airport Signs
FLIGHT PATH MARKER
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Flight Path Marker (FPM), also known as a Velocity Vector, is displayed on the PFD at groundspeeds
above 30 knots. The FPM depicts the approximate projected path of the aircraft accounting for wind speed
and direction relative to the three-dimensional terrain display.
AFCS
The FPM is always available when the Synthetic Terrain feature is in operation. The FPM represents the
direction of the flight path as it relates to the terrain and obstacles on the display, while the airplane symbol
represents the aircraft heading.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The FPM works in conjunction with the Pathways feature to assist the pilot in maintaining desired altitudes
and direction when navigating a flight plan. When on course and altitude the FPM is aligned inside the
pathway boxes as shown.
The FPM may also be used to identify a possible conflict with the aircraft flight path and distant terrain or
obstacles. Displayed terrain or obstacles in the aircraft’s flight path extending above the FPM could indicate
a potential conflict, even before an alert is issued by Terrain-SVT or TAWS. However, decisions regarding
terrain and/or obstacle avoidance should not be made using only the FPM.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
75
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Flight Path
Marker
(FPM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Wind
Vector
Figure 2-41 Flight Path Marker and Pathways
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
HORIZON HEADING
The Horizon Heading is synchronized with the HSI and shows approximately 60 degrees of compass
heading in 30‑degree increments on the Zero Pitch Line. Horizon Heading tick marks and digits appearing
on the zero pitch line are not visible behind either the airspeed or altitude display. Horizon Heading is used
for general heading awareness, and is activated and deactivated by pressing the HDG LBL Softkey.
AFCS
PATHWAYS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pathways provide a three-dimensional perspective view of the selected route of flight shown as colored
rectangular boxes representing the horizontal and vertical flight path of the active flight plan. The box
size represents 700 feet wide by 200 feet tall during enroute, oceanic, and terminal flight phases. During
an approach, the box width is 700 feet or one half full scale deviation on the HSI, whichever is less. The
height is 200 feet or one half full scale deviation on the VDI, whichever is less. The altitude at which the
pathway boxes are displayed is determined by the higher of either the selected altitude or the VNAV altitude
programmed for the active leg in the flight plan.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The color of the rectangular boxes may be magenta, green, or white depending on the route of flight and
navigation source selected. The active GPS or GPS overlay flight plan leg is represented by magenta boxes
that correspond to the Magenta CDI. A localizer course is represented by green boxes that correspond to a
green CDI. An inactive leg of an active flight plan is represented by white boxes corresponding to a white line
drawn on a navigation map indicating an inactive leg.
76
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selected
Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Programmed
Altitudes
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-42 Programmed and Selected Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Pathways provide supplemental glidepath/glideslope information on an active ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, some
LNAV and visual approaches. Pathways are intended as an aid to situational awareness and should not be
used independent of the CDI, VDI, glide path indicator, and glide slope indicator. They are removed from
the display when the selected navigation information is not available. Pathways are not displayed beyond the
active leg when leg sequencing is suspended and are not displayed on any portion of the flight plan leg that
would lead to intercepting a leg in the wrong direction.
Departure and Enroute
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Prior to intercepting an active flight plan leg, pathways are displayed as a series of boxes with pointers at
each corner that point in the direction of the active waypoint. Pathways are not displayed for the first leg
of the flight plan if that segment is a Heading-to-Altitude leg. The first segment displaying pathways is the
first active GPS leg or active leg with a GPS overlay. If this leg of the flight plan route is outside the SVT
field of view, pathways will not be visible until the aircraft has turned toward this leg. While approaching
the center of the active leg and prescribed altitude, the number of pathway boxes decreases to a minimum
of four.
APPENDICES
Climb profiles cannot be displayed due to the variables associated with aircraft performance. Flight
plan legs requiring a climb are indicated by pathways displayed at a level above the aircraft at the altitude
selected or programmed.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
77
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Descent and Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pathways are shown descending only for a programmed descent. When the flight plan includes
programmed descent segments, pathways are displayed along the descent path provided that the selected
altitude is lower than the programmed altitude.
EIS
When an approach providing vertical guidance is activated, Pathways are shown level at the selected
altitude up to the point along the final approach course where the altitude intercepts the extended vertical
descent path, glidepath, or glideslope. From the vertical path descent, glidepath, or glideslope intercept
point, the pathways are shown inbound to the Missed Approach Point (MAP) along the published lateral
and vertical descent path, or at the selected altitude, whichever is lower.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
During an ILS approach, the initial approach segment is displayed in magenta at the segment altitudes
if GPS is selected as the navigation source on the CDI. When switching to localizer inbound with LOC
selected as the navigation source on the CDI, pathways are displayed in green along the localizer and glide
slope.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VOR, LOC BC, and ADF approach segments that are approved to be flown using GPS are displayed in
magenta boxes. Segments that are flown using other than GPS or ILS, such as heading legs or VOR final
approach courses are not displayed.
Selected Altitude
set for Enroute
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Altitude
set for Departure
Climbs NOT
displayed
by pathway
Non-programmed descents NOT displayed by pathway
TOD
AFCS
Selected Altitude
for Step Down
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Programmed descent
displayed by pathway
APPENDICES
Selected Altitude or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
INDEX
Figure 2-43 SVT Pathways, Enroute and Descent
78
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Missed Approach
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Upon activating the missed approach, pathways lead to the Missed Approach Holding Point (MAHP) and
are displayed as a level path at the published altitude for the MAHP, or the selected altitude, whichever is
the highest. If the initial missed approach leg is a Course-to-Altitude (CA) leg, the pathways boxes will
be displayed level at the altitude published for the MAHP. If the initial missed approach leg is defined by
a course using other than GPS, pathways are not displayed for that segment. In this case, the pathways
displayed for the next leg may be outside the field of view and will be visible when the aircraft has turned
in the direction of that leg.
EIS
Pathways are displayed along each segment including the path required to track course reversals that are
part of a procedure, such as holding patterns. Pathways boxes will not indicate a turn to a MAHP unless a
defined geographical waypoint exists between the MAP and MAHP.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FAF
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Descent displayed
by pathway
Selected Altitude
or Programmed Altitude
(whichever is higher)
by pathway
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MAP Climbs NOT displayed
Turn Segment
NOT displayed
by pathway
MAHP
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-44 SVT Pathways, Approach, Missed Approach, and Holding
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
79
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
RUNWAYS
WARNING: Do not use SVT runway depiction as the sole means for determining the proximity of the aircraft
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
to the runway or for maintaining the proper approach path angle during landing.
NOTE: Not all airports have runways with endpoint data in the database, therefore, these runways are not
displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Runway data provides improved awareness of runway location with respect to the surrounding terrain. All
runway thresholds are depicted at their respective elevations as defined in the database. In some situations,
where threshold elevations differ significantly, crossing runways may appear to be layered. As runways are
displayed, those within 45 degrees of the aircraft heading are displayed in white. Other runways will be gray
in color. When an approach for a specific runway is active, that runway will appear brighter and be outlined
with a white box, regardless of the runway orientation as related to aircraft heading. As the aircraft gets closer
to the runway, more detail such as runway numbers and centerlines will be displayed.
Other
Runway
on Airport
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Airport
Runway
INDEX
Figure 2-45 Airport Runways
80
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRAFFIC
NOTE: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the SVT display or may appear as a partial
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
symbol.
EIS
Traffic symbols are displayed in their approximate locations as determined by the related traffic systems.
Traffic symbols are displayed in three dimensions, appearing larger as they are getting closer, and smaller
when they are further away. Traffic within 250 feet laterally of the aircraft will not be displayed on the SVT
display. Traffic symbols and coloring are consistent with that used for traffic displayed in the Inset map or
MFD traffic page. If the traffic altitude is unknown, the traffic will not be displayed on the SVT display. For
more details refer to the traffic system discussion in the Hazard Avoidance section.
TERRAIN ALERTING
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain alerting on the synthetic terrain display is triggered by Forward-looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA)
alerts from the Terrain-SVT or optional TAWS system, and corresponds to the yellow terrain shading for
a caution alert and the red shading for a warning alert on the navigation maps. These yellow or red areas
represent potential impact areas. For more detailed information about terrain displays and alerting, refer to
the Hazard Avoidance section.
In some instances, a terrain or obstacle alert may be issued with no conflict shading displayed on the
synthetic terrain. In these cases, the conflict is outside the SVT field of view to the left or right of the aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain
Annunciation
AFCS
Potential
Impact
Area
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 2-46 Terrain Alert
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
81
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Obstacles are represented on the synthetic terrain display by standard two-dimensional tower symbols or
wind turbine symbols found on the maps. Obstacle symbols appear in the perspective view with relative
height above terrain and distance from the aircraft. Unlike the maps, which present obstacles as gray, yellow,
or red based on the obstacle height relative to the aircraft altitude, obstacles shown synthetic terrain display
are gray until the obstacle is associated with an actual FLTA alert, at which point an obstacle may be yellow
or red. Obstacles greater than 1000 feet below the aircraft altitude are not shown. Obstacles may appear
behind the flight instruments.
EIS
Terrain
Annunciation
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Potential
Impact
Obstacle
AFCS
Figure 2-47 Obstacle Caution
WIREAWARE POWER LINE OBSTACLES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: The WireAware obstacle database does not contain all known power lines. And as such, obstacle
avoidance is the sole responsibility of the flight crew.
INDEX
APPENDICES
To enhance safety, SVT incorporates Garmin’s WireAware wire obstacle technology. WireAware database
information mainly includes Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) power lines which are typically high
voltage transmission lines depicted on the VFR Sectional charts, and are considered of special interest to
pilots. These include power lines which may span rivers, valleys, canyons, or be in close proximity to
airports/heliports. For wire obstacles present in the obstacle database, the system shows these on the maps
as well as the Synthetic Vision display; see Hazard Avoidance section for more information about WireAware
alerting.
82
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Potential
Impact
Area
Cautions
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 2-48 Wire Caution
FIELD OF VIEW
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The PFD field of view can be represented on the MFD ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page. Two dashed lines forming
a V‑shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map, represent the forward viewing area shown on the PFD.
Configuring field of view:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’.
AFCS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Map Group options to Field of View.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select On or Off.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
83
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Field of
View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map Page Menu
Map Settings Menu, Map Group, Field of View Option
Figure 2-49 Enabling SVT Field of View on the MFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following figure compares the PFD forward looking depiction with the MFD plan view and Field of View
turned on.
Lines
Depict
PFD Field
of View
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Obstacle
outside
of Field of
View not
shown on
PFD
SVT View on the PFD
Field of View on the MFD
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 2-50 PFD and MFD Field of View Comparison
84
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2.5 ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations listed in the following table can appear on the HSI when abnormal GPS conditions occur.
Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on Dead Reckoning Mode.
Annunciation
Location
EIS
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the current
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
phase of flight
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal limits
GPS INTEG OK Right of HSI
(annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than GPS
Lower left of
DR
position to compute navigation data and sequence active flight plan
aircraft symbol
waypoints
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 2-3 Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 2-51 Example HSI Annunciations
In Dead Reckoning Mode the CDI is removed from the display when GPS is the selected navigation source.
The following items on the PFD are then shown in amber:
• Current Track Indicator
APPENDICES
• Wind Data
• Ground Speed
• Distances in the Bearing Information Windows
• GPS bearing pointers
INDEX
• Desired track (DTK)
These items should be verified when operating in Dead Reckoning Mode as they become increasingly
inaccurate over time.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
85
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SVT TROUBLESHOOTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SVT is intended to be used with traditional attitude, heading, obstacle, terrain, and traffic inputs. SVT is
disabled when valid attitude or heading data is not available for the display. In case of invalid SVT data, the
PFD display reverts to the standard blue-over-brown attitude display.
SVT becomes disabled without the following data resources:
• Attitude data
• Heading data
EIS
• GPS position data
• 4.9 Arc-second Terrain data
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• TAWS function is not available, in test mode, or failed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SVT can be displayed on the Multifunction Display (MFD) in Reversionary Mode. If it is enabled when
switching to Reversionary Mode, SVT will take up to 30 seconds to be displayed. The standard, non-SVT PFD
display will be shown in the interim.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Obstacle data
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red chevrons pointing toward the horizon warn of extreme
pitch. The chevrons are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above and 30˚ below the horizon
line.
• The position of the aircraft exceeds the range of the terrain database.
SVT IN REVERSIONARY MODE
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD is removed. The
Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation indicators remain on the display
and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation windows can be displayed during such situations. The
following information is removed from the PFD and their softkeys are disabled when the aircraft experiences
unusual attitudes:
86
• Traffic Annunciations
• PFD Setup Menu
• Vertical Deviation, Glideslope,
and Glidepath Indicators
• AFCS Annunciations
• PFD Inset Map
• Windows displayed in the lower
right corner of the PFD:
• Outside Air Temperature (OAT)
– References Window
• Selected Altitude
• Wind data
– Nearest Airports
• VNV Target Altitude
• Selected Heading readout
– Flight Plan
• True Airspeed
• Selected Course readout
– Alerts
• Transponder Status Box
– Procedures
• System Time
• Minimum Descent Altitude/
Decision Height readout
• Altimeter Barometric Setting
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Nose High
Nose Low
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 2-52 Pitch Attitude Warnings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
87
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
SVT UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar at the top or bottom
of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also displayed when terrain gradient is great
enough to completely fill the display. This is intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme
pitch attitudes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Blue Band
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Terrain
Completely
Fills Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 2-53 Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
88
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 3 ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for limitations.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system offers improved flight operations and reduces crew workload by automatically monitoring critical
system parameters and providing system alerts during all phases of flight. The Engine Indication System (EIS)
displays electrical, fuel, and engine information on the left side of the Multi Function Display (MFD). EIS
information can also be expanded to view and access additional information and engine assist features by pressing
the Engine Softkey.
EIS
EIS Display
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure 3-1 MFD with EIS display
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Green bands on the instruments indicate normal ranges of operation; amber and red bands indicate caution
and warning, respectively. White or uncolored bands indicate areas outside of normal operation not yet in the
caution or warning ranges. When unsafe operating conditions occur, the corresponding displays flash to indicate
cautions and warnings. If sensory data to an instrument becomes invalid or unavailable, a red “X” is displayed
across the instrument.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
89
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3.1 ENGINE DISPLAY
EIS
1
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
3
4
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4
2
5
7
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6
8
AFCS
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9
11
12
APPENDICES
Engine Display
Engine System Display
INDEX
Figure 3-2 Model 172R
90
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
(RPM)
2 Fuel Flow Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
3 Oil Pressure Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(FFLOW GPH)
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
4 Oil Temperature Indicator
Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
(OIL °F)
Displays exhaust gas temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
EIS
5 Exhaust Gas Temperature
Indicator
(EGT)
6 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
7 Calculated Fuel Used
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
(VAC)
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
(GAL Used)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8 Calculated Fuel Remaining
(GAL REM)
9 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank
(Fuel QTY GAL)
10 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
11 Voltmeter
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(ENG HRS)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
12 Ammeter
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
(M, S Battery Amps)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
91
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
2
EIS
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
4
4
2
5
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
6
8
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
10
AFCS
9
11
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
12
Engine Display
Engine System Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-3 Model 172S
92
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
(RPM)
2 Fuel Flow Indicator
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
3 Oil Pressure Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(FFLOW GPH)
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
4 Oil Temperature Indicator
Displays oil temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
(OIL °F)
Displays exhaust gas temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
EIS
5 Exhaust Gas Temperature
Indicator
(EGT)
6 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
7 Calculated Fuel Used
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
(VAC)
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
(GAL Used)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8 Calculated Fuel Remaining
(GAL REM)
9 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank
(Fuel QTY GAL)
10 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
11 Voltmeter
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(ENG HRS)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
12 Ammeter
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
(M, S Battery Amps)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
93
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
EIS
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
6
4
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
3
8
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
9
AFCS
12
13
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14
Engine System Display
Engine Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-4 Model 182T
94
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Manifold Pressure Indicator
Displays engine manifold pressure inches of mercury (IN HG)
(IN HG)
2 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
3 Fuel Flow Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(RPM)
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
(FFLOW GPH)
4 Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
Displays oil temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
5 Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
6 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
(ENG HRS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
(VAC)
8 Cylinder Head Temperature
Displays cylinder head temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
9 Calculated Fuel Remaining
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicator
(CHT)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
(GAL REM)
10 Calculated Fuel Used
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
11 Exhaust Gas Temperature
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(GAL Used)
Displays exhaust gas temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator
(EGT)
12 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank.
13 Voltmeter
AFCS
(Fuel QTY GAL)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14 Ammeter
(M, S Battery Amps)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
95
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
EIS
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
6
4
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
3
8
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
9
AFCS
12
13
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14
Engine Display
Engine System Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-5 Model T182T
96
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Manifold Pressure Indicator
Displays engine manifold pressure inches of mercury (IN HG)
(IN HG)
2 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
3 Fuel Flow Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(RPM)
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
(FFLOW GPH)
4 Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
Displays oil temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
5 Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
6 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
(ENG HRS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
(VAC)
8 Cylinder Head Temperature
Displays cylinder head temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
9 Calculated Fuel Remaining
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicator
(CHT)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
(GAL REM)
10 Calculated Fuel Used
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
11 Turbine Inlet Temperature
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(GAL Used)
Displays turbine inlet temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator
(TIT)
12 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank.
13 Voltmeter
AFCS
(Fuel QTY GAL)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14 Ammeter
(M, S Battery Amps)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
97
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
EIS
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
6
4
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
3
8
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
9
AFCS
12
13
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14
Engine System Display
Engine Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-6 Model 206H
98
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Manifold Pressure Indicator
Displays engine manifold pressure inches of mercury (IN HG)
(IN HG)
2 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
3 Fuel Flow Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(RPM)
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
(FFLOW GPH)
4 Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
Displays oil temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
5 Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
6 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
(ENG HRS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
(VAC)
8 Cylinder Head Temperature
Displays cylinder head temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
9 Calculated Fuel Remaining
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicator
(CHT)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
(GAL REM)
10 Calculated Fuel Used
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
11 Exhaust Gas Temperature
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(GAL Used)
Displays exhaust gas temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator
(EGT)
12 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank.
13 Voltmeter
AFCS
(Fuel QTY GAL)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14 Ammeter
(M, S Battery Amps)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
99
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
EIS
2
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3
6
4
7
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5
3
8
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
9
AFCS
12
13
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14
Engine Display
Engine System Display
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-7 Model T206H
100
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1 Manifold Pressure Indicator
Displays engine manifold pressure inches of mercury (IN HG)
(IN HG)
2 Tachometer Indicator
Displays engine tachometer in revolutions per minute (RPM)
3 Fuel Flow Indicator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
(RPM)
Displays fuel flow in gallons per hour (gph)
(FFLOW GPH)
4 Oil Pressure Indicator
Displays oil pressure in pounds per square inch (psi)
(OIL PSI)
Displays oil temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
EIS
5 Oil Temperature Indicator
(OIL °C)
6 Engine Hour Indicator
Displays a numeric readout for the time in hours (hrs) the engine has been in service
(ENG HRS)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7 Vacuum Pressure Indicator
Displays standby vacuum pump pressure
(VAC)
8 Cylinder Head Temperature
Displays cylinder head temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
9 Calculated Fuel Remaining
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Indicator
(CHT)
Displays the totalizer-based fuel remaining in gallons
(GAL REM)
10 Calculated Fuel Used
Displays fuel used in gallons, based on fuel flow
11 Turbine Inlet Temperature
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(GAL Used)
Displays turbine inlet temperature in degrees Fahrenheit (°F)
Indicator
(TIT)
12 Fuel Quantity Indicator
Displays the amount of fuel in gallons (gal) for each side of a standard fuel tank.
13 Voltmeter
AFCS
(Fuel QTY GAL)
Displays the main and essential bus voltages
(M, S Bus Volts)
Displays the main and standby battery load in amperes
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
14 Ammeter
(M, S Battery Amps)
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
101
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
ENGINE DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Engine Information displays all engine, fuel, electrical, and fuel calculation information. To access
addition engine information, press the Engine Softkey. To return to the main engine information, press the
Back Softkey. Refer to Table 3-1 for Engine softkey functions.
Level 1
Engine
Level 2
Level 2
Lean
EIS
CYL SLCT
Assist
Description
Displays EIS - Engine Page and second-level engine softkeys; press again to
exit page
Resets displayed fuel remaining to tabs and fuel used to zero
Selects the engine cylinder to monitor during leaning operations
Displays peak temperature maker above cylinder
System
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
RST Fuel
GAL REM
Resets gallons of fuel remaining to zero (0).
Sets gallons of fuel remaining
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 3-1 Engine Page Softkey
INDEX
Figure 3-8 MFD Engine Display
102
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ELECTRICAL
Current for the battery (Battery Amps) and bus voltage (Bus Volts) are displayed in numerical digits and
are located on the Engine display.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Bus Voltmeter
Battery Ammeter
EIS
Figure 3-9 Electrical Group
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TURBINE INLET TEMPERATURE
Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT) horizontal bar indicators is displayed on the main Engine display and
on the Engine Lean display. The Engine Lean page also displays the numerical temperature in degrees of
Fahrenheit (°F).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TIT Numerical
Indicator
TIT Horizontal
Bar Indicator
Figure 3-10 Turbine Inlet Temperature
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) readout for the selected cylinder is displayed on the Engine Lean display.
The temperature readout is displayed in degrees of Fahrenheit (°F).
AFCS
Cylinder
Selected
In Cyan
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 3-11 Exhaust Gas Temperatures (Normal)
CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE
Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) readout is shown near the bottom Engine Lean display.
APPENDICES
Cylinder Head
Temperatures
in Cyan
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
INDEX
Figure 3-12 Cylinder Head Temperatures (CHT)
103
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
ENGINE LEAN DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Exhaust Gas
Temperature
Peak
EIS
Lean of Peak
Indicator
Figure 3-13 Exhaust Gas Temperatures (Lean Assist)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Accessing the EIS Lean Display:
1) On the MFD, press the Engine Softkey.
2) Press the Lean softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
From the Lean display, the CYL SLCT and Assist Softkeys can be utilized to obtain information about
specific cylinders on both the EGT and CHT graphs. Pressing the CYL SLCT Softkey cycles through the
cylinders; the selected cylinder number is displayed in cyan. The CYL SLCT Softkey is disabled during
warning or caution conditions or when the Assist Softkey is pressed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Monitoring the desired cylinder’s EGT and CHT:
From the Lean display, press the CYL SLCT Softkey to cycle through each cylinder and view its EGT and CHT.
The selected cylinder is shown in cyan.
AFCS
When the Assist Softkey is selected, the system initially highlights and selects the cylinder number with
the hottest EGT and displays its temperature below the EGT bar graph. A readout showing the difference
between peak (DPEAK) and the current temperature for the selected cylinder is displayed the EGT numerical
temperature indication.
As the mixture is leaned, a cyan line will appear above each cylinder to indicate EGT peak. Refer to the
current version of the pertinent flight manual for the recommended mixture adjustment procedures.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Monitoring of the cylinder continues until the Assist Softkey is pressed again which disables lean assist and
removes the peak lines from the bar graph and the temperature deviation from peak (DPEAK). The system
then returns to seeking the hottest cylinder.
APPENDICES
FUEL CALCULATIONS
NOTE: Fuel calculations do not use the aircraft fuel quantity indicators and are calculated from the last time
INDEX
the fuel was reset.
Fuel used (GAL Used) and range (in nautical miles) are calculated based on the displayed fuel remaining
(GAL REM) and the fuel flow totalizer. The calculated range also takes into account the aircraft’s heading and
the wind direction and speed.
104
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Adjusting the fuel totalizer quantity:
1) On the MFD, press the Engine Softkey.
2) Press the System softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the GAL REM softkey.
Select the softkey that best describes the current fuel load desired. Once selected, press the BACK softkey.
Resetting the fuel totalizer:
EIS
Press the RST Fuel Softkey; this resets displayed fuel remaining (GAL REM) to the maximum fuel capacity for
the aircraft and fuel used to zero.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Fuel Flow
Calculated Fuel Used
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Calculated Fuel
Remaining
Figure 3-14 Fuel Calculations Group
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
A map feature related to the EIS Fuel Calculations is the Fuel Range Ring, which graphically illustrates the
aircraft’s remaining range based on heading, groundspeed, and wind direction and speed. The solid green
circle represents the range until all the remaining fuel is depleted. The dashed green circle indicates the
aircraft range until only reserve fuel remains. Once on reserve fuel, the range is indicated by a solid amber
circle.
AFCS
The Fuel Range Ring shifts position in relation to the aircraft according to wind effects. For example, more
fuel is required for flying into a headwind, and the aircraft’s decreased range in that direction is indicated by
the Fuel Range Ring shifting toward the tail of the Aircraft Symbol.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The amount of reserve fuel (only for purposes of the Fuel Range Ring) is set on the Navigation Map Page
Setup Menu in terms of remaining flight time. When enabled the Fuel Range Ring appears on the Navigation
Map Page, the Weather Data Link Page, and PFD Inset Map.
Enabling/disabling the Fuel Range Ring and selecting a reserve fuel time:
1) Display the Navigation Map Page (press and hold the CLR Key for 2 seconds to quickly select this map).
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
5) Highlight the ‘Fuel Range (RSV)’ field.
INDEX
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
105
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the reserve fuel time, how long the aircraft can fly after reaching the
reserve fuel.
8) Enter the desired reserve fuel time (00:00 to 23:59; hours:minutes) and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE GAUGES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Engine oil pressure and temperature are shown along horizontal bar indicators on the MFD, and are shown
in numerical digit readouts when EIS display is displayed. Oil pressure is shown in pounds per square inch
(psi) and temperature in degrees of Fahrenheit (°F).. If the oil pressure pointer enters the amber band, a
caution is issued. If the oil pressure or oil temperature pointers enter the red band, a warning is issued.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 3-15 Engine Displayed Oil Pressure and
Temperature Gauges Displayed on MFD
Figure 3-16 Engine System Displayed Oil Pressure
and Temperature Gauges
FUEL QUANTITY
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The fuel display shows the fuel quantity in each tank in gallons (gal). Fuel quantity for each tank is
normally shown along a horizontal bar indicator. A caution or warning is issued for low fuel quantity.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 3-17 Fuel Display
106
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3.2 EIS DISPLAY (REVERSIONARY MODE)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In the event of a PFD or MFD display failure, the display(s) operating in Reversionary Mode are configured to
present PFD symbology together with the EIS Display (refer to the System Overview for information about display
reversionary mode).
The EIS Display, in reversionary mode, is identical to the normal EIS Display on the MFD.
EIS Display
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 3-18 Reversionary Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
107
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
Blank Page
108
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 4 AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
4.1 OVERVIEW
The Communication/Navigation/Surveillance (CNS) system includes the Audio Panels, communication radios,
navigation radios, and Mode S transponders. The System Overview Section provides a block diagram description
of the Audio Panels and CNS system interconnection.
CNS operation in the Cessna Nav III is performed by the following Line Replaceable Units (LRUs):
• Audio Panel
• Multi Function Display (MFD)
• Mode S Transponder
EIS
• Primary Flight Display (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Integrated Avionics Unit (2)
The MFD/PFD controls are used to tune the communication transceivers and navigation radios.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Audio Panel provides the traditional audio selector functions of microphone and receiver audio selection.
The Audio Panel includes an intercom system (ICS) between the pilot, copilot, and passengers, a marker beacon
receiver, and a COM clearance recorder. Ambient noise from the aircraft radios is reduced by a feature called
Master Avionics Squelch (MASQ). When no audio is detected, MASQ processing further reduces the amount of
background noise from the radios.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Mode S transponder is controlled with softkeys and the FMS Knob located on the Primary Flight Display
(PFD). The Transponder Data Box is located to the left of the System Time Box. The data box displays the active
four-digit code, mode, and reply status.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
109
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
PFD CONTROLS AND FREQUENCY DISPLAY
2
3
4
6
5
7
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
9
10
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
13
12
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 4-1 PFD Controls, NAV/COM Frequency Tuning Boxes, and DME Tuning Window
110
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
5
COM Frequency Box – Displays COM standby and active frequency fields and volume. If available, the
communication source description is displayed in green underneath the COM Frequency Box.
6
COM Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for
kHz). Press to move the frequency selected for tuning (light blue numbers) and the Frequency Transfer
Arrow between COM1 and COM2.
7
COM Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active COM frequencies. Press and hold this key
for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) automatically into the active frequency
field.
8
COM VOL/SQ Knob – Controls COM audio volume level. Press to turn the COM automatic squelch on
and off. Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage.
9
DME Tuning Window – Displays DME frequency pairing mode. Display by selecting the DME Softkey.
10
ENT Key – Validates or confirms DME pairing mode and Auto-tune selection.
11
FMS Knob – Flight Management System Knob, used to enter transponder codes, select DME modes, and
Auto-tune entries when ‘DME Tuning’ Window or ‘Nearest Airports’ Window is present. Press the FMS
Knob to turn the selection cursor on and off. The large knob moves the cursor in the window. The small
knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location.
12
Transponder Data Box – Indicates the selected transponder code, operating mode, reply, and ident status
for the applicable transponder.
13
DME Softkey – Displays the ‘DME Tuning’ Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV Frequency Box – Displays NAV standby and active frequency fields, volume, and station ID. The
frequency of the NAV radio selected for navigation is displayed in green.
AFCS
4
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Knob – Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Press to move the frequency selected for tuning (light blue numbers) and the Frequency Transfer Arrow
between NAV1 and NAV2.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NAV Frequency Transfer Key – Transfers the standby and active NAV frequencies.
EIS
2
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOL/ID Knob – Controls NAV audio volume level. Press to turn the Morse code identifier audio on
and off. Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
111
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
1
2
3
4
3
4
5
6
25
17
7
8
13
14
9
10
15
16
11
12
26
8
14
27
28
15
16
29
30
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2
13
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1
18
19
11
12
20
21
19
18
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL CONTROLS
22
31
17
PA Annunciation
32
Volume/Squelch
Annunciations
23
Volume
Annunciation
Squelch
Annunciation
24
35
24
GMA 1347
AFCS
34
33
GMA 1360
Figure 4-2 Audio Panel Controls
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: When a GMA 1347 key is selected, the annunciator above the key is illuminated. When a GMA 1360
INDEX
APPENDICES
Key is selected, the in-key annunciation is illuminated.
112
1
COM1 MIC – Selects the #1 transmitter for transmitting. COM1 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #1 COM receiver to be heard. COM2 receive can be
added by pressing the COM2 Key.
2
COM1 – When selected, audio from the #1 COM receiver can be heard.
3
COM2 MIC – Selects the #2 transmitter for transmitting. COM2 receive is simultaneously selected when
this key is pressed allowing received audio from the #2 COM receiver to be heard. COM1 receive can be
added by pressing the COM1 Key.
4
COM2 – When selected, audio from the #2 COM receiver can be heard.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
10
SPKR – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. COM and NAV receiver audio can be heard on the
speaker.
11
MKR/MUTE – Selects marker beacon receiver audio. Mutes the currently received marker beacon receiver
audio. Unmutes automatically when new marker beacon audio is received. Also, stops play of recorded
COM audio.
12
HI SENS – Press to increase marker beacon receiver sensitivity. Press again to return to low sensitivity.
13
DME – Turns optional DME audio on or off.
14
NAV1 – When selected, audio from the #1 NAV receiver can be heard.
15
ADF – Turns optional ADF receiver audio on or off.
16
NAV2 – When selected, audio from the #2 NAV receiver can be heard.
17
AUX – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
18
MAN SQ – Enables manual squelch for the intercom. When the intercom is active, press the PILOT Knob
to illuminate the squelch annunciation. Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs to adjust squelch.
19
PLAY – Press once to play the last recorded COM audio. Press again while audio is playing and the
previous block of recorded audio is played. Each subsequent press plays each previously recorded block.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key during play of a memory block stops play.
20
PILOT – Selects and deselects the pilot intercom isolation.
21
COPLT – Selects and deselects the copilot intercom isolation.
22
PILOT Knob – Press to switch between volume and squelch control as indicated by illumination of VOL
or SQ. Turn to adjust intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be selected to allow squelch
adjustment.
23
PASS Knob – Turn to adjust Copilot/Passenger intercom volume or squelch. The MAN SQ Key must be
selected to allow squelch adjustment.
24
DISPLAY BACKUP Button – Manually selects Reversionary Mode.
25
AUX MIC – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
PA – Selects the passenger address system. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the PA Key
is pressed. [182T, (T)182T, 206H, and (T)206H only.]
APPENDICES
9
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TEL – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
AFCS
8
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COM 1/2 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM3 – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
EIS
6
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM3 MIC – Not used in Cessna Nav III aircraft.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5
113
26
PILOT ICS – Controls the pilot intercom system. Press and hold to enable/disable Bluetooth recording mode.
27
COPLT ICS – Controls the copilot intercom system. Press and hold to enable/disable Bluetooth recording
mode.
28
MUS1 – Selects/Deselects the MUS1 audio source and assigns the Bluetooth device to the MUS1 audio. Press
the MUS1 key until the annunciator turns blue. The in-key annunciator will cycle from OFF to WHITE
to BLUE. WHITE selects the wired audio source and BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source. NOTE: The
Bluetooth audio can only be assigned to one source at a time for each audio panel. Once the Bluetooth audio
is assigned to an audio source, the remaining entertainment audio sources will only cycle between OFF and
WHITE.
29
PASS ICS – Controls the passenger intercom system. Press and hold to enable/disable Bluetooth recording
mode.
30
MUS2 – Selects/Deselects the MUS2 audio source and can assign the Bluetooth device to the MUS2 audio.
Press the MUS2 key until the annunciator turns blue. The in-key annunciator will cycle from OFF to WHITE
to BLUE. WHITE selects the wired audio source and BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source. NOTE: The
Bluetooth audio can only be assigned to one source at a time for each audio panel. Once the Bluetooth audio
is assigned to an audio source, the remaining entertainment audio sources will only cycle between OFF and
WHITE.
31
SPKR/PA – Selects and deselects the cabin speaker. The selected COM transmitter is deselected when the
SPKR/PA Key is pressed [182T, (T)182T, 206H, and (T)206H only].
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
32
Volume/Squelch Indicator – Indicates volume/squelch setting relative to full scale.
33
Volume/Squelch (VOL/SQ) Control Knob – Turn the smaller knob to control volume or squelch of the
selected source (indicated by the flashing white or blue annunciator). When the volume control cursor is not
active press to switch to Blue-Select mode. If the volume control cursor is active, press twice (once to cancel
the cursor, twice to activate Blue-Select mode). Press and hold for five seconds to enable the audio panel as
discoverable for pairing. The Bluetooth Annunciator will flash to indicate that the unit is discoverable. The
unit will remain discoverable for 90 seconds or until a successful pair is established. Once a successful pair is
established, the audio “Bluetooth paired” is played.
34
Cursor (CRSR) Control Knob – Turn to move the cursor (flashing white or blue annunciator) to the desired
source.
35
Bluetooth® Connection Annunciator – A flashing cyan annunciator indicates the unit is discoverable. A solid
blue annunciator indicates an active Bluetooth connection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press and hold SPKR/PA for 2 seconds to select the PA system. When the PA is active the annunciation to
the right of the SPKR/PA softkey will be illuminated. The annunciator will flash when PA mode is active
and the PTT is pressed.
114
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.2 COM OPERATION
COM TUNING BOXES
2
3
4
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
5
EIS
7
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-3 COM Tuning Box Indications
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: When turning on the system for use, the system remembers the last frequencies used and the active
COM transceiver state prior to shutdown.
3
Standby Field – The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two standby frequencies are on
the right. Frequencies in the standby field are displayed in either white or gray. The standby frequency in
the tuning box is white. The other standby frequency is gray.
4
Frequency Tuning Box – Moves between the upper and lower radio frequency fields with the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. Indicates which COM transceiver is to be tuned in the Standby Field.
5
Automatic Squelch Indication – Indicates that Automatic Squelch is disabled. Automatic Squelch quiets
unwanted static noise when no audio signal is received, while still providing good sensitivity to weak COM
signals. When Automatic Squelch is disabled, COM audio reception is always on. Continuous static noise
is heard over the headsets and speaker, if selected.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Frequency Transfer Arrow – Moves between the upper and lower radio frequency fields with the Frequency
Tuning Box. Indicates which COM transceiver is selected for frequency transfer between the Standby and
Active fields.
APPENDICES
2
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Active Field – The COM Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the
left. An active COM frequency is displayed in green and indicates that the COM transceiver is selected
on the Audio Panel (COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key). Both active COM frequencies appearing in white
indicate that no COM radio is selected for transmitting (PA Key is selected on the Audio Panel).
AFCS
1
115
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
6
Transmit and Receive Indications – During COM transmission, a white TX appears by the active COM
frequency replacing the Frequency Transfer Arrow. During COM signal reception, a white RX appears by
the active COM frequency replacing the Frequency Transfer Arrow.
7
Frequency Spacing – The COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or
8.33-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When
8.33-kHz channel spacing is selected, all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in
the complete 3040-channel list.
8
Com Volume – COM radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob.
Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting volume, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication
remains for two seconds after the change.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM TRANSCEIVER MANUAL TUNING
The COM frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the right side of each PFD.
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency (large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
AUTO-TUNING THE COM FREQUENCY
AFCS
COM frequencies can be automatically tuned from the following:
• Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies Page (ARTCC, FSS,
WX)
• WPT – Airport Information Page
• NRST – Nearest Airports Page
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE PFD
COM frequencies for the nearest airports can be automatically tuned from the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window
on the PFD. When the desired frequency is entered, it becomes a standby frequency. Pressing the Frequency
Transfer Key places this frequency into the COM Active Frequency Field.
APPENDICES
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window. A list of 25 nearest airport
identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM frequency.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby Frequency Field.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
116
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the Nearest Softkey to Open
the Nearest Airports Window
Figure 4-4 Nearest Airports Window (PFD)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUTO-TUNING FROM THE MFD
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the COM Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT
page group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key.
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
AFCS
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or
selecting the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key on either PFD to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the page menu.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor on the desired selection.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
5) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the standby field of the selected COM radio.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM Active Frequency Field.
117
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
EIS
Figure 4-5 Nearest Pages Menus
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
On the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page, the cursor can be placed on the frequency field by pressing the
FMS Knob and scrolling through the list. The frequency is transferred to the COM Standby Field with the
ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Airport
Identifier and
Information
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Runway
Information
Press ENT Key to
load frequency
into PFD COM
Standby Field.
Cursor then
advances to the
next frequency.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select INFO 1
Softkey for ‘Airport’,
‘Runways’, and
‘Frequencies’
Windows
Figure 4-6 ‘WPT – Airport Information’ Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
COM frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the ‘NRST – Nearest Airspaces’, ‘NRST – Nearest Frequencies’,
and ‘NRST – Nearest Airports’ Pages on the MFD in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or
MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
118
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENCY SPACING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The COM radios can tune either 25-kHz spacing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) or 8.33-kHz spacing (118.000
to 136.990 MHz) for 760-channel or 3040-channel configuration. When 8.33-kHz channel spacing is selected,
all of the 25-kHz channel spacing frequencies are also available in the complete 3040-channel list.
COM channel spacing is set on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the ‘Aux – System Setup 1’ Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
While the ‘COM Configuration’ Window is selected, the softkeys are blank.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Select 8.33-kHz
or 25.0-kHz
COM Frequency
Channel Spacing
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 4-7 ‘Aux – System Setup 1’ Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
119
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.3 NAV OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV TUNING BOXES
EIS
1
2
4
3
5
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7
1
Standby Fields – The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two standby frequencies are on
the left. Frequencies in the standby field are displayed in either white or gray. The standby frequency in
the tuning box is white. The other standby frequency is gray.
2
Frequency Transfer Arrow – Moves between the upper and lower radio frequency fields with the Frequency
Tuning Box. Indicates which NAV transceiver is selected for frequency transfer between the Standby and
Active fields.
3
Active Fields – The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; the two active frequencies are on the
right. An active NAV frequency is displayed in green. The active NAV radio is selected by pressing the
CDI softkey on the PFD. Both active NAV frequencies appearing in white indicate that no NAV radio is
selected.
4
NAV Tuning Box – Moves between the upper and lower radio standby frequency fields with the Frequency
Transfer Arrow. Indicates which NAV transceiver is to be tuned in the Standby Field. Moving the Frequency
Tuning Box is accomplished by pressing the NAV knob on the PFD.
5
VOR/LOC Morse Code Audio Indication – When the Morse code Identifier audio is on for a NAV radio,
a white ID replaces the Frequency Transfer Arrow to the left of the active NAV frequency. In order to
listen to either station identifier, press the NAV1 or NAV2 Key on the Audio Panel. Pressing the VOL/ID
Knob turns on/off the Morse code audio only in the radio with the NAV Tuning Box. To turn on/off both
NAV IDs, transfer the NAV Tuning Box between NAV1 and NAV2 by pressing the small NAV Knob and
pressing the VOL/ID Knob again to turn the Morse code off in the other radio.
6
Decoded Morse Code Station Identifier – The NAV Frequency Box displays the decoded Morse Code
station identifier that is received from the navigation source. Audio verification of the selected station
identifier can be accomplished by selecting the corresponding NAV radio on the audio panel and pressing
the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-8 NAV Tuning Box Indications
120
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NAV VOLUME – NAV radio volume level can be adjusted from 0 to 100% using the VOL/SQ Knob.
Turning the knob clockwise increases volume, turning the knob counterclockwise decreases volume.
When adjusting volume, the level is displayed in place of the standby frequencies. Volume level indication
remains for two seconds after the change.
NAV RADIO SELECTION AND ACTIVATION
The NAV Frequency Box is composed of four fields; two standby fields and two active fields. The active
frequencies are on the right side and the standby frequencies are on the left.
EIS
A NAV radio is selected for navigation by selecting the CDI Softkey located on the PFD. The active NAV
frequency selected for navigation is displayed in green. Selecting the CDI Softkey once selects NAV1 as the
navigation radio. Selecting the CDI Softkey a second time selects NAV2 as the navigation radio. Selecting the
CDI Softkey a third time activates GPS mode. Selecting the CDI Softkey again cycles back to NAV1.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
While cycling through the CDI Softkey selections, the selected NAV standby frequency is selected for tuning,
the Frequency Transfer Arrow is placed in the selected NAV Frequency Field, and the active NAV frequency
color changes to green.
The three navigation modes that can be cycled through are:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• VOR1 (or LOC1) – If NAV1 is selected, a green single line arrow (not shown) labeled either VOR1 or LOC1
is displayed on the HSI and the active NAV1 frequency is displayed in green.
• VOR2 (or LOC2) – If NAV2 is selected, a green double line arrow (shown) labeled either VOR2 or LOC2 is
displayed on the HSI and the active NAV2 frequency is displayed in green.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• GPS – If GPS Mode is selected, a magenta single line arrow (not shown) appears on the HSI and neither NAV
radio is selected. Both active NAV frequencies are then displayed in white and the previously selected NAV
standby frequency remains selected for tuning.
See the Flight Instruments Section for selecting the DME and Bearing Information windows and using VOR
or ADF as the source for the bearing pointer.
AFCS
The NAV Frequency Box displays the decoded Morse Code station identifier that is received from the
navigation source. Audio verification of the selected station identifier is still required, and can be accomplished
by selecting the corresponding NAV radio on the audio panel and pressing the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NAV radios are selected for listening by pressing the corresponding keys on the Audio Panel. Pressing the
NAV1, NAV2, ADF, or DME Key selects and deselects the navigation radio source. Selected audio can be heard over
the headset and the speakers (if selected). All radios can be selected individually or simultaneously.
NAV RECEIVER MANUAL TUNING
APPENDICES
The NAV frequency controls and frequency boxes are on the left side of the PFD.
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
INDEX
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
3) Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4) Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and off.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
121
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTO-TUNING A NAV FREQUENCY FROM THE MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
• WPT – VOR Information
• NRST – Nearest Frequencies (FSS, WX)
• NRST – Nearest Airports
• NRST – Nearest Airspaces
NAV frequencies can be selected and loaded from the following MFD pages:
• WPT – Airport Information
• NRST – Nearest VOR
EIS
The MFD provides auto-tuning of NAV frequencies from waypoint and nearest pages. During enroute
navigation, the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV standby frequency field. During approach
activation the NAV frequency is entered automatically into the NAV active frequency field.
Frequencies can be automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency Box from pages in the NRST or WPT page
group by highlighting the frequency and pressing the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the
appropriate softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor on the NAV
frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Turn the FMS
Knob to Scroll
Through a List
of Frequencies
Press the ENT
Key to Load
a Highlighted
Frequency into
the NAV Standby
Frequency Box
Figure 4-9 NAV Frequency Auto-Tuning from the MFD
Or:
APPENDICES
1) When on the NRST pages, press the MENU Key on the MFD control unit to display the page menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the menu options.
3) Press the ENT Key to place the cursor in the desired window.
4) Scroll through the frequency selections with the FMS Knob or the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the standby field of the selected NAV radio.
6) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active Frequency Field.
122
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nearest Airports Menu
Nearest VOR Menu
Nearest Frequencies Menu
Nearest Airspaces Menu
Figure 4-10 Nearest Pages Menus
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In the example shown, the VOR list is selected with the VOR Softkey or from the page menu. The FMS Knob
or ENT Key is used to scroll through the list. The cursor is placed on the frequency with the FREQ Softkey and
loaded into the NAV Tuning Box with the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the FREQ Softkey
to place the cursor on
the VOR frequency
AFCS
Press the VOR Softkey
to place the cursor on
the VOR identifier
Press the ENT
Key to load
the frequency
into the NAV
Standby Field.
Figure 4-11 Loading the NAV Frequency from the ‘NRST – Nearest VOR’ Page
APPENDICES
While enroute, NAV frequencies can also be auto-tuned from the ‘NRST – Nearest Airports’,
‘WPT – Airport Information’, ‘WPT – VOR Information’, and ‘NRST – Nearest Frequencies’ Pages on the MFD
in a similar manner using the appropriate softkeys or MENU Key, the FMS Knob, and the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
123
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
AUTO-TUNING NAV FREQUENCIES ON APPROACH ACTIVATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The primary NAV frequency is auto-tuned upon loading a VOR or ILS/Localizer approach.
NOTE: When an ILS/LOC approach has been activated in GPS Mode, the system switches to NAV Mode as
the final approach course is intercepted (within 15 nm of the FAF). See the Flight Management Section for
details.
NAV frequencies are automatically loaded into the NAV Frequency field on approach activation, on the PDF.
EIS
When loading or activating a VOR or ILS/LOC approach, the approach frequency is automatically transferred
to a NAV frequency field as follows:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, the approach frequency is transferred to the NAV1 or NAV2
active frequency fields. The frequency that was previously in the NAV1 or NAV2 active frequency fields are
transferred to standby.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the current CDI navigation source is GPS, and if the approach frequency is already loaded into the NAV1
or NAV2 standby frequency field, the standby frequency is transferred to active.
• If the current CDI navigation source is NAV1 or NAV2, the approach frequency is transferred to the standby
frequency fields of the selected CDI NAV radio.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MARKER BEACON RECEIVER
NOTE: The marker beacon indicators operate independently of marker beacon audio and cannot be turned
off.
The marker beacon receiver is used as part of an ILS. The marker beacon receiver is always on and detects
any marker beacon signals within the reception range of the aircraft.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The receiver detects the three marker tones – outer, middle, and inner – and provides the marker beacon
annunciations located to the left of the Altimeter on the PFD.
GMA 1347
GMA 1360
APPENDICES
Figure 4-12 Marker Beacon Keys
The Audio Panels provide three different states of marker beacon operation; On, Muted, and Deselected.
Pressing the MKR/MUTE Key selects and deselects marker beacon audio. The key annunciator indicates when
marker beacon audio is selected.
INDEX
During marker beacon audio reception, pressing the MKR/MUTE Key mutes the audio but does not affect the
marker annunciations. The marker tone is silenced, then waits for the next marker tone. The MKR/MUTE Key
Annunciator is illuminated, indicating audio muting. The audio returns when the next marker beacon signal
124
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
is received. If the MKR/MUTE Key is pressed during signal reception (O, M, I indication) while marker beacon
audio is muted, the audio is deselected and the MKR/MUTE Key Annunciator is extinguished.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the HI SENS Key switches between high and low marker beacon receiver sensitivity. The HI SENS
function (annunciator illuminated) is used to provide an earlier indication when nearing a marker during an
approach. The LO SENS function (annunciator extinguished) results in a narrower marker dwell while over a
station.
DME TUNING
EIS
NOTE: When turning on the G1000 NXi for use, the system remembers the last frequency used for DME
tuning and the NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD state prior to shutdown.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The G1000 NXi System tunes the optional DME transceiver. The UHF DME frequency is tuned by pairing
with a VHF NAV frequency. DME frequency pairing is automatic and only the VHF NAV frequency is shown.
The ‘DME Tuning’ Window is located to the right of the HSI in the lower right corner of the PFD. The DME
transceiver is tuned by selecting NAV1, NAV2, or HOLD in the ‘DME Tuning’ Window. Pressing the DME
Softkey switches the ‘DME Tuning’ Window on and off.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DME
Modes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 4-13 ‘DME Tuning’ Window
AFCS
The following DME transceiver pairing can be selected:
• NAV1 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV1 frequency.
• NAV2 – Pairs the DME frequency from the selected NAV2 frequency.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• HOLD – When in the HOLD position, the DME frequency remains paired with the last selected NAV frequency.
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
1) Press the DME Softkey to display the ‘DME Tuning’ Window.
APPENDICES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
Pressing the CLR Key or FMS Knob while in the process of DME pairing cancels the tuning entry and reverts
back to the previously selected DME tuning state. Pressing the FMS Knob activates/deactivates the cursor in
the ‘DME Tuning’ Window.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
See the Flight Instruments Section for displaying the DME information window.
125
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.4 MODE S TRANSPONDER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Mode S Transponder provides Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interrogation and reply capabilities. Selective
addressing or Mode Select (Mode S) capability includes the following features:
• Level-2 reply data link capability (used to exchange information between aircraft and ATC facilities)
• Surveillance identifier capability
• Flight ID (Flight Identification) reporting – The Mode S Transponder reports aircraft identification as either the
aircraft registration or a unique Flight ID.
EIS
• Altitude reporting
• Airborne status determination
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Transponder capability reporting
• Mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) requirements. (EHS requirements only available with GTX 33ES.)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Acquisition squitter – Acquisition squitter, or short squitter, is the transponder 24-bit identification address.
The transmission is sent periodically, regardless of the presence of interrogations. The purpose of acquisition
squitter is to enable Mode S ground stations and aircraft equipped with a Traffic Avoidance System (TAS) to
recognize the presence of Mode S-equipped aircraft for selective interrogation.
• Extended squitter – The extended squitter is transmitted periodically and contains information such as altitude
(barometric and GPS), GPS position, and aircraft identification. The purpose of extended squitter is to provide
aircraft position and identification to ADS-B Ground-Based Transceivers (GBTs) and other aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Hazard Avoidance Section provides more details on traffic avoidance systems.
TRANSPONDER CONTROLS
AFCS
Transponder function is displayed on three levels of softkeys on the PFD: Top-level, Mode Selection, and
Code Selection. When the top-level XPDR Softkey is pressed, the Mode Selection softkeys appear: Standby,
On, ALT, VFR, Code, Ident, Back.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the Code Softkey is pressed, the number softkeys appear: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Ident, BKSP, Back. The
digits 8 and 9 are not used for code entry. Pressing the numbered softkeys in sequence enters the transponder
code. If an error is made, pressing the BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit.
Pressing the BKSP Softkey again moves the cursor to the next previous digit.
Pressing the Back Softkey during code selection reverts to the Mode Selection Softkeys. Pressing the Back
Softkey during mode selection reverts to the top-level softkeys.
APPENDICES
The code can also be entered with the FMS Knob on either PFD. Code entry must be completed with either
the softkeys or the FMS Knob, but not a combination of both.
Pressing the Ident Softkey while in Mode or Code Selection initiates the ident function and reverts to the
top-level softkeys.
INDEX
After 45 seconds of transponder control inactivity, the system reverts back to the top-level softkeys.
126
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 4-14 XPDR Softkeys (PFD)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TRANSPONDER MODE SELECTION
Mode selection can be automatic (Altitude Mode) or manual (Standby, ON, and Altitude Modes). The
Standby, On, and ALT Softkeys can be accessed by selecting the XPDR Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
STANDBY MODE (MANUAL)
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the IDENT function is inhibited.
AFCS
Standby Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the Standby Softkey. In Standby, the transponder is
powered and new codes can be entered, but no replies or squitters are transmitted. When Standby is selected,
a white STBY indication and transponder code appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
STBY Mode (White
Code Number and
Mode)
Figure 4-15 Standby Mode
APPENDICES
MANUAL ON MODE
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
On Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the On Softkey. An On indication will appear in the
mode field of the Transponder Data Box. Selecting On mode enables transmission of transponder replies and
squitters, but transmissions will not include altitude information. The On indication and transponder code
in the Transponder Data Box will appear green while airborne and white while on the ground. When the
transponder is operating with an air state of on-ground it will disable replies to Mode A, Mode C, and Mode
S all-call interrogations so the aircraft will not show up on the traffic systems of other aircraft.
127
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
On-Ground On Mode
(No Altitude Reporting)
EIS
Airborne On Mode
(No Altitude Reporting)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-16 On Mode
ALTITUDE MODE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ALT Mode can be selected at any time by pressing the ALT Softkey. When ALT mode is selected,
an ALT indication will appear in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box. Selecting ALT mode enables
transmission of transponder replies and squitters. Transmissions will include pressure altitude information.
The ALT indication and transponder code in the Transponder Data Box will appear green while airborne and
white while on the ground. When the transponder is operating with an air state of on-ground it will disable
replies to Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S all-call interrogations so the aircraft will not show up on the traffic
systems of other aircraft.
AFCS
On-Ground ALT Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airborne ALT Mode
Figure 4-17 Altitude Mode
APPENDICES
REPLY STATUS
When the transponder sends replies to interrogations, a white R indication appears momentarily in the
reply status field of the Transponder Data Box.
INDEX
Reply to
Interrogation
Figure 4-18 Reply Indication
128
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VFR CODE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The VFR code can be entered either manually or by selecting the XPDR Softkey, then the VFR Softkey.
When the VFR Softkey is selected, the pre-programmed VFR code is automatically displayed in the code field
of the Transponder Data Box. Selecting the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code.
The pre-programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200. If a VFR code change is required, contact a
Garmin-authorized service center for configuration.
VFR Code
EIS
Figure 4-19 VFR Code
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ENTERING A TRANSPONDER CODE
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the Code Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys, for digit entry.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering the code, the next softkey in sequence
must be pressed within 10 seconds, or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Press the BKSP
Softkey to move the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five seconds after the fourth digit has been
entered, the transponder code becomes active.
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR and the Code Softkeys as in the previous procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits.
AFCS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the CLR Key or small FMS Knob before code entry is complete cancels code entry and restores the
previous code. Waiting for 10 seconds after code entry is finished activates the code automatically.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
129
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
IDENT FUNCTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Pressing the Ident Softkey sends a distinct identity indication to Air Traffic Control (ATC). The indication
distinguishes the identing transponder from all the others on the air traffic controller’s screen. The Ident Softkey
appears on all levels of transponder softkeys. When the Ident Softkey is pressed, a green Ident indication is
displayed in the mode field of the Transponder Data Box for a duration of 18 seconds.
NOTE: In Standby Mode, the Ident Softkey is inoperative.
After the Ident Softkey is pressed while in Mode or Code Selection, the system reverts to the top-level softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Ident
Indication
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the Ident
Softkey to
Initiate the ident
Function
Figure 4-20 Ident Softkey and Indication
FLIGHT ID REPORTING
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: If the Flight ID is required but the system is not configured for it, contact a Garmin-authorized service
center for configuration.
AFCS
When the Flight ID must be entered before flight operation, the identifier is placed in the ‘References’ Window
on the PFD. The Flight ID is not to exceed seven characters. No space is needed when entering Flight ID.
When a Flight ID contains a space, the system automatically removes it upon completion of Flight ID entry.
Entering a Flight ID:
1) Press the TMR/REF Softkey to display the ‘References’ Window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the selection cursor, if not already activated.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll down to the Flight ID.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired Flight ID.
APPENDICES
5) Press the ENT Key to complete Flight ID entry.
INDEX
If an error is made during Flight ID entry, pressing the CLR Key returns to the original Flight ID entry. While
entering a Flight ID, turning the FMS Knob counterclockwise moves the cursor back one space for each detent
of rotation. If an incorrect Flight ID is discovered after the unit begins operation, reenter the correct Flight ID
using the same procedure.
130
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.5 ADDITIONAL AUDIO PANEL FUNCTIONS
POWER-UP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panels perform a self-test during power-up. During the self-test all Audio Panel annunciator lights
illuminate for approximately two seconds. Once the self-test is completed, most of the settings are restored to
those in use before the unit was last turned off. The exceptions are the speaker and intercom, which are always
selected during power up.
MONO/STEREO HEADSETS
EIS
Stereo headsets are recommended for use in this aircraft.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Using a monaural headset in a stereo jack shorts the right headset channel output to ground. While this does
not damage the Audio Panel, a person listening on a monaural headset hears only the left channel in both ears.
If a monaural headset is used at one of the passenger positions, any other passenger using a stereo headset hears
audio in the left ear only.
SPEAKER (GMA 1347)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR Key selects and deselects the cabin
speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot, traffic,
altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
SPEAKER (GMA 1360)
AFCS
All of the radios can be heard over the cabin speaker. Pressing the SPKR/PA Key selects and deselects the
cabin speaker. Speaker audio is muted when the PTT is pressed. Certain aural alerts and warnings (autopilot,
traffic, altitude) are always heard on the speaker, even when the speaker is not selected.
The speaker volume is adjustable within a nominal range. Contact a Garmin-authorized service center for
volume adjustment.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
PASSENGER ADDRESS MODE (PA MODE)
APPENDICES
Press and hold the SPKR/PA Key for 2 seconds to initiate the Passenger Address Mode. Active PA Mode is
annunciated by the PA Annunciator on the audio panel. When in PA Mode the crew can use the PTT “Pushto-Talk” button to deliver announcements over the speaker, to the passenger headsets, or both depending on
configuration.
SPLIT-PA MODE
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
During Split-PA Mode the pilot can continue to use the radio(s) while the copilot delivers PA announcements.
To initiate Split-PA Mode, first enter Split-COM mode by pressing the COM1 MIC Key and the COM2 MIC
Key simultaneously, then press and hold the SPKR/PA Key for 2 seconds.
131
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
INTERCOM (GMA 1347)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel includes a six-position intercom system (ICS) and two stereo music inputs for the pilot,
copilot and up to four passengers. The intercom provides Pilot and Copilot isolation from the passengers and
aircraft radios.
PILOT KEY
COPLT KEY
Annunciator Annunciator
Copilot Hears
Passenger Hears
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, MUSIC
INPUT #1
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, copilot, passengers,
MUSIC INPUT #2
Copilot, passengers,
MUSIC INPUT #1
Copilot, passengers,
MUSIC INPUT #2
OFF
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot,
passengers, MUSIC
INPUT #1
ON
OFF
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot
OFF
ON
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot; passengers, Copilot
MUSIC INPUT #1
Selected radios, aural alerts,
pilot, passengers,
MUSIC INPUT #2
ON
ON
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
Passengers;
MUSIC INPUT #2
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pilot Hears
Selected radios, aural
alerts, pilot, copilot
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 4-1 ICS Isolation Modes (GMA 1347)
Pilot isolation is selected when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated. During Pilot isolation, the pilot can
hear the selected radios and aural alerts and warnings. The copilot and passengers can communicate with each
other. The copilot is isolated from aural alerts and warnings.
AFCS
Copilot isolation is selected when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated. The copilot is isolated from the
selected radios, aural alerts and warnings, and everyone else. The pilot and passengers can hear the selected
radios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are illuminated, the pilot and copilot can hear the selected
radios, aural alerts, and communicate with each other. The passengers are isolated from the pilot and copilot
but can communicate with each other.
When both the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished, everyone hears the selected radios, aural
alerts, and is able to communicate with everyone else.
APPENDICES
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
INDEX
The PILOT/PASS Knob controls volume or manual squelch adjustment for the pilot and copilot/passenger.
The small knob controls the pilot volume and squelch. The large knob controls the copilot/passenger volume
and squelch. The VOL and SQ annunciations at the bottom of the unit indicate which function the knob is
controlling. Pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob switches between volume and squelch control as indicated by
the VOL or SQ annunciation being illuminated.
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the squelch setting.
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
only the volume (pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob has no effect on the VOL/SQ selection).
132
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the PILOT/PASS Knob controls
either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the PILOT/PASS Knob and indicated by the VOL or SQ
annunciation).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
INTERCOM (GMA 1360)
The GMA 1360 includes an intercom system, two MUSIC inputs, and one telephone/entertainment input for
the pilot, copilot and passengers. The intercom provides Pilot, Copilot, and Passenger audio isolation.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 4-21 Intercom Controls
Press the PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, and/or the PASS ICS Key to enable intercom audio for the selected
position. If the annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom audio. If an annunciator is NOT lit
that position is isolated from the others.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The color of the an ICS annunciation while in an “On” state will be blue if an active Bluetooth connection
is made to a recording device. Otherwise, the “On” state annunciation will be white.
INTERCOM MODES
Audio Panel
Passenger Hears
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Copilot Hears
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
AFCS
or
Pilot Hears
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
or
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
133
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Pilot Hears
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Copilot Hears
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger Hears
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Passenger Mic
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Selected Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot MIC
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Panel
Table 4-2 ICS Isolation Modes (GMA 1360)
INTERCOM VOLUME AND SQUELCH
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The VOL/CRSR Knob controls selection and volume or manual squelch adjustment for audio sources that
may not be adjustable anywhere else in the system. The small knob controls the volume or squelch. Turning
the large knob activates and/or moves the cursor (flashing white annunciator or flashing blue annunciator in
Blue-Select Mode) to select the audio source to adjust. The cursor will time-out after a few seconds and the
position of the cursor will always default back to the CREW Key. Pressing the small knob cancels the cursor.
APPENDICES
Manual Squelch Key
Off for Automatic Squelch,
On for Manual Squelch
Volume Annunciatio
Manual Squelch Annunciator
Off for Automatic Squelch, On for
Manual Squelch
Volume/Squelch Indicator
Indicates volume/squelch setting
relative to full scale
Squelch Annunciatio
VOL/SQ Control Knob
Turn to adjust Squelch when
SQ Annunciation is lit, Volume
when VOL Annunciation is lit.
INDEX
CRSR Control Knob
Turn to move the cursor (flashing
annunciator) to the desired
source
Figure 4-22 Volume/Squelch Control (GMA 1360)
134
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
BLUE-SELECT MODE (TELEPHONE/ENTERTAINMENT DISTRIBUTION) (GMA 1360)
The music and telephone (TEL, MUS1, and MUS2) audio are distributed using the Blue-Select Mode. The
following example indicates that the pilot, copilot, and passengers will all hear the telephone audio.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 4-23 Blue Select Mode (GMA 1360)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pressing the small knob when the volume control cursor (flashing white
annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is active, press the small knob twice. The first press will
cancel the volume control cursor, the second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The annunciator over the TEL Button will be flashing blue. Any combination of the annunciators over the
PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, and PASS ICS buttons may be blue. Select the desired button to turn the blue
annunciator on or off to distribute the telephone audio to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large
knob to select MUS1 or MUS2, and select the crew/passenger positions to receive the music audio.
AFCS
Selecting any button other than PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, PASS ICS, TEL,MUS1, or MUS2 will cancel BlueSelect Mode. Pressing the small knob will also cancel Blue-Select Mode. After approximately ten seconds with
no input, the Blue-Select Mode will automatically cancel.
ADJUSTING INTERCOM VOLUME
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the cursor is on PILOT ICS, COPLT ICS, or PASS ICS, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the intercom
volume for the listener.
ADJUSTING SPEAKER VOLUME
APPENDICES
When the cursor is on SPKR, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the speaker volume of the selected sources
(COM, NAV, AUX, MKR). Alert volumes are not affected by the speaker volume control knob.
ADJUSTING MKR, MUS1, OR MUS2 VOLUME
When the cursor is on MKR, MUS1, or MUS2 the Volume Control Knob adjusts the individual volume of
the selected source.
INDEX
ADJUSTING MANUAL SQUELCH
When the cursor is on MAN SQ, the Volume Control Knob adjusts the ICS Squelch Threshold (the volume
level that must be exceeded to be heard over the intercom).
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
135
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3D AUDIO (GMA 1360)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Because this feature uses different signals for left and right channels, it requires wiring for stereo intercom
and stereo headsets. If 3D audio is activated when mono headsets are in use, the listener will still hear all audio
sources; however, there is no benefit from location separation.
3D Audio is useful when multiple audio sources are present. By using different responses in each ear, 3D
audio processing creates the illusion that each audio source is coming from a unique location or seat position.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
With a single COM selected and 3D Audio enabled, the listener hears the audio source at the 12 o’clock
position. If both COMs are selected, the listener hears COM1 at 11 o’clock and COM2 at the 1 o’clock position.
All other intercom positions are processed to sound like their relative seat location. By default, the system
assumes the pilot sits in the left seat. A Garmin authorized service center can make changes to the default
configuration.
Stereo headset in use with
2)
mono/stereo switch set to
‘mono’
Aircraft wiring has left audio 3)
wired to both left and right
channels of stereo headset jack
Set mono/stereo switch on headset to ‘stereo’
If after checking solutions #1 and #2 see a service
center as soon as possible to inspect/correct wiring.
This wiring fault can cause fail-safe audio not to
function.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Symptom(s)
“3D audio left” message 1)
heard in both ears.
2)
Or:
“3D audio right” message
not heard
3)
3D Audio Troubleshooting
Cause(s)
Solution(s)
Mono headset in use
1) Use a stereo headset
136
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Stereo headset in use with
mono/stereo switch set to
mono
Incorrect aircraft wiring (left/
right shorted together)
If after checking solutions #1 and #2 see a service
center as soon as possible to inspect/correct wiring.
This wiring fault can cause fail-safe audio not to
function.
See a service center as soon as possible to inspect/
correct wiring. This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
Verify correct orientation from the left/right indication
on each side of the headset or the position of the
boom mic (usually attached on left side). If the
headset is backwards left/right position information
will be swapped.
See a service center as soon as possible to inspect/
correct wiring. This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
Incorrect aircraft wiring (right 1)
channel used for mono instead
of left or left/right swapped)
Stereo headset is on backwards 1)
Incorrect aircraft wiring (left/
right channels swapped)
2)
“3D audio left” message 1)
heard in left ear only, no
audio heard in right ear.
“3D audio right” message 1)
heard in right ear only, no
audio heard in left ear
Aircraft wired for mono
intercom
1)
Incorrect aircraft wiring (right 1)
channel used for mono instead
of left, or left/right swapped)
See a service center to wire the installation for stereo
headsets.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
“3D audio right” message 1)
heard in both ears. “3D
audio left” not heard
“3D audio left” message 1)
heard in right ear only
followed by “3D audio
right” message heard in
left ear only
2)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Set mono/stereo switch on headset to ‘stereo’
EIS
2)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
“3D audio left” message 1)
heard in both ears,
2)
followed by “3D audio
right” message heard in
both ears
3)
3D Audio Troubleshooting
Mono headset in use
1) Use a stereo headset
See a service center as soon as possible to inspect/
correct wiring. This wiring fault can cause fail-safe
audio not to function.
Table 4-3 3D Audio Troubleshooting
AFCS
BLUETOOTH® (GMA 1360 ONLY)
NOTE: Pairing is only necessary during the first attempt to connect a Bluetooth device to the audio panel.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Once paired, the audio panel and the device will connect automatically.
PAIRING A BLUETOOTH DEVICE WITH THE AUDIO PANEL
APPENDICES
Press and hold the inner knob for two seconds. The Bluetooth Annunciator flashes to indicate the unit
is discoverable and the aural message “Bluetooth discoverable” is heard. The audio panel will remain
discoverable for 90 seconds or until a successful pair is established. Once paired, the Bluetooth Annunciator
turns steady blue and the aural message “Bluetooth paired” is heard.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
137
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ASSIGNING AN AUDIO SOURCE TO THE BLUETOOTH DEVICE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the TEL, MUS1, or MUS2 key until the annunciator turns blue (the audio from the Bluetooth source
will not be heard until this step is complete). The key annunciator cycles OFF-WHITE-BLUE. WHITE
selects the wired audio source. BLUE selects the Bluetooth audio source. The BLUE source assignment will
persist through Bluetooth audio connection disruptions.
NOTE: The Bluetooth audio can only be assigned to one source at a time. Once the Bluetooth audio is
assigned to an audio source, the remaining entertainment audio sources will only cycle between OFF and
WHITE.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Bluetooth audio will maintain a separate volume level and Blue Select distribution from the wired audio
source. If the Bluetooth connection is supporting a phone call, all intercom positions listening to that source
can also speak on the call through the headset MICs.
ADDITIONAL BLUETOOTH CONTROL FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the Audio Panel detects a recording device as the Bluetooth connected device, the Pilot ICS
Annunciator will turn blue. All audio heard by the Pilot will be recorded. Press and hold the PILOT ICS Key
to enable/disable Bluetooth recording mode.
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
NOTE: Pressing the play key on the pilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Pilot. Pressing the play
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
key on the Copilot’s Audio Panel plays recorded audio to the Copilot.
The Audio Panel contains a digital clearance recorder that continually records up to 2.5 minutes of the
selected COM radio signal. Recorded COM audio is stored in separate memory blocks. Once 2.5 minutes of
recording time have been reached, the recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks, starting from
the oldest block.
AFCS
The PLAY Key controls the play function. The PLAY annunciator remains lit to indicate when play is in
progress. The PLAY annunciator turns off after playback is finished.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory block and then returns to normal operation.
Pressing the PLAY Key again during play of a memory block stops play. If a COM input signal is detected
during play of a recorded memory block, play is halted.
APPENDICES
Pressing the PLAY Key twice within one-half second while audio is playing plays the previous block of
recorded audio. Each subsequent two presses of the PLAY Key within one-half second backtracks through the
recorded memory blocks to reach and play any recorded block.
INDEX
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
138
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENTERTAINMENT INPUTS
MUSIC INPUT #1 and MUSIC INPUT #2 cannot be completely turned off. Audio level for
MUSIC INPUT #1 and MUSIC INPUT #2 can be adjusted by a Garmin-authorized service center.
NOTE:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Audio Panel provides two stereo auxiliary entertainment inputs: MUSIC INPUT #1 and MUSIC INPUT #2.
These inputs are compatible with popular portable entertainment devices such as cell phones, and tablets. Two
3.5-mm stereo phone jacks are installed in convenient locations for audio connection. The headphone outputs
of the entertainment devices are plugged into the MUSIC INPUT #1 or MUSIC INPUT #2 jacks.
EIS
The current ICS state of isolation affects the distribution of the entertainment input MUSIC INPUT #1.
MUSIC INPUT #1
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
MUSIC INPUT #1 can be heard by the pilot and copilot when both the PILOT and the COPLT Annunciators
are extinguished. MUSIC INPUT #1 can also be heard by the pilot when the COPLT Annunciator is illuminated
and by the copilot when the PILOT Annunciator is illuminated.
MUSIC INPUT #1 Muting
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MUSIC INPUT #1 muting occurs when aircraft radio or marker beacon activity is heard. MUSIC
INPUT #1 is always soft muted when an interruption occurs from these sources. Soft muting is the gradual
return of MUSIC INPUT #1 to its original volume level. The time required for MUSIC INPUT #1 volume
to return to normal is between one-half and four seconds.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MUSIC INPUT #1 Muting Enable/Disable
Pressing and holding the MKR/MUTE Key for three seconds switches MUSIC INPUT #1 muting on and
off. When switching, either one or two beeps are heard; one beep indicates that music muting is enabled,
two beeps indicate music muting is disabled. MUSIC INPUT #1 muting is reset (enabled) during power
up.
AFCS
MUSIC INPUT #2
MUSIC INPUT #2 can be heard only by the passengers and is never muted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
SiriusXM Radio audio from the Data Link Receiver may be heard by the pilot and passengers simultaneously
(optional: requires subscription to SiriusXM Radio Service). Refer to the Additional Features Section for more
details on the Data Link Receiver.
APPENDICES
Connecting a stereo input to either MUSIC INPUT #1 or MUSIC INPUT #2 jacks removes the SiriusXM
Radio Audio from that input. For example, if passengers prefer their own music while the pilot listens to the
SiriusXM Radio, the entertainment audio should be connected to the MUSIC INPUT #2 jack.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
139
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
4.6 AUDIO PANELS PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If the pilot and/or copilot are using headsets that have a high/low switch or volume control knob,
verify that the switch is in the high position and the volume control on the headsets are at maximum volume
setting. On single‑pilot flights, verify that all other headsets are not connected to avoid excess noise in the
audio system.
NOTE: When the MAN SQ Key is pressed, the ICS squelch can be set manually by the pilot and copilot. If
EIS
manual squelch is set to full open (SQ annunciated and the knobs turned counterclockwise) background
noise is heard in the ICS system as well as during COM transmissions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
After powering up the system, the following steps aid in maximizing the use of the Audio Panel as well as
prevent pilot and copilot induced issues. These preflight procedures should be performed each time a pilot
boards the aircraft to ensure awareness of all audio levels in the Audio Panel and radios.
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight (GMA 1347):
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Verify that the PILOT and COPLT Annunciators are extinguished.
2) Verify manual squelch is set to full open.
3) Turn the PILOT/PASS Knobs or Volume/Squelch Knob clockwise two full turns. This sets the intercom level
to max volume (least amount of attenuation).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV) to a suitable level.
5) Adjust the PILOT/PASS Knobs or Volume/Squelch Knob to set the volume to the desired intercom level.
6) Reset squelch to automatic, or adjust to the appropriate level manually.
Setting the Audio Panel during preflight (GMA 1360):
AFCS
1) Press the MAN SQ Key so that the in-key annunciation is illuminated.
2) Verify manual squelch is set to full open.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) To enable the intercom selection(s) press the PILOT ICS, COPILOT ICS, and/or PASS ICS Keys so that the inkey annunciation(s) are illuminated.
4) Turn CRSR Control Knob to select the intercom audio source to be adjusted. Once selected, turn VOL/SQ
Control Knob to set the intercom audio level for that position.
APPENDICES
5) Turn CRSR Control Knob to select the COM/NAV radios and each remaining audio source to be adjusted. Once
selected, turn VOL/SQ Control Knob to adjust the volume level for that position.
6) Press the MAN SQ Key so that the in-key annunciation is no longer illuminated. Auto Squelch will now be
active.
INDEX
Once this procedure has been completed, the pilot and copilot can change settings, keeping in mind the notes
above.
140
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4.7 ABNORMAL OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Abnormal operation of the system includes equipment failures of the system components and failure of
associated equipment, including switches and external devices.
STUCK MICROPHONE
If the push-to-talk (PTT) Key becomes stuck, the COM transmitter stops transmitting after 35 seconds of
continuous operation. An alert appears in the ‘Alerts Window’ on the PFD to advise the crew of a stuck
microphone.
EIS
The COM1 MIC or COM2 MIC Key Annunciator on the Audio Panel flashes as long as the PTT Key remains
stuck.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM TUNING FAILURE
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is automatically tuned in
the radio in which the tuning failure occurred. Depending on the failure mode, a red X may appear on the
frequency display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL FAIL-SAFE OPERATION
If there is a failure of the Audio Panel, a fail-safe circuit connects the pilot’s headset and microphone directly
to the COM1 transceiver. Audio is not available on the speaker during Fail-safe operation.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
REVERSIONARY MODE
The red DISPLAY BACKUP Button selects the Reversionary Mode. See the System Overview Section for
more information on Reversionary Mode.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
141
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO PANEL AND CNS
Blank Page
142
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 5 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5.1 INTRODUCTION
The system is an integrated flight, engine, communication, navigation and surveillance system. This section of
the Pilot’s Guide explains flight management using the system.
EIS
The most prominent part of the system are the two full color displays: one Primary Flight Display (PFD) and a Multi
Function Display (MFD). The information to successfully navigate the aircraft using the GPS sensors is displayed on
the PFD and the MFD. Detailed descriptions of GPS navigation functions are discussed later in this section.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation mode indicates which sensor is providing the course data (e.g., GPS, VOR) and the flight plan phase
(e.g., Departure (DPRT), Terminal (TERM), Enroute (ENR), Oceanic (OCN), RNAV Approach (LNAV, LNAV+V,
L/VNAV, LP, LP+V, LPV), or Missed Approach (MAPR)). L/VNAV, LP, LP+V, and LPV approach service levels are
only available with SBAS.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Inset Map and HSI Map are small versions of the Navigation Map. The Inset Map is displayed in the lower
left corner of the PFD (lower right during reversionary mode), and the HSI Map is displayed in the center of
the HSI. The Inset Map and the HSI Map may each be referred to as the PFD Map. A PFD Map is displayed by
pressing the Map/HSI Softkey, pressing the Layout Softkey, then pressing either the Inset Map or HSI Map
Softkey. Pressing the Map Off Softkey removes the PFD Map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map displays aviation data (e.g., airports, VORs, airways, airspaces), geographic data (e.g.,
cities, lakes, highways, borders), topographic data (map shading indicating elevation), and hazard data (e.g.,
traffic, terrain, weather). The amount of displayed data for the Inset Map can be reduced by pressing the Map/
HSI Softkey on the PFD, then pressing the Detail Softkey. The amount of displayed data for the Navigation Map
can be reduced by pressing the Detail Softkey on the MFD. The Navigation Map can be oriented three different
ways: North Up (NORTH UP), Track Up (TRK UP), or Heading Up (HDG UP).
AFCS
An aircraft icon is placed on the Navigation Map at the location corresponding to the calculated present position.
The aircraft position and the flight plan legs are accurately based on GPS calculations. The basemap upon which
these are placed are from a source with less resolution, therefore the relative position of the aircraft to map features
is not exact. The leg of the active flight plan currently being flown is shown as a magenta line on the navigation
map. The other legs are shown in white.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 250 feet to 1000 nm. Range is indicated in the upper left
quadrant of the range ring shown around the aircraft icon. This indicated range is the range from the aircraft
icon to the range ring, and roughly half the range to the top edge of the displayed map. To change the map
range on any map, turn the Joystick counter-clockwise to zoom in ( -, decreasing), or clockwise to zoom out (+,
increasing).
The Direct-to Window, the Flight Plan Window, the Procedures Window, and the Nearest Airports Window
can be displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD. Details of these windows are discussed in detail later in
the section.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
143
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Status Box
Current Track Indicator
Navigation Mode
Inset Map
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Location of:
- Direct To Window
- Flight Plan Window
- Procedures Window
- Nearest Airports Window
- References Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-1 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD (Inset Map)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Navigation Mode
Current Track
Indicator
AFCS
HSI Map
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-2 GPS Navigation Information on the PFD HSI Map
144
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Data Bar
Navigation Page Title
Map Orientation
- Aviation Data
- Geographic Data
- Topographic Data
- Hazard Data
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Navigation Map
Map Range
Active Flight Plan Leg
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-3 GPS Navigation Information on the MFD Navigation Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAVIGATION STATUS BOX AND DATA BAR
The Navigation Status Box located at the top of the PFD contains two fields displaying the following
information:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-4 PFD Navigation Status Box
AFCS
• Active flight plan leg (e.g., ‘D-> KICT’ or ‘KIXD -> KCOS’) or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘Turn right to
021˚ in 8 seconds’)
• Distance (DIS) and Bearing (BRG) to the next waypoint or flight plan annunciations (e.g., ‘TOD within 1
minute’)
The symbols used in the PFD status bar are:
Description
Symbol
Description
Left Holding Pattern
Direct-to
Vector to Final
Right Procedure Turn
Right DME Arc/Radius to Fix Leg
Left Procedure Turn
Left DME Arc/Radius to Fix Leg
APPENDICES
Active Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Symbol
Right Holding Pattern
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
145
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Navigation Data Bar located at the top of the MFD contains four data fields, each displaying one of the
following items:
BRG
DEST
DIS
DTG
Bearing
Destination Airport Identifier
Distance
Distance to Go
FOB
FOD
GS
MSA
Fuel on Board
Fuel over Destination
Ground Speed
Minimum Safe Altitude
DTK
END
ESA
ETA
ETE
FLT
Desired Track
Endurance
Enroute Safe Altitude
Estimated Time of Arrival
Estimated Time Enroute
Flight Timer
TAS
TKE
TRK
VSR
XTK
True Airspeed
Track Angle Error
Track
Vertical Speed Required
Cross-Track Error
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-5 MFD Navigation Data Bar
The navigation information displayed in the four data fields can be selected on the MFD Data Bar Fields Box
on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page. The default selections (in order left to right) are GS, DTK, TRK, and ETE.
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD Data Bar Fields’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list to select the desired data.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the default setting.
146
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.2 USING MAP DISPLAYS
• Map Pointer information (distance and bearing
to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other
pertinent information)
• Fuel range ring
• Flight plan legs
• User waypoints
• Track vector
• Terrain
• Topography data
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspaces, airways, land data
(highways, cities, lakes, rivers, borders, etc.)
with names
• Map range
• Wind direction and speed
• Map orientation
• Icons for enabled map features
• Aircraft icon (representing present position)
• Obstacle data
• Topography scale
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Map displays are used extensively in the system to provide situational awareness in flight. Most system maps
can display the following information:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The information in this section applies to the following maps unless otherwise noted:
• All Map Group Pages (‘Map’)
• All Nearest Group Pages (‘NRST’)
• All Waypoint Group Pages (‘WPT’)
• Direct To Window
• ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page (‘Aux’)
• PFD Maps
• Flight Plan Pages (‘FPL’)
• Procedure Loading Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MAP ORIENTATION
Maps are shown in one of three different orientation options, allowing flexibility in determining aircraft
position relative to other items on the map (north up) or for determining where map items are relative to where
the aircraft is going (track up or heading up). The map orientation is shown in the upper left corner of the map.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-6 Map Orientation
• North up (North up) aligns the top of the map display to north (default setting).
• Track up (Track up) aligns the top of the map display to the current ground track.
APPENDICES
• Heading up (HDG up) aligns the top of the map display to the current aircraft heading.
The Auto North Up setting configures the map to switch automatically to a north up orientation when the
map range reaches a minimum range.
NOTE: When panning or reviewing active flight plan legs in a non-North Up orientation, the map does not
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
show the map orientation nor the wind direction and speed.
147
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Map orientation can only be changed on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page. Any other displays that
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
show navigation data reflect the orientation selected for the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Map Settings
Selection
Figure 5-7 Navigation Map Page Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Group Selection
Orientation Field
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
North Up Above Field
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-8 Map Settings Menu - Map Group
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
3) Select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key
5) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the ‘Orientation’ Field.
INDEX
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
7) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
148
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
Enabling/disabling Auto North Up and selecting the minimum switching range:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
EIS
5) Highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6) Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the range field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MAP RANGE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
There are 28 different map ranges available, from 250 feet to 1000 nm. Range is indicated in the upper left
quadrant of the range ring shown around the aircraft icon. This indicated range is the range from the aircraft
icon to the range ring, and roughly half the range to the top edge of the displayed map. When the map range
is decreased to a point that exceeds the capability of the system to accurately represent the map, a magnifying
glass icon is shown to the left of the map range. To change the map range turn the Joystick counter-clockwise
to decrease the range, or clockwise to increase the range.
AFCS
Auto Zoom On
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-9 Map Range
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
149
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUTO ZOOM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Auto zoom allows the system to change the map display range to the smallest range clearly showing the
active waypoint. Auto zoom can be overridden by adjusting the range with the Joystick, and remains until
the active waypoint changes, a terrain or traffic alert occurs, the aircraft takes off, or the manual override times
out (timer set on ‘Map Settings’ Window). Auto zoom is suspended while the map pointer is active.
EIS
If a terrain caution or warning occurs, all navigation maps automatically adjust to the smallest map
range clearly showing the potential impact areas. If a new traffic advisory alert occurs, any navigation map
displaying traffic advisory alerts automatically adjusts to the smallest map range clearly showing the traffic
advisory. When terrain or traffic alerts clear, the map returns to the previous auto zoom range based on the
active waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The auto zoom function can be turned on or off independently for the PFD and MFD. Control of the ranges
at which the auto zoom occurs is done by setting the minimum and maximum ‘look forward’ times (set on the
‘Map Settings’ Window for the ‘Map’ Group). These settings determine the minimum and maximum distance
to display based upon the aircraft’s ground speed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Waypoints that are long distances apart cause the map range to increase to a point where many details on
the map are decluttered. If this is not acceptable, lower the maximum look ahead time to a value that limits
the auto zoom to an acceptable range.
• Waypoints that are very short distances apart cause the map range to decrease to a point where situational
awareness may not be what is desired. Increase the minimum look ahead time to a value that limits the auto
zoom to a minimum range that provides acceptable situational awareness.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Flight plans that have a combination of long and short legs cause the range to increase and decrease as
waypoints sequence. To avoid this, auto zoom can be disabled or the maximum/ minimum times can be
adjusted.
AFCS
• The ‘time out’ time (configurable on the ‘Map Settings’ Window for the Map Group) determines how long
auto zoom is overridden by a manual adjustment of the range knob. At the expiration of this time, the auto
zoom range is restored. Setting the ‘time out’ value to zero causes the manual override to never time out.
• When the maximum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the upper limit becomes the maximum range
available (1000 nm).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• When the minimum ‘look forward’ time is set to zero, the lower limit becomes 1.5 nm.
Configuring automatic zoom:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
APPENDICES
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and select ‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS
Knob.
150
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection
Field.
7) Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor highlights the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field.
Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero to 99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
MAP PANNING
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map panning allows the pilot to:
• View parts of the map outside the displayed range without adjusting the map range
• Highlight and select locations on the map
• Review information for a selected airport, NAVAID or user waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Designate locations for use in flight planning
• View airspace and airway information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the panning function is selected by pushing the Joystick, the Map Pointer flashes on the map display.
A window also appears at the top of the map display showing the latitude/longitude position of the pointer,
the bearing and distance to the pointer from the aircraft’s present position, and the elevation of the land at the
position of the pointer.
NOTE: The map is normally centered on the aircraft’s position. If the map has been panned and there has
AFCS
been no pointer movement for about 60 seconds, the map reverts back to centered on the aircraft position
and the flashing pointer is removed.
Map Pointer
Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Map Pointer
INDEX
Figure 5-10 Navigation Map - Map Pointer Activated
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
151
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
When the Map Pointer is placed on an object, the name of the object is highlighted (even if the name was
not originally displayed on the map). When any map feature or object is selected on the map display, pertinent
information is displayed.
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information about Point
of Interest
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map Pointer on
POI
Figure 5-11 Navigation Map - Map Pointer on Point of Interest
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the Map Pointer crosses an airspace boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information
is shown. The information includes the name and class of airspace, the ceiling in feet above Mean Sea Level
(MSL), and the floor in feet MSL.
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
AFCS
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the aircraft’s current position.
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to display the Map Pointer and place the
Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page for the selected waypoint.
APPENDICES
3) Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page and
return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page showing the selected waypoint.
Viewing airspace information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) Place the Map Pointer on the boundary of an airspace.
2) Push the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and center the map on the aircraft.
INDEX
Or:
152
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
1) Place the Map Pointer on an open area within the boundaries of an airspace.
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the ENT Key to display the Airspace
Information Page for the selected airspace.
4) Press the CLR or ENT Key to exit the Airspace Information Page.
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
EIS
Distance and bearing from the aircraft’s present position to any point on the viewable navigation map may be
calculated using the ‘Measure Bearing and Distance’ selection from Navigation Map page menu. The bearing
and distance tool displays a dashed Measurement Line and a Measure Pointer to aid in graphically identifying
points with which to measure. Lat/Long, distance and elevation data for the Measure Pointer is provided in a
window at the top of the navigation map.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the Navigation Map Page displayed).
2) Highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ field.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the aircraft’s present position.
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location. The bearing and distance are displayed
at the top of the map. Elevation at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key changes
the starting point for measuring.
Measurement
Information
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, push the Joystick; or select ‘Stop Measuring’ from the Page Menu
and press the ENT Key.
Pointer Lat/Long
AFCS
Measurement Line
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 5-12 Navigation Map - Measuring Bearing and Distance
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
153
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TOPOGRAPHY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All navigation maps can display various shades of topography colors representing land elevation, similar
to aviation sectional charts. Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following
procedures. Topographic data can also be displayed on the selectable profile map at the bottom of the navigation
map.
EIS
Topographic data can be displayed or removed as described in the following procedures. Topographic
data can also be displayed on the selectable VSD Inset at the bottom of the navigation map. In addition, the
Navigation Map can display a topographic scale (located in the lower right hand side of the map) showing a
scale of the terrain elevation and minimum/maximum displayed elevations.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation Map
Topographic Data
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Navigation Map
Black Background
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Topographic Data
on Profile Map
TOPO On
Figure 5-13 Navigation Map - Topographic Data
AFCS
TOPO Off
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Absolute Terrain On
Terrain Off
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-14 PFD Inset Map - Absolute Terrain Data
154
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Maximum Displayed Elevation
Minimum Displayed Elevation
Figure 5-15 Navigation Map - Topo Scale
EIS
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages displaying navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Topo’ is shown on the softkey to display topographic data.
3) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic data from the navigation map.
When topographic data is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Inset Map or the HSI Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey .
2) Press the Topo Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove topographic data from the navigation map.
When topographic data is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black background.
Displaying/removing topographic data using the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ ‘Page Menu’ Window:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
AFCS
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ Field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
APPENDICES
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
INDEX
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
155
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field. Ranges are from 1 nm to 1000 nm.
6) To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
EIS
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MAP SYMBOLS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
This section discusses the types of land, aviation, and airspace symbols that can be displayed. Each listed type
of symbol can be turned on or off, and the maximum range to display each symbol can be set. The decluttering
of the symbols from the map using the Detail Softkey is also discussed.
LAND SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the land menu:
Land Symbols
Symbol
AFCS
User Waypoint
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
25
40
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Highways and Roads
Interstate Highway (Freeway)
50
400
International Highway (Freeway)
50
400
US Highway (National Highway)
15
150
State Highway (Local Highway)
2.5
100
4
25
7.5
25
Local Road (Local Road)
N/A
INDEX
Railroads
156
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Symbol
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Land Symbols
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
1000
Medium City (> 50,000)
Small City (> 5,000)
50
25
400
100
State/Province
400
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
1
1000
EIS
100
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Large City (> 200,000)
Table 5-1 Land Symbol Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AVIATION SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the aviation menu:
Symbol
150
1.5
5
7.5
150
N/A
25
N/A
40
Non-directional Beacon (NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
N/A
N/A
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
25
1000
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
See Additional Features
Runway Extension
Missed Approach Preview On/Off (Missed APPR)
Intersection (INT)
VOR Compass Rose On/Off
N/A
N/A
APPENDICES
25
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
400
AFCS
50
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Large Airport (Longest Runway ≥ 8100 ft)
Medium Airport (8100 ft > Longest Runway ≥ 5000 ft, or
Longest Runway < 5000 ft with control tower)
Small Airport (Longest Runway < 5000 ft without a control
tower)
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
100
1000
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Aviation Symbols
Table 5-2 Aviation Symbol Information
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
157
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AIRSPACE SYMBOLS
The following items are configured on the airspace menu:
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
*
*
Class C Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
*
*
Class D Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling)
*
*
Class B/Terminal Manoeuvring Area
and Airways surrounding TMA (CL B/TMA/AWY)
50
150
Class C Airspace/Control Area
(CL C/CTA)
50
100
Class A Airspace and Class D Airspace
(CL A/D)
10
100
Restricted and Prohibited Areas
(Restricted)
50
100
Military Operations Areas
(MOA (Military))
50
250
ADIZ, Alert, Danger, and Warning
(Other)
50
250
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Class B Airspace Altitude Label (ceiling/floor)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Symbol
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airspace Symbols
(see below)
ADIZ
AFCS
Alert
Danger/Warning
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
* Label placement and range is determined by the system for best display and minimal clutter
Table 5-3 Airspace Symbol Information
SYMBOL SETUP
APPENDICES
All navigation maps can display land, aviation and airspace symbols. Symbol types (e.g. runway extensions,
railroads) can be removed individually. The range sets the maximum range at which items appear on the
display. For example, enabling “Runway Extension” displays a dashed line on the map extending from each
runway of an airport in the flight plan when the range is set at or below the value of the map settings option.
Setting up the ‘Land’, ‘Aviation’ or ‘Airspace’ group items:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
158
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or maximum range).
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the next item.
8) Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
MAP DECLUTTER
The declutter feature allows the pilot to progressively step through four levels of removing map information.
The declutter level is displayed in the Detail Softkey and next to the Declutter Menu Option.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The following table lists the items that are decluttered at each map detail level. The ‘X’ represents map items
decluttered for each level of detail.
Item
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Detail 1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Detail 2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Data Link Radar Precipitation
Data Link Lightning
Graphical METARs
Airports
Safe Taxi
Runway Labels
TFRs
Restricted
MOA (Military)
User Waypoints
Latitude/Longitude Grid
NAVAIDs (does not declutter if used to define airway)
VRPs
Intersections (does not declutter if used to define airway)
Class B Airspaces/TMA
Class C Airspaces/TCA
Class D Airspaces
Other Airspaces/ADIZ
Obstacles
Cities
Roads
Railroads
State/Province Boundaries
Detail 3
Table 5-4 Navigation Map Items Decluttered for each Detail Level
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
159
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Decluttering the MFD navigation map:
Press the Detail Softkey with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The current declutter level is shown.
With each softkey press, another level of map information is removed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Declutter’. The current declutter level is shown.
3) Press the ENT Key to apply the next declutter level and return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
Decluttering the PFD Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each selection, another level of map
information is removed.
AIRWAYS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
This airways discussion is based upon the North American airway structure. The airway structure in places
other than North America vary by location, etc. and are not discussed in this book. Low Altitude Airways
(Victor Airways or T-Routes) start 1,200 feet above ground level (AGL) and extend up to 18,000 feet mean sea
level (MSL). Low Altitude Airways are designated with a “V” or a “T” before the airway number.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
High Altitude Airways (Jet Routes or Q-Routes) start at 18,000 feet MSL and extend upward to 45,000 feet
MSL. High Altitude Airways are designated with a “J” or a “Q” before the airway number.
Low Altitude Airways are drawn in gray (the same shade used for roads). High Altitude Airways are drawn
in green. When both types of airways are displayed, High Altitude Airways are drawn on top of Low Altitude
Airways.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
When airways are selected for display on the map, the airway waypoints (VORs, NDBs and Intersections) are
also displayed.
160
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
High Altitude
Airway
(Jet Route)
Low Altitude
Airway
(Victor Airway)
EIS
Low Altitude
Airway
(T-Route)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
High Altitude
Airway
(Q-Route)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-16 Airways on MFD Navigation Page
Airways may be displayed on the map at the pilot’s discretion using either a combination of AWY Softkey
selections, or menu selections using the MENU Key from the Navigation Map Page. The Airway range can also
be programmed to only display Airways on the MFD when the map range is at or below a specific number.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following items are configured on the airways menu:
Airways Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
50
100
High Altitude Airways (J Routes and Q Routes)
50
100
AFCS
Low Altitude Airways (V Routes and T Routes)
Table 5-5 Airways Symbol Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
161
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed (AWY On).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (‘AWY LO’).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (‘AWY HI’).
5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are displayed (‘AWY Off’).
Or:
EIS
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or the ‘High ALT Airways’ On/Off Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Off’ or ‘On’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT Airways):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’
option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT Airways’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range list.
AFCS
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
162
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL NAVIGATION MAP ITEMS
Navigation maps can display some additional items. These items (e.g. Selected Altitude Intercept Arc, Track
Vector, Wind Vector, Fuel Range Ring, and SVT Field of View) can be displayed/removed individually.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
See the Hazard Avoidance Section for information on displaying obstacles (Point Obstacle, Wire Obstacle) on
the map.
TRACK VECTOR
EIS
The Navigation Map can display a track vector that is useful in minimizing track angle error. The track
vector is a solid cyan line segment extended to a predicted location. The track vector look-ahead time is
selectable (30 sec, 60 sec (default), 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min) and determines the length of the track
vector. The track vector shows up to 90 degrees of a turn for the 30 and 60 second time settings. It is always
a straight line for the 2 min, 5 min, 10 min and 20 min settings.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Track Vector
Figure 5-17 Navigation Map -Track Vector
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SELECTED ALTITUDE INTERCEPT ARC
The map can display the location along the current track where the aircraft will intercept the selected
altitude. The location will be shown as a cyan arc when the aircraft is actually climbing or descending.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Intercept Arc
APPENDICES
Figure 5-18 Navigation Map - Range to Altitude Arc
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
163
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
WIND VECTOR ON MFD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map displays a wind vector arrow in the upper right-hand portion of the MFD. Wind vector information
is displayed as a white arrow pointing in the direction in which the wind is moving for wind speeds greater
than or equal to 1 kt.
Wind Direction
Wind Speed
EIS
Figure 5-19 Navigation Map - Wind Vector
NOTE: The wind vector is not displayed until the aircraft is moving. It is not displayed on the Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Information pages.
FUEL RANGE RING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The map can display a fuel range ring which shows the remaining flight distance. A dashed green circle
indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid green circle indicates the total endurance range. If only
reserve fuel remains, the range is indicated by a solid amber circle.
Total Endurance Range
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Time to Reserve Fuel
Range to Reserve Fuel
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-20 Navigation Map - Fuel Range Ring
164
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FIELD OF VIEW (SVT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The map can display the boundaries of the PFD Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) lateral field of view. The
field of view is shown as two dashed lines forming a V shape in front of the aircraft symbol on the map. This
is only available if SVT is installed on the aircraft.
EIS
Lateral Field
of View
Boundaries
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-21 Navigation Map - Field of View
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Setting up additional ‘Map’ group items:
1) Press the MENU Key with the Navigation Map Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The Map Settings Menu is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
AFCS
Or:
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the next item.
8) Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
165
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.3 WAYPOINTS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Waypoints are predetermined geographical positions (internal database) or pilot-entered positions, and are
used for all phases of flight planning and navigation.
Communication and navigation frequencies can be tuned “automatically” from various Waypoint Information
(WPT) pages, Nearest (NRST) pages, and the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window (on PFD). This auto-tuning feature
simplifies frequency entry over manual tuning. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS section for details on auto-tuning.
Waypoints can be selected by entering the ICAO identifier, entering the name of the facility, or by entering
the city name. See the System Overview section for detailed instructions on entering data in the system. As
a waypoint identifier, facility name, or location is entered, the system scrolls through the database, displaying
those waypoints matching the characters which have been entered to that point. A direct-to navigation leg to the
selected waypoint can be initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on any of the waypoint pages.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Identifier Entry Field
Facility Entry Field
City Entry Field
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Area Showing
Entered Waypoint
Waypoint Identifier Symbol
Entered Waypoint on Map
Waypoint Location
Figure 5-22 Waypoint Information Window
AFCS
If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility name or location, additional entries may be viewed by continuing
to turn the small FMS Knob during the selection process. If duplicate entries exist for an identifier, a ‘Duplicate
Waypoints’ Window is displayed when the ENT Key is pressed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Identifier with
Duplicates
INDEX
APPENDICES
Duplicate
Waypoints
Duplicate Message
Figure 5-23 Waypoint Information Window - Duplicate Identifier
166
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AIRPORTS
AIRPORT INFORMATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: ‘North Up’ orientation on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page cannot be changed; the pilot needs
to be aware of proper orientation if the Navigation Map orientation is different from the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page Map.
EIS
The ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page is the first page in WPT group and allows the pilot to view airport
information, load frequencies (COM, NAV, and lighting), review runways, and review instrument procedures
that may be involved in the flight plan. See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information on
loading frequencies (auto-tuning). After engine startup, the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page defaults to the
airport where the aircraft is located. After a flight plan has been loaded, it defaults to the destination airport.
On a flight plan with multiple airports, it defaults to the airport which is the current active waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport and surrounding area, the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page displays airport information in three boxes labeled ‘Airport’, ‘Runways’, and ‘Frequencies’.
For airports with multiple runways, information for each runway is available. This information is viewed on
the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page by pressing the Info Softkey until ‘Info 1’ is displayed.
Airport Information
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
- Lat/Long/Elev
- Fuel Available
- Time Zone (UTC Offset)
Runway Information
- Designation
- Length/Width/Surface
- Lighting Available
AFCS
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
- Availability
- Additional Information
Airport/Runway
Diagram
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-24 Airport Information Page
APPENDICES
The following descriptions and abbreviations are used on the Airport Information Page:
• Usage type: Public, Military, Private, or Heliport
• Runway surface type: Hard, Turf, Sealed, Gravel, Dirt, Soft, Unknown, or Water
INDEX
• Runway lighting type: No Lights, Part Time, Full Time, Unknown, or PCL Freq (for pilot-controlled lighting)
• COM Availability: TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), PT (part time), i (additional information available)
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
167
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airport Information
Airport Directory
Information
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- ID/Facility/City
- Usage Type/Region
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-25 Airport Directory Page Example
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The airport directory information is viewed on the ‘WPT - Airport Directory’ Page by pressing the Info
Softkey until 2 is displayed. The following are types of airport directory information shown (if available) on
the ‘WPT - Airport Directory’ Page:
Airport: Identifier, Type, Name,
City, State, Map
Facility Lighting and Beacon:
Hours operating, Type and Location,
CTAF, beacon colors
Control Tower: Full/Part-time
Hours, Days Open
Noise Abatement: Flying
Procedures
Attendance: Annual, weekly, daily,
hours
Pattern Altitudes: Aircraft Class/
Altitude
Runways: Headings, Length,
Width, Facility Obstructions, Surface,
Condition, Clearance Slope
FBO: Name/Type, Frequencies,
Services, Fees, Fuel, Credit Cards,
Phone/Fax, Hours Internet, Courtesy
Car
Weather Contacts: Service Type
and Frequencies/Phone (AWOS/
ASOS)
Approaches: Types
Aircraft Businesses/Clubs:
Name, Type (sales, training,
servicing), Frequencies/Phone/Fax,
Credit Cards, Internet, Services
Obstructions: General Airport
Obstructions
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Frequencies: Type/Frequency
INDEX
APPENDICES
Flight Service Station (FSS):
FSS Name, Phone Numbers
168
Special Operations at Airport:
Helicopters, etc.
Restaurants: On the Field and
Nearby
Attractions: Hotels, Museums,
Raceways, Golfing, etc.
NAVAIDS: Type, Identifier,
Frequency, Radial, Distance
Elevation: Airfield Elev (ft)
Mag Var: Airfield Mag Var
(degrees)
General Information and/or
Notes: Fees, Airport Notes, local
area information
Transportation: Taxi Services, Car
Rentals, Type and Availability (public,
shuttle, limo, etc.)
Charts: VFR Sectional
Airport Manager: Phone
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The ‘Frequencies’ Box uses the descriptions and abbreviations listed in the following table:
Navigation Frequencies
ILS
LOC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Communication Frequencies
Approach * Control
Pre-Taxi
Arrival *
CTA *
Radar
ASOS
Departure * Ramp
ATIS
FSS
Terminal *
AWOS
Gate
TMA *
Center
Ground
Tower
Class B *
Helicopter
TRSA *
Class C *
Multicom
Unicom
Clearance
Other
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
* May include Additional Information
Table 5-6 Airport Frequency Abbreviations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A departure, arrival, or approach can be loaded using the softkeys on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
See the Procedures section for details. METARs or TAFs applicable to the selected airport can be selected for
display (see the Hazard Avoidance section for details about weather).
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or location:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), press the FMS Knob.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location within the ‘Airport’ Box.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Selecting a runway:
AFCS
1) With the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one) for the selected airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
Viewing a destination airport:
APPENDICES
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination
Airport’. The Destination Airport is displayed.
NEAREST AIRPORT
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The system provides a Nearest Softkey on the PFD, which gives the pilot quick access to nearest airport
information (very useful if an immediate landing is required). The ‘Nearest Airports’ Window displays a list of
up to 25 of the nearest airports (three entries can be displayed at one time). If there are more than three they
are displayed in a scrollable list. If there are no nearest airports available, “None Within 200nm” is displayed.
169
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Bearing/Distance to Airport
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airport Identifier/
Type
Approach Available
Length of Longest
Runway
COM Freq. Info.
- Identification
- Frequency
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Additional Airports
(within 200 nm)
Nearest Softkey
Figure 5-26 Nearest Airports Window on PFD
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the ENT Key displays the PFD ‘Airport Information’ Window for the highlighted airport. Pressing
the ENT Key again returns to the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window with the cursor on the next airport in the list.
Continued presses of the ENT Key sequences through the information pages for all airports in the Nearest
Airports list.
Airport Information
- ID/Type/City
- Facility
AFCS
Airport Information
- Usage/Time/Elev
- Region
Airport Information
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Lat/Long
Figure 5-27 Airport Information Window on PFD
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
APPENDICES
1) Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window. Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key to display the ‘Airport Information’
Window.
INDEX
3) To return to the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window press the ENT Key (with the cursor on ‘Back’) or press the CLR
Key. The cursor is now on the next airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key
moves through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window and the ‘Airport Information’
Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
170
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page on the MFD is first in the group of NRST pages because of its potential
use in the event of an in-flight emergency. In addition to displaying a map of the currently selected airport
and surrounding area, the page displays nearest airport information in five boxes labeled ‘Nearest Airports’,
‘Information’, ‘Runways’, ‘Frequencies’, and ‘Approaches’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The selected airport is indicated by a white arrow, and a dashed white line is drawn on the navigation
map from the aircraft position to the nearest airport. Up to five nearest airports, one runway, up to seven
frequencies, and up to eight approaches are visible at one time. If there are more than can be shown, each list
can be scrolled. If there are no items for display in a boxed area, text indicating that fact is displayed. The
currently selected airport remains in the list until it is unselected.
EIS
See the Audio Panel and CNS Section for frequency selection and the Procedures section for approaches.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Nearest Airports
- ID/Type
- Bearing/Distance
Airport Information
Nearest Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Facility/City/Elevation
Runway Information
- Designation/Surface
- Length/Width
COM/NAV Freq. Info.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Identification
- Frequency
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Airport
Approaches Available
AFCS
LD APR Softkey (only
available if an approach is
highlighted)
Window Selection
Softkeys
Figure 5-28 Nearest Airport Page
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page (it is the first page of the group, so it may
already be selected). If there are no Nearest Airports available, “None Within 200nm” is displayed.
APPENDICES
3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports list
is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key also moves to the next airport.)
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
171
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
1) With the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Select Runway Window’; and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
3) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
The ‘Nearest Airports’ Box on the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page defines the minimum runway length and
surface type used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the MFD ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’
Page. A minimum runway length and/or surface type can be entered to prevent airports with small runways
or runways that are not appropriately surfaced from being displayed. Default settings are 3000 feet (or
meters) for runway length and “Hard Only” for runway surface type.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway length matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the ‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard Only, Hard/ Soft).
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the ‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000 feet) and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
NON-AIRPORT WAYPOINTS
WAYPOINT INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Non-Airport Waypoints are considered to be Intersections, VORs, NDBs, VRPs, and User Waypoints. For
each of these waypoints, their respective information pages will show a map of the currently selected waypoint,
the waypoint identifier, and location. Additionally, intersections will show the nearest VOR while both the
VOR and NDB waypoints will show their frequency and the nearest airport. User Waypoint information also
provides the waypoint type (radial/radial, radial/DME, or latitude/longitude), temporary status, comments,
and a User Waypoint list.
APPENDICES
The ‘VOR Information’ Page can be used to view information about VOR and ILS signals (since ILS signals
can be received on a NAV receiver), or to quickly tune a VOR or ILS frequency. If a VOR station is combined
with a TACAN station it is listed as a VOR-TACAN on the ‘VOR Information’ Page and if it includes only DME,
it is displayed as VOR-DME. Also, the VOR class (Low Altitude, High Altitude, and Terminal) will be shown
in the VOR ‘Information’ Box.
INDEX
The system can create and store up to 1,000 user-defined waypoints. User waypoints can be created from
any map page (except PFD Inset Map, ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, or Procedure Pages) by selecting a position
on the map using the Joystick, or from the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page by referencing a bearing/
distance from an existing waypoint, bearings from two existing waypoints, or a latitude and longitude. Once
a waypoint has been created, it can be renamed, deleted, or moved. Temporary user waypoints are erased
upon system power down.
172
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: The VOR displayed on the ‘WPT - Intersection Information’ Page is the nearest VOR, not necessarily
the VOR used to define the intersection.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Intersection Identifier
Intersection Info
Navigation Map
Showing Selected
Intersection
- Region
- Lat/Long
EIS
Nearest VOR Info
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selected Waypoint:
Intersection
(as seen here)
NDB
VOR
VRP, or
User Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-29 Non-Airport Waypoint Information Page (Intersection Example)
VOR Identifier/Type
NDB Information
VOR Information
NDB Frequency
VOR Frequency
Nearest Airport Info
Nearest Airport Info
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
- Type
- Region
- Lat/Long
- Facility Name
- Nearest City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Region
- Lat/Long
AFCS
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NDB Identifier/Type
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Bearing/Distance to
Airport
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
User Waypoint Info
VRP Identifier/Symbol
- VRP Name
- Identifier
- Temporary/Normal
- Waypoint Type
VRP Information
User Wpt Comment
Reference Wpt/Info
APPENDICES
- Country
- Bearing/Distance to VRP
from aircraft position
- Lat/Long
- Identifier/Rad/Dist or
- Identifiers/Radials or
- Region/Lat/Long
User Waypoint List
- Identifier/ Comment
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 5-30 Non-Airport Waypoint Information Pages (NDB, VOR, VRP, and User Waypoint)
173
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Viewing Non-Airport Waypoints:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ Page Group.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT - Intersection, NDB, VOR, VRP, or User WPT Information’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the ‘Intersection, NDB, VOR, VRP, or User Waypoint’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
5) Press the ENT Key, if needed.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
NEAREST NON-AIRPORT WAYPOINTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Nearest pages can be used to quickly find waypoints close to the aircraft. The system will display
a scrollable list of up to 25 nearest waypoints with bearing and distance from the aircraft, a map of the
surrounding area, and additional information particular to the type of waypoint chosen. A white arrow before
the waypoint identifier/name indicates the currently selected waypoint shown on the map, with its associated
information in the lower box or boxes:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- The ‘NRST - Nearest Intersection’ Page will show three boxes labeled ‘Nearest INT’, ‘Information’, and a
‘Reference VOR’.
- The ‘NRST - Nearest NDB’ Page will show three boxes labeled ‘Nearest NDB’, ‘Information’, and ‘Frequency’.
The NDB ‘Information’ Box will show a Compass Locator if the NDB is associated with either a Locator
Outer Marker (LOM) or Locator Middle Marker (LMM).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- The ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page will show three boxes labeled ‘Nearest VOR’, ‘Information’, and ‘Frequency’.
The NAV frequency from a selected VOR station can be loaded from the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page via the
FREQ Softkey. See the Audio & CNS Section for more information.
- The ‘NRST - Nearest VRP’ Page will show two boxes labeled ‘Nearest VRP’ and ‘Information’. Information
will contain the VRP Name, Country and latitude/longitude.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
- The ‘NRST - Nearest User WPTS’ Page will show three boxes labeled ‘Nearest User’, ‘Information’, and
‘Reference Waypoints’. Information will include any Comments and the latitude/longitude. The ‘Reference
Waypoints’ Box will provide a reference NAVAID with a radial/DME that coincides with the User Waypoint.
174
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The nearest waypoint list will only include waypoints within 200nm. If there are no waypoints in the list,
text indicating that there are no nearest waypoints will be displayed, and the information and frequency fields
(if applicable) will be dashed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Nearest Intersections
- White arrow indicates
the selected waypoint
shown.
Navigation Map
Showing Nearest
Intersection
EIS
Nearest Non-Airport
Waypoint:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Intersection NDB VOR VRP User Waypoint -
Intersection Info
- Lat/Long
Reference VOR Info
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Type (symbol)
- Radial to VOR
- Distance to VOR
Figure 5-31 Nearest Intersection Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
175
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Nearest NDB
Nearest VOR
- VOR Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to VOR
from aircraft position
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
- NDB Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to NDB
from aircraft position
NDB Information
VOR Information
- Facility Name/City
- Type
- Lat/Long
- Facility Name/City
- Class/Magnetic Variation
- Lat/Long
NDB Frequency
VOR Frequency
Nearest VRP
Nearest User Wpt List
- Identifier
- Bearing/Distance from
aircraft position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- VRP Identifier/Symbol
- Bearing/Distance to VRP
from aircraft position
VRP Information
- VRP Name
- Country
- Lat/Long
User Waypoint Info
- Comment
- Lat/Long
Reference Wpt Info
APPENDICES
- Identifier
- Radial/Distance
INDEX
Figure 5-32 Nearest Non-Airport Waypoints (NDB, VOR, VRP, and User WPTS)
176
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Viewing Nearest Non-Airport Waypoints:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Intersections, NDB, VOR, VRP, or User WPTS’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the ‘Nearest INT, NDB, VOR, VRP, or User’ Box,
Or:
If the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page is displayed, to display the flashing cursor:
Press the VOR Softkey.
EIS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key
b) Highlight ‘Select VOR Window’, and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) If needed, press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob as needed to select an identifier.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
CREATING USER WAYPOINTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
User waypoints can be created from the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page in the following ways:
Creating user waypoints from the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page:
1) Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New User Waypoint’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
AFCS
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the ‘Information’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
APPENDICES
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal by moving the cursor to
“Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
INDEX
Or:
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
177
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is
displayed.
4) With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
EIS
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the ‘Information’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal by moving the cursor to
“Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed with the captured position.
AFCS
NOTE: If the pointer has highlighted a map database feature, one of three things happens upon pressing
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
the ENT Key: 1) information about the selected feature is displayed instead of initiating a new waypoint,
2) a menu pops up allowing a choice between ‘Review Airspaces’ or ‘Create User Waypoint’, or 3) a new
waypoint is initiated with the default name being the selected map item.
3) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name.
5) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
APPENDICES
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the two reference waypoint
identifiers and radials into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
INDEX
Or:
178
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the reference waypoint identifier,
the radial, and the distance into the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and enter the latitude and longitude into
the ‘Information’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or normal by moving the cursor to
“Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to check or uncheck the box.
EIS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9) Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EDITING USER WAYPOINTS
Once a user waypoint has been created, it may be edited, renamed, or deleted. A system generated
comment for a user waypoint incorporates the reference waypoint identifier, bearing, and distance. If a
system generated comment has been edited, a new comment can be generated.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The default type of user waypoint (normal or temporary) can be changed using the ‘WPT — User Waypoint
Information’ ‘Page Menu’ Window. Temporary user waypoints are automatically deleted upon the next power
cycle.
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Select a user waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box, if required, and press the ENT Key.
3) Move the cursor to the desired field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to make any changes.
AFCS
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
179
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DELETING USER WAYPOINTS
Deleting a single user waypoint:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, highlight a User Waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’
Box, or enter a waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2) Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘YES’ is highlighted in the confirmation window.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
Or:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, highlight a User Waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’
Box, or enter a waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete User Waypoint’.
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
NOTE: The option to ‘Delete All User Waypoints’ is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, highlight a User Waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint List’ Box.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Delete All User Waypoints.’
4) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
180
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.4 AIRSPACES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can display the following types of airspaces: Class B, TMA, and Airways surrounding TMA, Class C
and CTA, Class A, Class D, Restricted (Prohibited), MOA (Military), and other airspace provided by the navigation
database. Some examples of typical airspaces are depicted below. See Table 5-3 for the maximum ranges for
each type of airspace and the symbol used to define the airspace area. Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) are
discussed in the Hazard Avoidance Section.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Class B Airspace
Restricted Area
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Class D Airspace
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Alert Area
(Other)
Class C Airspace
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
MOA (Military)
APPENDICES
ADIZ
(Other)
Warning Area
(Other)
INDEX
Figure 5-33 Airspaces
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
181
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to remove labels.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EIS
NEAREST AIRSPACE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SETTING AIRSPACE ALERTS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box (‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page) on the MFD allows the pilot to turn the controlled/
special-use airspace message alerts on or off. This does not affect the alerts listed on the ‘NRST - Nearest
Airspaces ‘ Page or the airspace boundaries depicted on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page. It simply turns
on/off the message provided in the ‘Alerts’ Window on the PFD when the aircraft is approaching or near an
airspace.
Pressing the PFD Alerts/Message Softkey displays the ‘Alerts’ Window on the PFD. The following airspace
alerts may be displayed in the ‘Alerts’ Window:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead – less than
10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and ahead.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less than 2 nm.
Comments
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft penetrates the airspace
within 10 minutes.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
AFCS
Table 5-7 PFD Airspace Alert Messages
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
An altitude buffer is also provided which “expands” the vertical range above or below an airspace. For
example, if the buffer is set at 500 feet, and the aircraft is more than 500 feet above/below an airspace, an
alert message is not generated, but if the aircraft is less than 500 feet above/below an airspace and projected
to enter it, the pilot is notified with an alert message. The default setting for the altitude buffer is 200 feet.
Turning an airspace alert on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
182
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1 Softkey).
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
VIEWING NEAREST AIRSPACE INFORMATION
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page can be used to quickly find airspaces close to the flight path. In
addition, a selected frequency associated with the airspace can be loaded from the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’
Page. In addition to displaying a map of airspace boundaries and surrounding area, the ‘NRST - Nearest
Airspaces’ Page displays airspace information in four boxes labelled ‘Airspace Alerts’, ‘Airspace Agency’,
‘Vertical Limits’, and ‘Frequencies’.
Nearest Airspace
Information
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Airspace alerts and associated frequencies are shown in scrollable lists on the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’
Page. The Alerts and FREQ Softkeys place the cursor in the respective list. The FREQ Softkey is enabled
only if one or more frequencies exist for a selected airspace.
Airspace Alerts Info
Inside of Airspace
Airspace within 2nm
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Name
- Proximity (Ahead, Inside,
Ahead < 2nm, Within 2nm)
- Time till Intercept (only if
Ahead or Ahead < 2nm)
Airspace/Agency Info
AFCS
- Airspace Type
- Controlling Agency
Airspace Vertical Limits
- Ceiling
- Floor
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Associated Frequencies
- Type
- Availability/Info
- Frequency
Figure 5-34 Nearest Airspaces Page
APPENDICES
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
2) Press the Alerts Softkey on the MFD; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts
Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
INDEX
3) Select the desired airspace.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
183
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SMART AIRSPACE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Smart Airspace function de-emphasizes airspaces above or below the current aircraft altitude. The
function does not require the aircraft present position or flight path to enter the lateral boundaries of the
airspace. If the current aircraft altitude is within 1100 feet of the vertical boundaries of the airspace, the airspace
boundary is shown normally. If the current aircraft altitude is not within 1100 feet of the vertical boundaries of
the airspace, the airspace boundary is shown subdued.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Smart Airspace Off
Figure 5-35 Smart Airspace
Smart Airspace On
Turning smart airspace on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The ’Map Settings’ Window is displayed
AFCS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace On or counterclockwise to turn smart airspace Off.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
184
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.5 DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Direct-to method of navigation, initiated by pressing the Direct-to Key on either the MFD Controller or the
PFD, is quicker to use than a flight plan when the desire is to navigate to a single point such as a nearby airport.
Once a direct-to is activated, the system establishes a point-to-point course line from the present position to the
selected direct-to destination. Course guidance is provided until the direct-to is replaced with a new direct-to or
flight plan, or cancelled.
EIS
A vertical navigation (VNV) direct-to creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from
the current altitude to a selected altitude at the direct-to waypoint. Vertical navigation is based on barometric
altitudes, not on GPS altitude, and is used for cruise and descent phases of flight.
The ‘Direct-To’ Window allows selection and activation of direct-to navigation. The ‘Direct-To’ Window displays
selected direct-to waypoint data on the PFD and the MFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Direct-to Point Info
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- Identifier/Symbol/Region
- Facility Name
- City
Map of Selected Point
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Desired Course
Location of Destination
- Bearing/Distance
AFCS
Figure 5-36 ‘Direct To’ Window - MFD
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Direct-to Point Info
APPENDICES
- Identifier/Symbol/City
- Facility Name
VNV Constraints
- Altitude at Arrival
- Along Track Offset
Direct-to Point Info
- Bearing/Distance
- Desired Course
INDEX
Activation Command
Figure 5-37 ‘Direct To’ Window - PFD
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
185
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Any waypoint can be entered as a direct-to destination from the ‘Direct-To’ Window. Also, any waypoint
contained in the active flight plan can be selected as a direct-to waypoint from the ‘Direct-To’ Window, the ‘FPL Active Flight Plan’ Page, or the active ‘Flight Plan’ Window.
NOTE: In some cases, Origin and Destination airports may not be displayed in the PFD “Flight Plan” or
“Recent” submenu or the MFD ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page until the airport waypoint is loaded into
the flight plan.
Waypoint Submenu
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
- Flight Plan Waypoints
- Nearest Airports
- Recent Waypoints
- User Waypoints
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-38 Waypoint Submenu
The ‘Direct To’ Window can be displayed from any page and allows selection and activation of direct-to
navigation. If the direct-to is initiated from any page except the WPT pages, the default waypoint is the active
flight plan waypoint (if a flight plan is active) or a blank waypoint field. Direct-to requests on any WPT page
defaults to the displayed waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When navigating a direct-to, the system sets a direct great circle course to the selected destination. The course
to a destination can also be manually selected using the ‘CRS’ or ‘Course’ Field on the ‘Direct To’ Window.
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to destination:
AFCS
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection or a blank waypoint field if no flight plan is active).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier (turning it counter-clockwise brings
up the waypoint selection submenu - press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering a facility name or city. If duplicate
entries exist for the entered facility or city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS
Knob during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
INDEX
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
186
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan waypoints (turning the knob counterclockwise displays the waypoint submenu window).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
EIS
Or:
1) Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window on the PFD.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD), and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
desired waypoint.
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active flight plan destination as the
default selection or a blank destination if no flight plan is active).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint submenu window.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User waypoints.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select the desired waypoint.
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected waypoint as the direct-to destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
187
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
2) Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already selected).
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports ‘Page on
the MFD and press the FMS Knob.
3) Press the Direct-to Key.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
EIS
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired course.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘CRS’ or ‘Course’ Field.
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Direct-to destinations may also be selected by using the pointer on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page. If no
airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint exists at the desired location, a temporary waypoint named ‘MAPWPT’ is
automatically created at the location of the map arrow.
AFCS
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a navigation map page, push the Joystick to display the pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, VRP, or user waypoint, the waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected point entered as the direct-to
destination.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
INDEX
3) With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight plan is still active, the system resumes
navigating the flight plan along the closest leg.
188
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A direct-to with altitude constraints creates a descent path (and provides guidance to stay on the path) from the
aircraft’s current altitude to the altitude of the direct-to waypoint. The altitude is reached at the waypoint, or at the
specified distance along the flight path if an offset distance has been entered. All VNV altitudes prior to the directto destination are removed from the active flight plan upon successful activation of a direct-to destination that is
part of the active flight plan. All VNV altitudes following the direct-to waypoint are retained. See the section on
Vertical Navigation for more information regarding the use and purpose of VNV altitudes and offset distances.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
EIS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the altitude field (‘VNV’ or ‘ALT’).
3) Enter the desired altitude.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
5) The cursor is now flashing in offset distance field.
6) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
189
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
5.6 FLIGHT PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight planning on the system consists of building a flight plan by entering waypoints one at a time, adding
waypoints along airways, and inserting departures, airways, arrivals, or approaches as needed. The system allows
flight planning information to be entered from either the MFD or PFD. The flight plan is displayed on maps using
different line widths, colors, and types, based on the type of leg and the segment of the flight plan currently being
flown (departure, enroute, arrival, approach, or missed approach).
Flight Plan Leg Type
Symbol
EIS
Active Course Leg*
Active Heading Leg*
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Active Roll Steering Path*†
Course Leg in the current flight segment
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Course Leg not in the current flight segment
Heading Leg
Roll Steering Path †
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Future Roll Steering Path ‡
Turn Anticipation Arc
AFCS
* The active leg or path is the one currently being flown, and is shown in magenta.
† A roll steering path is a computed transition between two disconnected legs.
‡ A roll steering path in the flight plan that is beyond the next leg appears as a future roll steering path. When a future roll
steering path becomes the next leg in the flight plan, it appears as a roll steering path.
Table 5-8 Flight Plan Leg Symbols
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Up to 99 flight plans with up to 100 waypoints each can be created and stored in memory. Upon power up, the
previously active flight plan is retained and automatically repopulated if the aircraft position is at the origin airport
and the aircraft is on the ground. If, however, the aircraft is not within 5 nm of the airport origin, on the ground,
or if more than 12 hours have passed since the last active flight plan modification, the previously active flight plan
is not retained. One flight plan can be activated at a time and becomes the active flight plan. The active flight
plan is overwritten when another flight plan is activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, departure,
or arrival, the system uses the waypoint information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the
database is changed or updated, the system automatically updates the information if the procedure has not been
modified. If an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is no longer available, the procedure is deleted from the
affected stored flight plan(s), and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A) advising that
one or more stored flight plans need to be edited.
190
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Whenever an approach, departure, or arrival procedure is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach,
departure, or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan along with a header line describing the instrument
procedure the pilot selected. The original enroute portion of the flight plan remains active (unless an instrument
procedure is activated) when the procedure is loaded.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the database is updated, the airways need to be reloaded also. Each airway segment is reloaded from
the database given the entry waypoint, the airway identifier and the exit waypoint. This reloads the sequence of
waypoints between the entry and exit waypoints (the sequence may change when the database is updated). The
update of an airway can fail during this process. If that happens, the airway waypoints are changed to regular
(non-airway) flight plan waypoints, and an alert is displayed (see Miscellaneous Messages in Appendix A).
EIS
The following could cause the airway update to fail:
• Airway identifier, entry waypoint or exit waypoint not found in the new database.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Airway entry/exit waypoint is not an acceptable waypoint for the airway – either the waypoint is no longer on
the airway, or there is a new directional restriction that prevents it being used.
• Loading the new airway sequence would exceed the capacity of the flight plan.
There are three methods to create or modify a flight plan:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• ‘Flight Plan’ Window on the PFD (create/modify the active flight plan)
• ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page on the MFD (create/modify a stored flight plan)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Active FPL Waypoint List
AFCS
- Comment
- Procedure Header
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
Active Flight
Plan Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Vertical Navigation Profile
Turn Anticipation
Arc
Non-Active,
Flight Plan Leg
APPENDICES
- Active Vertical WPT Alt/ID
- Time to Top of Descent
- Vertical Speed Target
- Flight Path Angle
- Vertical Speed Target
- Vertical Deviation
Figure 5-39 Active Flight Plan Page
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
191
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Active Flight Plan Comment
Active Flight
Plan Leg
Active Flight Plan
Waypoint List
EIS
- Waypoint ID
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Airway Identifier
Figure 5-40 Active Flight Plan Window on PFD
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Catalog Contents
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
- # Used
- # Empty
Flight Plan List
- Comment
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Flight Plan
Map
Selected FPL Info
AFCS
- Departure Waypoint
- Destination Waypoint
- Total Flight Plan Distance
- Enroute Safe Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-41 Flight Plan Catalog Page
NOTE: The system supports AFCS lateral guidance for all leg types (using NAV or FMS APPR mode). The
system does not support course deviation for any heading leg types (VA, VD, VI, VM, or VR).
APPENDICES
Auto-designation will determine the most likely airport of origin and auto-populate the Active Flight Plan.
Once determined, the airfield identifier automatically appears in the ‘Origin’ Field and the line immediately below
‘Origin’ while keeping the runway (‘RW’) Field empty. The line below the Origin line serves as the first point in
the flight plan.
INDEX
Auto-designation occurs between 15 and 60 seconds after display power-up under the following conditions:
• Aircraft position is known
• Aircraft is on the ground
• Nearest airport is within 200NM
• Flight plan is empty
192
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If the pilot manually enters the origin, or any other leg of the flight plan before auto-designation occurs, nothing
gets inserted automatically. The automatic insertion logic only runs once, so the pilot can edit the origin if the
nearest airport is not the desired origin.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If the pilot enters a different airport into the first point of the flight plan, the Origin will change to this entry,
and the pilot will be prompted to enter the departure runway.
Both the Origin airport/runway and the first point of the flight plan will be the same unless a departure is
entered and a manual leg is inserted at the beginning of the loaded departure. Loading a departure locks in the
origin information.
EIS
NOTE: In some cases, Origin and Destination airports may not be displayed in the PFD“Flight Plan” or
“Recent” submenu or the MFD ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page until the airport waypoint is loaded into
the flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Flight plan information can be viewed in different locations and formats. The ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page
format can be modified in several ways; flight plan profile information can be viewed on the Navigation Map
VSD Inset; and the MFD Split Screen feature can provide different display configurations of the flight plan,
navigation map and charts.
ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page can be configured to show cumulative distance over the length of the
flight plan or the distance for each leg of the flight plan; and it can be viewed in a narrow or wide view. In
the wide view, additional information is displayed: Fuel Remaining (FUEL REM), Estimated Time Enroute
(ETE), Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA), and Bearing to the waypoint (BRG).
Changing the flight plan view:
AFCS
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM Softkeys.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the Leg-Leg Softkey to view leg-to-leg
waypoint distance.
4) Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or press the Narrow Softkey to display the narrow view.
5) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys..
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
193
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SPLIT SCREEN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Charts may be viewed alongside the active flight plan in split screen mode. With an active flight plan loaded
into the system, the charts page will automatically display a chart coinciding with the active flight plan leg.
For more information on Charts, see the Additional Features Section.
EIS
Pressing the Charts Softkey from the ‘FPL-Active Flight Plan’ Page will remove the active flight plan map to
display a Charts Pane alongside the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane. The Active Page Title will change to ‘FPL - Chart
+ Active Flight Plan’. The active flight plan map can be re-displayed. However, displaying the map in split
screen on the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane limits the flight plan content which can be displayed. For example,
displaying the Flight Plan Map while in split screen narrow view removes the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box. See
the following figures depicting the different split screen displays with the active flight plan.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Display Title shows ‘Chart + Active Flight Plan’
Split Screen Narrow View
Split Screen Wide View
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Figure 5-42 Split Screen Mode Narrow and Wide View
194
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Split Screen Narrow View with Flight Plan Map
Split Screen Wide View with Flight Plan Map
Figure 5-43 Split Screen Mode with Flight Plan Map
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Viewing charts and ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page in split screen mode:
1) Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Charts Softkey. If necessary, press the CHRT Opt Softkey and press the Full SCN Softkey to disable
full screen mode. Split screen mode is now enabled showing two display panes. The Chart Pane is highlighted
by a cyan box indicating it is the active pane.
3) To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press the Sync Softkey.
Displaying the flight plan map on the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page in split screen mode:
1) Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
AFCS
2) f necessary, press the CHRT Opt Softkey and press the Full SCN Softkey to disable full screen mode. Split
screen mode is now enabled showing two display panes. The Chart Pane is highlighted by a cyan box indicating
it is the active pane.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Move the Joystick to select the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane as the active display pane.
4) Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the ENT Key.
5) To remove the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide Flight Plan Map’. Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
195
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
CREATING A FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The active flight plan is listed on the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, and in the ‘Flight Plan’
Window on the PFD. It is the flight plan to which the system is currently providing guidance, and is shown on
the navigation maps. Stored flight plans are listed on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, and are available for
activation (becomes the active flight plan).
EIS
The following procedure is intended to provide an overview of basic flight plan creation. It will create a flight
plan from the origin runway to the destination runway, and includes enroute waypoint selection. The following
procedure does not include airways or terminal procedures. For instructions on how to add airways to a flight
plan, see the Flight Plan Waypoint and Airway Modifications discussion later in this Flight Planning Section.
For information on departures, arrivals, approaches, and missed approaches see the Procedures Section.
Creating an active flight plan:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key. Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD).
2) If the system correctly auto-designated (populated) the Origin, proceed to Step 3.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Select the origin airport and runway as follows:
a) Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport identifier using the FMS Knob.
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin
waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the ‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e) Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
3) Select the destination airport and runway by highlighting the field below the Destination header and completing
steps 2b - 2e.
AFCS
4) Select the enroute waypoints.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the enroute header is selected, the
new waypoint is placed following the header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item).
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
APPENDICES
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove to deactivate the cursor.
Creating a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key for the MFD.
INDEX
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
196
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to
display a blank flight plan for the first empty storage location.
4) Select the origin airport and runway.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
a) Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport identifier using the FMS Knob.
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the origin
waypoint.
c)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the ‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway.
EIS
e) Press the ENT Key to add the origin airport/runway to the flight plan.
5) Select the destination airport and runway by highlighting the field below the Destination header and completing
steps 4b - 4e.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) Select the enroute waypoints.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
a) Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If the enroute header is selected, the
new waypoint is placed following the header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item.)
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key. The stored flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
7) Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINT AND AIRWAY MODIFICATIONS
AFCS
Active and stored flight plans can be edited at any time. Waypoints and airways can be added, modified, or
removed from any flight plan. Edits made to an active flight plan affect navigation as soon as they are entered.
Modifications to flight planned departures, arrivals, approaches, and missed approaches are discussed later in
the Procedures portion of Flight Management.
FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Waypoints can be added to the active flight plan or any stored flight plan. Choose the flight plan, select
the desired point of insertion, enter the waypoint, and it is added in front of the selected waypoint. Flight
plans are limited to 100 waypoints (including waypoints within airways and procedures). If the number of
waypoints in the flight plan exceeds 100, the message “Flight plan is full. Remove unnecessary waypoints.”
appears and the new waypoint(s) are not added to the flight plan.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
197
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Adding Waypoints
NOTE: Manually adding waypoints to a flight plan after a MANSEQ leg creates a lateral gap in the flight
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
plan. Time, fuel, and distance values for legs beyond the gap do not include the distance across the gap.
NOTE: If the identifier entered in the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window has duplicates, a ‘Duplicate Waypoint’
Window is displayed. Use the FMS Knob to select the correct waypoint.
EIS
NOTE: If the flight plan is successfully edited in the ‘Flight Plan’ Window from PFD while the MFD ‘FPL - Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Plan’ Page is in the process of being edited, the ‘Flight Plan Modified By Other User’ Window will appear
on the MFD. Press the ENT key to return to the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page with the accepted changes.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Origin Header
Enroute Header
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enroute Waypoints
AFCS
Destination Header
Figure 5-44 Active Flight Plan Waypoints
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
APPENDICES
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly
in front of the highlighted waypoint.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window with
a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
INDEX
5) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
198
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan using the map pointer:
1) Press the FPL Key
2) Press the FMS Knob on the MFD to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint.
4) Push the Joystick on the MFD to activate the panning function on the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page and pan
to the map location of the desired user waypoint.
5) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The user waypoint
is created with a name of USRxxx (using the next available in sequence) and is added to the active flight plan.
EIS
Adding a waypoint to an existing stored flight plan:
1) On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the
ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the
highlighted waypoint.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window. (Turning it clockwise displays a blank
‘Waypoint Information’ Window, turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window with
a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan, nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a waypoint from the submenu of waypoints
and press the ENT Key. The new waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
Removing Waypoints
AFCS
Individual waypoints can be removed from a flight plan. Some waypoints in the final approach segment
(such as the FAF or MAP) can not be removed individually. Attempting to remove a waypoint that is not
allowed results in a window displaying ‘Invalid flight plan modification’.
NOTE: If removal of a flight plan item (waypoint, procedure, etc.) results in deletion of the end waypoint of
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
the active leg, an off-route direct-to to the deleted waypoint is created and activated.
Removing an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint to be removed.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
199
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Removing an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be removed.
EIS
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Fly-Over Waypoint Designation
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Waypoints entered in the enroute segment of the flight plan may be treated as fly-by waypoints, unless
otherwise designated. A fly-by waypoint is a waypoint that marks the intersection of two straight paths,
with the transition from one path to another being made by the aircraft using a precisely calculated turn
that “flies by” but does not vertically cross the waypoint. A fly-over waypoint is a waypoint that must be
crossed vertically by the aircraft.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enroute Segment
- TOP as Fly-By Waypoint
INDEX
Figure 5-45 TOP Fly-By Waypoint
200
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Fly-Over
Waypoint Symbol
EIS
Enroute Segment
- TOP as Fly-Over
Waypoint
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Fly-Over
Waypoint Symbol
Figure 5-46 TOP Fly-Over Waypoint
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key and press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
For a stored flight plan, highlight the desired flight plan on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page’ and press the
Edit Softkey.
2) Highlight the desired waypoint.
AFCS
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a
fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and
press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5) To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired waypoint. Press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window
is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLAN AIRWAYS
APPENDICES
Within flight plans, airways can be added, removed and collapsed/expanded.
Adding Airways
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Airways can be added to any flight plan. An airway can only be added if there is an existing entry waypoint
in the flight plan that is part of the desired airway and is not part of an arrival or approach procedure. The
system anticipates the desired airway based on the selected waypoint and the flight plan.
201
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Airway Entry Waypoint
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Airway
Airways Available
at TOP
Preview of
Selected Airway
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Airway Waypoint
Sequence
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-47 Select Airway Page - Selecting Airway
Airway Entry Waypoint
Selected Airway
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Exit Point
Preview of
Selected Airway
Airway Exit Points
Available
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Selected Airway Exit
Point
APPENDICES
Figure 5-48 Select Airway Page - Selecting Exit Point
Adding an airway to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
INDEX
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor below the airway entry waypoint for the insertion point. If there
is no valid airway entry waypoint in the flight plan, one must be entered first.
202
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
4) Turn the small FMS Knob for the MFD one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey, or press the MENU
Key for the and select “Load Airway”(PFD or MFD). The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu item is
available only when a valid airway entry waypoint has already been entered in the flight plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways
are shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted.
Adding an airway to a stored flight plan:
EIS
1) On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight “EDIT” and press
the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor below the airway entry waypoint for the insertion point. If there
is no valid airway entry waypoint in the flight plan, one must be entered first.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY Softkey (MFD only), or press the MENU
Key and select “Load Airway”. The LD AIRWY Softkey or the “Load Airway” menu item is available only when
a valid airway entry waypoint has already been entered in the flight plan.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway from the list, and press the ENT Key. Low altitude airways
are shown first in the list, followed by “all” altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway exit point from the list, and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the new airway inserted
Some airways have directional restrictions on all or part of the route. Airway “A2” in Europe has a
directional restriction over the whole route such that it can be flown only one direction.
AFCS
For example, airway “UR975” in North Africa has more complicated directional restrictions within the
list of airway waypoints. That is, each waypoint may have its own conditional route in relation to another
waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
In the US, airways that are “one-way” for specified hours of operation are not uncommon. These airways
are always bidirectional in the system database.
The system only allows correct airway sequences to be inserted. If the pilot subsequently inverts the
flight plan, the system inverts the airway waypoint sequence and removes the airway header.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
203
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Removing Airways
Removing an entire airway from the active flight plan:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the header of the airway to be removed.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Removing an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be removed.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Collapsing Airways
AFCS
The system allows airways on the active flight plan to be collapsed or expanded. When airways have
been collapsed, it is indicated on the airway heading.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When airways are collapsed, leg-to-leg computed values such as DIS or ETE shown for the exit waypoint
reflect the total of all the legs on the airway that have been hidden in the collapsed display. The DTK value
is inhibited because it is not usable in this context.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The active flight plan will always keep the following three waypoints visible: “From” waypoint, “To”
waypoint, and “Next” waypoint. To prevent one or more of these waypoints from being hidden in a
collapsed airway segment, the airway segment that contains either the “To” or the “Next” waypoint is
automatically expanded. When an airway is loaded, airways are automatically expanded to facilitate flight
plan review.
204
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Airway Collapsed
Airway Expanded
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 5-49 Expanded/Collapsed Airways
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and press the ENT Key. The airways are
collapsed/expanded.
FLIGHT PLAN OPERATIONS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
This section will discuss activating a flight plan leg and conducting enroute operations such as creating an
along track offset, parallel track, closest point from a reference point and user defined holding. For information
on departures, arrivals, and approaches refer to the Procedures portion later in the Flight Management Section.
ACTIVATING A FLIGHT PLAN LEG
AFCS
The flight plan leg which is currently being used for navigation guidance is referred to as the ‘active leg’.
The system automatically sequences from one active leg to the next as defined by the active flight plan.
Activating a flight plan leg:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the end waypoint for the desired leg.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key.
A confirmation window is displayed with ‘Activate’ highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press
the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
205
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ALONG TRACK OFFSETS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A waypoint having an “along track offset” distance from an existing waypoint can be entered into a flight
plan. Along track offset waypoints lie along the path of the existing flight plan, and can be used to make the
system reach a specified altitude before or after reaching the specified flight plan waypoint. Offset distances
can be entered from 1 to 999 nm in increments of 1 nm. Entering a negative offset distance results in an along
track offset waypoint inserted before the selected waypoint, whereas entering a positive offset distance results
in an along track offset waypoint inserted after the selected waypoint. Multiple offset waypoints are allowed.
EIS
A waypoint must be adjacent to its parent waypoint in the flight plan, so the system limits the along-track
distance to less than the length of the leg before or after the selected waypoint. If the selected waypoint is the
active waypoint, the distance is limited to less than the distance to go to the active waypoint. Assigning an
along track offset to a leg with indeterminate length is not permitted. An along track offset is not allowed at
or after the final approach fix of an approach.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
An along track offset distance cannot be modified once entered. If the along track offset distance must be
changed, the existing along track offset waypoint must be removed and a new one created with the new offset
distance.
Along Track Offset
Waypoint and Distance
from Flight Plan Waypoint
AFCS
Along Track
Offset Waypoint
and Distance
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-50 Along Track Offset
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
APPENDICES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the along track offset.
3) Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 999 nm (limited by leg distances).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
206
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PARALLEL TRACK
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Parallel Track feature allows creation of a parallel course offset of 1 to 50 nm left or right of the current
flight plan. When Parallel Track is activated, the course line drawn on the map pages shows the parallel
course, and waypoint names have a lower case “p” placed after the identifier. Activation of parallel track will
apply from the current position along the flight plan until a leg that does not meet the criteria for parallel
track. Guidance will be computed to return to the original track at the beginning of that leg.
If the parallel track proposed by the offset direction and distance is not allowed by the system, the activation
prompt is displayed, but disabled.
EIS
The following will inhibit activation of a parallel track:
• Initiating a direct-to, to the selected waypoint.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• If an approach leg is active, the status indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track with
the message ‘Parallel Track Unavailable Approach Leg Active’.
• If the offset direction and distance results in an unreasonable route geometry (e.g., there is a sharp turn of
more than 120 degrees), the status indicates that the system is unable to activate the parallel track because
of invalid geometry (‘Parallel Track Unavailable Invalid Route Geometry’).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• If the active leg is not a track between two fixes (TF) or a course to a fix (DF) leg, the status indicates that
the system is unable to activate the parallel track because parallel track is not available for the active leg type
(‘Parallel Track Unavailable Not Allowed for Active Leg’).
If there are no legs remaining in the flight plan after the given leg, or OBS mode is active. The following will
cancel the parallel track:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Initiating a direct-to, to a waypoint.
• Initiating a hold at the present position.
• If a course change occurs greater than 120° or the parallel tracks overlap as a result of the course change.
AFCS
• No legs are remaining in the flight plan after the given leg, or OBS mode is active. Initiating a hold at
a waypoint will result in the aircraft flying the parallel track until a turn is required to fly to the hold
waypoint. If the hold is removed prior to reaching the hold waypoint, the parallel track will be resumed.
Once the holding pattern is active, the parallel track will not be resumed upon exiting the hold.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Vertical navigation is unavailable while the Parallel Track feature is active.
APPENDICES
Offset Direction
Offset Distance
Activation Prompt
INDEX
Figure-51 Parallel Track Window
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
207
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Parallel Track
Waypoints
- TIFTO-p
- TOP-p
- ...
- LAA-p
Original Track
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Parallel Track
Figure 5-52 Parallel Track Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Activating parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed
with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is
highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to cancel the parallel track
activation.
AFCS
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed
with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’ highlighted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the ENT Key.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
APPENDICES
‘Closest Point of FPL’ calculates the bearing and closest distance at which a flight plan passes a reference waypoint,
and creates a new user waypoint along the flight plan at the location closest to a chosen reference waypoint.
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT Key. A window appears with the
reference waypoint field highlighted.
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The system displays the bearing (BRG) and
distance (DIS) to the closest point along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user waypoint
at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived from the identifier of the reference waypoint.
208
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
USER-DEFINED HOLDING PATTERNS
A holding pattern can be defined at any active flight plan waypoint, at the aircraft present position, or at a
direct-to waypoint.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Hold At
Waypoint
Menu
Selection
Waypoint
Selected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Location of Hold
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Hold Course
Course Direction
Inbound or Outbound
Leg Length Mode Button
(Time or Distance)
Leg Length
(Time in nm or Distance in minutes)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Turn Direction
(Right or Left)
AFCS
Map of Hold Location
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Expect Further Clearance Time
Load Hold in Active Flight Plan
INDEX
Figure 5-53 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at an Active Flight Plan Waypoint
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
209
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
EIS
Waypoint
Selected
Hold Course
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Location of Hold
Course Direction
(Inbound or Outbound)
Leg Length
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
(Time in nm or
Distance in minutes)
Turn Direction
(Right or Left)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Leg Length Mode
Button
(Time or Distance)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Map of Hold Location
Expect Further
Clearance Time
APPENDICES
Load Hold and
Activate Direct To
Hold At Direct To Waypoint Selection
INDEX
Figure 5-54 Creating a User Defined Holding Pattern at a Direct To Waypoint
210
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the waypoint for the hold.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with
the course field highlighted.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction, and press the ENT Key.
EIS
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the ENT Key.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and press the ENT Key.
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the flight plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears
with the course field highlighted.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
7) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the ENT Key.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute Direct-to hold waypoint at the aircraft
present position and activate the hold.
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1) Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but select ‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’
when finished.
APPENDICES
2) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the course, and press the ENT Key.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction, and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
211
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time), and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
8) Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to with the user-defined hold defined
at the direct-to waypoint. (If the direct-to waypoint is part of the active flight plan, ‘HOLD’ is inserted into the
active flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight plan, an off-route direct-to hold is
created.)
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight plan:
EIS
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the holding pattern to the inbound course
and resume automatic waypoint sequencing.
Removing a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight plan:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
‘HOLD’ in the flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from the active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’
and press the ENT Key to cancel the removal of the holding pattern.
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press a Direct To Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window with the cursor on the ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3) Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
MANAGING FLIGHT PLANS
AFCS
The pilot can manage flight plans by importing/exporting via SD Card or mobile device, and by storing,
copying, inverting, and deleting. Also, the comment field (name) of each flight plan can be changed to
something that is useful for identification and sorting.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
IMPORTING AND EXPORTING FLIGHT PLANS
INDEX
APPENDICES
Flight plans can be transferred to or from a mobile device via the Bluetooth Transceiver. Transfer of a flight
plan to a mobile device is controlled by the mobile device. When a mobile device is attempting to transfer a
flight plan to the system, the pending flight plan may be ignored, previewed, stored, or activated by the pilot.
212
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Pending Connext Action
Annunciator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pending Flight Plan
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pending Flight Plan
Pop-Up Alert
Preview Softkey
Ignore Softkey
Figure 5-55 Pending Flight Plan Transfer from a Mobile Device
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pending Connext Action
Annunciator
Pending Flight Plan
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Store? or Activate?
Selection
Delete Softkey
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Store Softkey
Activate Softkey
Figure 5-56 Preview Pending Flight Plan
Ignoring a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:
APPENDICES
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a ‘PENDING FLIGHT PLAN’ pop-up alert appears
in the lower right corner of the MFD, and an Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page title.
2) Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight plan. The pending flight plan will
still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
INDEX
Or:
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight plan. The pending flight plan
will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
213
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Previewing a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a ‘PENDING FLIGHT PLAN’ pop-up alert appears
in the lower right corner of the MFD, and an Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page title.
Or:
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
Or:
EIS
a) Press the MENU Key,
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Preview Flight Plan’.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Storing a pending flight plan:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
c) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored and the pending annunciation
is removed.
Or:
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store?’.
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored and the pending annunciation
is removed.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Press the MENU Key,
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
APPENDICES
c) Press the ENT Key to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is stored and the pending annunciation
is removed.
Activating a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
4) Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
Or:
214
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
a) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’.
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’.
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
EIS
5) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight plan. The pending flight plan becomes
the active flight plan and is removed from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Deleting a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5) Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’.
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan. The pending flight plan is removed
from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Deleting all pending flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
APPENDICES
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
6)
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
215
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Alternatively, flight plans may be imported from an SD Card or exported to an SD Card from the ‘FPL Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Under certain conditions, some messages may appear when a flight plan is imported or exported.
Flight Plan Import/Export Results
‘Flight plan successfully imported.’
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
‘File contained user waypoints only. User
waypoints imported successfully. No
stored flight plan data was modified.’
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
‘Flight plan import failed.’
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
‘Too many points. Flight plan truncated.’
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
‘User waypoint database full. Not all
loaded.’
‘Some waypoints not loaded. Waypoints
locked.’
AFCS
‘One or more user waypoints renamed.’
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
‘Flight plan export failed.’
Description
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully imported as a stored flight
plan.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints.
These waypoints have been saved to the system user waypoints. No flight plans
stored in the system have been modified.
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the SD card, however
others had errors and were not imported. A partial stored flight plan now exists in
the system.
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only user waypoints.
One or more of these waypoints did not import successfully.
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the system can
support. The flight plan was imported with as many waypoints as possible.
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints that the system
cannot find in the navigation database. The flight plan has been imported, but
must be edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The quantity of stored
user waypoints has exceeded system capacity, therefore not all the user waypoints
on the SD card have been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not
imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when imported due to
naming conflicts with waypoints already existing in the system.
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD card. The SD card
may not have sufficient available memory or the card may have been removed
prematurely.
APPENDICES
NOTE: If the imported flight plan contains a waypoint with a name that duplicates the name of a waypoint
INDEX
Table 5-9 Flight Plan Import/Export Messages
NOTE: The exported flight plan will not contain any procedures or airways.
already stored on the system, the system compares the coordinates of the imported waypoint with those of
the existing waypoint. If the coordinates are different, the imported waypoint is automatically renamed by
adding characters to the end of the name.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the MFD.
216
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
6) Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD card will be displayed.
Or:
EIS
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan? OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed.
Press the ENT Key to choose to overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight plans on the
SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the Import Softkey again.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9) Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Exporting a flight plan to an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight Plan”.
AFCS
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS Knob to the left to highlight the
name, then use the small and large FMS knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
INVERTING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
APPENDICES
A flight plan may be inverted (reversed) for navigation back to the original departure point. Inverting and
activating stored flight plans is discussed wthin the Stored Flight Plan Functions portion of this section.
Inverting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
INDEX
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’
confirmation window is displayed.
3) Highlight ‘OK’.
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel, press the CLR Key, or highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
217
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
DELETING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is activated. Additionally, the system allows
the pilot to delete the active flight plan, which suspends navigation by the system.
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight
plan?’ window is displayed.
EIS
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
STORED FLIGHT PLAN FUNCTIONS
The system can store up to 99 flight plans, numbered 1 through 99. Details about each stored flight plan
can be viewed on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page and on the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
A stored flight plan may be viewed or edited. The system also allows copying a flight plan into a new
flight plan memory slot, allowing editing, etc., without affecting the original flight plan. This can be used to
duplicate an existing stored flight plan for use in creating a modified version of the original stored flight plan.
Activating a stored flight plan erases the active flight plan and replaces it with the flight plan being activated.
Inverting a stored flight plan reverses the waypoint order, erases the active flight plan, and replaces it with the
flight plan being activated (the stored flight plan is not changed).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Lastly, individual or all stored flight plans can be deleted from the system memory.
Stored Flight Plan Selected
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
- Memory Slot
- Comment
- Procedure Identifier
- Waypoint Identifier
- Airway Identifier
- Desired Track to Waypoint
- Distance to Waypoint
- Waypoint Altitude Constraint
Figure 5-57 Stored Flight Plan Page
INDEX
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
218
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
4) Information is displayed in the ‘Flight Plan Info’ Box showing departure, destination, total distance, and enroute
safe altitude information for the selected Flight Plan.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Storing an active flight plan from the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in the next available position in the flight
plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the Activate Softkey; or press the ENT Key twice; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Inverting and activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
AFCS
3) Press the Invert Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert & Activate FPL?’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Invert and activate stored flight plan?’ window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Copying a stored flight plan to another flight plan memory slot, on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Press the Copy Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy
to Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
219
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the Delete Softkey; press the CLR Key; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Delete Flight Plan #?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
NOTE: The option to delete all stored flight plans is not available while the aircraft is in flight.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’ confirmation window is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
CHANGING A FLIGHT PLAN COMMENT (NAME)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight
the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
AFCS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
APPENDICES
4) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
INDEX
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
220
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.7 VERTICAL NAVIGATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The system supports vertical path guidance and altitude constraints for the following leg types: AF,
CD, CF, CI, CR, DF, FC, FD, PI, RF, and TF. Altitude constraints are not retained in stored flight plans.
EIS
The system Vertical Navigation (VNV) feature provides vertical profile guidance during the enroute and terminal
phases of flight. Guidance based on specified altitudes at waypoints in the active flight plan or to a direct-to
waypoint is provided. It includes vertical path guidance to a descending path, which is provided as a linear
deviation from the desired path. The desired path is defined by a line joining two waypoints with specified
altitudes or as a vertical angle from a specified waypoint/altitude. The vertical waypoints are integrated into the
active flight plan. Both manual and autopilot-coupled guidance are supported.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vertical navigation is available for flight control operations when valid VNV data is entered in flight plan, and
the ENBL VNV Softkey is selected (softkey label changes to ‘Cncl VNV’ once enabled) on the ‘FPL - Active Flight
Plan’ Page. Refer to the AFCS Section for more information on activating the flight director and using the vertical
navigation mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system allows a vertical navigation direct-to for any waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude
constraint “designated” for vertical guidance. Selecting the VNV Direct-to Softkey on the Active Flight Plan Page
allows the flight plan to be flown, while vertical guidance based on the altitude constraint at the VNV direct-to
waypoint is provided. The altitude change begins immediately and is spread along the flight plan from current
position to the vertical direct-to waypoint, not just along the leg for the direct-to waypoint. A direct-to with
altitude constraint activated by pressing the Direct-to Key also provides vertical guidance, but would bypass
flight plan waypoints between the current position in the flight plan and the direct-to waypoint. A top of descent
(TOD) point is computed based on the default flight path angle; descent begins once the TOD is reached
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Canceling vertical navigation results in vertical deviation (V DEV), vertical speed required (VS REQ), and
time to top of descent/bottom of descent (TOD/BOD) going invalid. The Vertical Deviation Indicator (VDI) and
Required Vertical Speed Indicator (RVSI) on the PFD are removed, and the V DEV, VS REQ, and TOD items
displayed in the Active VNV Profile box are dashed. VNV remains disabled until manually enabled. Vertical
guidance in reversionary mode can only be enabled for a direct-to waypoint.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: VNV is inhibited while automatic waypoint sequencing has been suspended.
.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
221
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Active Vertical Navigation Profile
Active Vertical Navigation Profile
Enabled (valid data)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Disabled (fields dashed)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Cncl VNV Softkey
ENBL VNV Softkey
Figure 5-58 Enabling/Disabling Vertical Navigation
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL- Active Flight Plan’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical
navigation is enabled, and vertical guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for vertical navigation (e.g., FALUR)).
AFCS
3) To Disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and
press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is disabled.
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
NOTE: The selected waypoint must have a designated altitude constraint (cyan number) to be used. If not,
the first waypoint in the flight plan with a designated altitude constraint is selected.
APPENDICES
3) Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to: NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for the selected waypoint.
INDEX
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
222
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The vertical navigation profile can be modified by directly entering a vertical speed target (VS TGT) and/or flight
path angle (FPA) in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV Profile Window’, and press the ENT
Key. The cursor is now located in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EIS
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical
navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance, manually entered or retrieved from the
published altitudes in the navigation database.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This means the system
automatically provides descending vertical speed and deviation guidance to an altitude(s) chosen by the system
for any waypoint prior to the FAF. These altitudes are displayed as cyan text. Additionally, altitudes can be
manually designated prior to the FAF. The FAF can be manually designated if the selected approach provides no
vertical guidance (i.e. glidepath). Manually designated altitudes are displayed as cyan text. For all designated
altitudes, the system will automatically calculate altitude constraints prior to the designated altitude, which are
displayed as white text.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system will automatically calculate altitude constraints prior to the manually designated altitude, which
are displayed as white text. System calculated altitudes can also be manually designated. Other displayed
altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude
to a designated altitude.
AFCS
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated” using the CLR Key.
The altitude is now displayed only as a reference (white text). It is not used to give vertical guidance. Other
displayed altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be rendered invalid as a result of manually changing
an altitude to a non-designated altitude.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Altitude constraints are displayed and entered in feet mean sea level (MSL) values to the nearest hundred. An
altitude constraint in feet above ground level (AGL) format is supported for airports. When a database altitude
restriction is displayed, the system allows entry of a different altitude when creating a waypoint, effectively overriding
the database restriction (only before the FAF). When a database altitude restriction of type “AT or ABOVE” or “AT
or BELOW” is activated, the system uses the “AT” portion of the restriction to define the vertical profile.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
223
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Altitude Constraint
Examples
Displayed Text
Examples
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Calculated Altitude
(White Text)
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Edited Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text with Pencil Icon)
Designated Altitude Constraint
(Cyan Text)
Cross AT 2,300 ft
EIS
White Text with
Altitude Restriction Bar
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
Temperature
Compensated
Figure 5-59 Waypoint Altitude Constraints
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
White Text
Cyan Text
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5OOOFT
Altitude calculated by the system estimating the altitude of
the aircraft as it passes over the navigation point. No white
line above or below to indicate a potential constraint.
5OOOFT
Altitude is designated for use in determining vertical
guidance. A pencil icon indicates manual designation or
manually edited data entry.
Altitude retrieved from the navigation database. White line
above or below indicates the type of constraint,
as shown in the preceding figure.
These altitudes are provided as a reference, and are not
designated to be used in determining vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in determining vertical
guidance because of an invalid constraint condition.
Table 5-10 Altitude Constraint Color Coding
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: All designated altitudes (cyan text) will be displayed in the active flight plan without restriction bars
regardless of what is shown on the published procedure.
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
APPENDICES
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical speed to be exceeded
• The altitude constraint results in a TOD behind the aircraft present position
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach)
INDEX
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF
224
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude constraints can be modified or deleted after having been added to the flight plan. In the event an
altitude constraint is deleted and the navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral waypoint,
the system displays the altitude restriction from the database provided no predicted altitude can be provided.
The system also provides a way to reinstate a published altitude constraint that has been edited.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Manually designating or editing a waypoint altitude constraint to be used for vertical guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
EIS
3) Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes as a flight level, turn the small
FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to highlight the first zero and enter
the three digit flight level.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint is an airport, an additional choice
is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
Removing an altitude constraint:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude constraint.
AFCS
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
225
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Vertical Situation Display (VSD) can be shown on the bottom of the Navigation Map Page. The terrain,
obstacles, vertical track vector, selected altitude, and active flight plan information (active flight plan information
consists of waypoints, associated altitude constraints, current VNV profile, TOD/BOD, and destination runway)
can be displayed on the VSD, depending on the selected mode. See the Hazard Avoidance section for information
about winds aloft, obstacles, and relative terrain on the VSD.
EIS
The VSD horizontal range is equal to the navigation map indicated range when the VSD is in Track mode.
When the VSD is in Flight Plan mode, the horizontal range is the lower of twice the navigation map indicated
range or the lowest range the displays all of the remaining active flight plan. The VSD altitude range automatically
changes when the navigation map range is changed to keep a constant ratio of altitude range to horizontal
range, until both minimum and maximum display limits have been met. At ranges above the maximum, the
altitude range remains constant at the maximum.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The aircraft symbol is displayed on the left side of the VSD. The position of the aircraft symbol on the vertical
scale is close to the top for a descent phase and in the middle for a cruise phase or if the phase is unknown.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If two waypoints are close together, and their labels or constraint values overlap enough to obscure any text,
one waypoint label/constraint value is removed and the vertical dashed line for that waypoint is displayed as
darker gray. The priority for which waypoint remains displayed is: (1) the current TO waypoint, (2) waypoint
with an altitude constraint, and (3) waypoint closer to the aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terrain/obstacles are available on the VSD, and will be shown if the aircraft altitude is low enough for the
terrain/obstacles to be in view (terrain will be shown in gray if the terrain is selected Off on the Navigation Map).
The depicted terrain profile represents an approximate forward-looking contour of the terrain based upon the
highest reported terrain elevations, measured at intervals defined by the terrain database resolution, within a
predefined width along the active flight plan between the aircraft present position and the end of the map range
or active flight plan. The predefined width is determined by the flight phase.
NOTE: Certain leg types (e.g. holds, heading legs) do not support VNV PATH descents because the lateral distance
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
of those legs in unknown. The VSD will not show a VNV profile for any legs that have no vertical path guidance.
VSD Mode (AUTO FPL)
Active FPL Waypoints
Altitude Constraints
Selected Alt. (8100ft)
Destination Runway
INDEX
Vertical Situation
Display (VSD)
Absolute Terrain
Current VNAV Profile
VSD Mode Buttons
Obstacle
Figure 5-60 Vertical Situation Display (VSD)
226
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
- FPL
- TRK
- Auto
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
AUTO FPL
AUTO TRK
Items available on VSD
Available active FPL & aircraft
within FPL swath
(1) Active FPL available &
aircraft not within FPL swath,
or (2) Active FPL not available
Terrain/obstacles along the active flight plan route, vertical track
vector, selected altitude, and active flight plan information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Auto
FPL Criteria
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VSD Mode Displayed
Button
Mode
Terrain/obstacles along the current track, vertical track vector, and
selected altitude
Terrain/obstacles along the active flight plan route, vertical track
vector, selected altitude, and active flight plan information
Active FPL not available
Only shows message 'Flight Plan Not Available'
Terrain/obstacles along the current track, vertical track vector, and
Track
TRK
NA
selected altitude
Active flight plan information consists of waypoints, associated altitude constraints, current VNV profile, TOD/BOD, and
destination runway
Flight Plan
Active FPL available
FPL
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 5-11 VSD Modes
VSD MESSAGES
Under certain conditions, some messages may appear in conjunction with others.
‘Loading...’
‘Flight Plan Not Available’
‘Aircraft Beyond Active Leg’
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
‘VSD Data is old, disable and enable VSD’
AFCS
‘VSD Not Available’
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
‘Flight Plan mode unavailable because aircraft off
course and active leg over 200 NM’
Description
VSD is loading data due to a range change, full/half switch, or first being
selected for display.
Flight Plan mode is selected and there is not a flight plan loaded with at
least one leg.
All of the following are true:
- Flight Plan mode is selected
- The active leg is greater than 200 nm
- The aircraft is outside the swath
Flight Plan mode is selected and the aircraft’s position, as projected on
the flight plan, is past the end of the active leg.
At least one of the following is true:
- Valid terrain database not available
- GPS MSL altitude not available
- Current barometric altitude not available
- Neither current track nor current heading available
- GPS position not available
- Map range setting is less than 1 nm
The system has encountered a delay and VSD data has failed to update
for 2 seconds or more. This message may be momentarily displayed and
then removed as the delay is overcome.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Message
Table 5-12 VSD System Messages
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Width of Swath
0.6 nm
2.0 nm
4.0 nm
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Flight Phase
Approach, Departure
Terminal
En Route, Oceanic
227
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5) Press the VSD Mode softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
Or:
EIS
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Press the Map Opt Softkey
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display:
5) Press the Inset Softkey
6) Press the VSD Mode softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the Inset Softkey
4) Press the Off Softkey.
Or:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Hide VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
228
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.8 PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system can access the whole range of instrument procedures available. Departures (DPs), arrivals (STARs),
and non-precision and precision approaches (APRs) are stored within the database and can be loaded using any
Procedures (PROC) Key.
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain Special Procedures. Prior
EIS
to flying these procedures, pilots must have specific FAA authorization, training, and possession of the
corresponding current, and legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the Special
Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific FAA authorization to fly the procedure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The selected procedure for the departure or arrival airport is added to the active flight plan. No waypoints are
required to be in the active flight plan to load procedures; however, if the origin and destination airport are already
loaded, the procedure loading window defaults to the appropriate airport, saving some time selecting the correct
airport on the Procedure Loading Page. Furthermore, only one procedure for each type of procedure (DP, STAR,
APPR) can be loaded at a time in a flight plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system adds terminal procedures to the flight plan based on leg types coded within that procedure in the
navigation database. If the terminal procedure in the flight plan contains an identifier like ‘6368ft’, that indicates
a leg that terminates when the specified altitude (6368 feet) has been exceeded. A heading leg in the flight plan
displays ‘hdg’ preceding the DTK (e.g. ‘hdg 008°’). A flight plan leg requiring the pilot to manually initiate
sequencing to the next leg displays ‘MANSEQ’ as the identifier.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Heading Leg Terminating at the
Specified Altitude
AFCS
Manually Sequenced Heading Leg
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-61 Procedure Leg Identifiers
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
229
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the ‘WPT’ Page Group):
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed
on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
Or.
Press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on
the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
EIS
Or.
Press the APR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Approach Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed
on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired procedure. The procedure is previewed on the map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through the available procedures. Press the ENT Key to select the procedure.
The cursor moves to the next box (runway or transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
5) Turn the FMS Knobs, as required, to highlight a runway or transition. Press the ENT Key to select the runway
or transition. The cursor moves to the next box. The procedure is previewed on the map.
6) Repeat Step 5, until desired information has been viewed for the chosen procedure.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
7) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
230
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DEPARTURES
Available Procedure Actions
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan. Only one departure can be
loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight
plan, the new departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a departure, the
transition waypoints, and a runway.
Departure Airport
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Departure Choices
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Departure
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Departure Preview
Loaded Procedures
Figure 5-62 Departure Selection
Loaded Departure
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
Figure 5-63 Departure Loading
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
231
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
EIS
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Loading a departure into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the ‘WPT’ Page Group), press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT Departure Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport information’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different departure, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is previewed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the ENT Key to select the departure. The
cursor moves to the ‘Runway’ Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The
cursor moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on
the map.
AFCS
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The
cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
4) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Departure’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure into the active flight plan.
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC
- Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
INDEX
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
232
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
EIS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the departure procedure.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Removing a departure from a stored flight plan:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
AFCS
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Highlight and remove the departure:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the departure.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove
Departure’.
APPENDICES
b) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
233
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
ARRIVALS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available. Only one arrival can
be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active flight
plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by selection of an arrival, the transition
waypoints, and a runway.
Destination Airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Arrival Preview
Arrival Choices
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 5-64 Arrival Selection
Loaded Arrival
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Selected Arrival
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys
INDEX
Figure 5-65 Arrival Loading
234
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
EIS
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the WPT group), press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT Arrival Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’
Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter an identifier/facility name/city, and
press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different arrival, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the arrival. The arrival is previewed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT Key to select the arrival. The cursor
moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only if there are available transitions). The arrival is previewed on the map.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the ENT Key to select the transition. The
cursor moves to the ‘Runway’ Box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
AFCS
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT Key to select the runway. The cursor
moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Press the MENU Key to display the Arrival Information ‘Page Menu’ Window.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure into the active flight plan.
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC
- Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
235
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
Or:
EIS
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the arrival header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival procedure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Removing an arrival from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Highlight and remove the arrival:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the arrival.
AFCS
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
a) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove
Arrival’.
b) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
INDEX
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
236
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPROACHES
INSTRUMENT APPROACH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: If certain GPS parameters (SBAS, RAIM, etc.) are not available, some published approach procedures
for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches.
EIS
An Approach Procedure (APPR) can be loaded at any airport that has one available, and provides guidance
for non-precision and precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures.
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach is loaded when another approach
is already in the active flight plan, the new approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by
selection of an approach and the transition waypoints.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When selecting an approach, a “GPS” designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure
can be flown using the GPS receiver. Some procedures do not have this designation, meaning the GPS
receiver can be used for supplemental navigation guidance only. If the GPS receiver cannot be used for
primary guidance, the appropriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach (e.g., VOR or
ILS). The final course segment of ILS approaches, for example, must be flown by tuning the NAV receiver to
the proper frequency and selecting that NAV receiver on the CDI.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Example on HSI
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Approach Service Level
- LNAV, LNAV+V, L/VNAV, LP, LP+V, LPV
APPENDICES
INDEX
HSI Annunciation
Description
LNAV
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV minima
LNAV+V
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV minima. Advisory
vertical guidance is provided
L/VNAV
RNAV GPS approach using published LNAV/VNAV minima
(available only if (downgrades to L/VNAV (Baro VNAV) if SBAS unavailable)
SBAS available)
LP
RNAV GPS approach using published LP minima (downgrades
(available only if to LNAV if SBAS unavailable)
SBAS available)
LP+V
RNAV GPS approach using published LP minima
(available only if Advisory vertical guidance is provided (downgrades to LNAV if
SBAS available) SBAS unavailable)
LPV
RNAV GPS approach using published LPV minima (downgrades
(available only if to L/VNAV (Baro VNAV) if SBAS unavailable)
SBAS available)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The SBAS GPS allows for flying LNAV, LNAV+V, LNAV/VNAV, LP, LP+V, and LPV approach service levels
according to the published chart. LNAV+V is an LNAV with advisory vertical guidance provided for assistance
in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope on approach. This guidance is
displayed on the system PFD in the same location as the ILS glideslope using a magenta diamond. In all cases
where LNAV+V is indicated by the system during an approach, LNAV minima are used. The active approach
service level is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table:
Table 5-13 Approach Service Levels
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
237
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Destination Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Available Procedure Actions
Loaded Procedures
Approach Preview
Approach Choices
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 5-66 Approach Selection
Loaded Approach
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Approach
Procedure Loading Page Selection Softkeys LOAD or ACTIVATE? Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-67 Approach Loading
238
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VISUAL APPROACH
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system provides a visual approach feature. Unlike instrument approaches, visual approaches are not
defined in the navigation database and do not follow a precise prescribed path. Instead, the system calculates
the lateral and vertical path for the chosen runway and creates visual approach waypoints based on runway
position and course as specified in the navigation database.
Each visual approach will have two transitions, the straight in transition (STRAIGHT) and the Vectors-toFinal transition (VECTORS). The visual approach waypoints (fixes) consist of the initial fix (STRGHT), the
final approach fix (FINAL), and the missed approach point (RWxx). A 3 degree glide path is calculated from
the missed approach point up to each waypoint along the extended straight-in path.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
For visual approaches, the pilot is responsible for avoiding terrain, obstacles and traffic. Therefore, when
a visual approach is selected, the message “Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches” is
displayed on the approach selection page and must be acknowledged before the visual approach is loaded
into the flight plan.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 5-68 Loading Visual Approach
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
239
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
APPROACH SELECTION AND REMOVAL
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Whenever an approach is selected, the choice to either ‘Load’ or ‘Activate’ is given. ‘Load’ adds the approach
to the end of the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance. This allows continued
navigation via the intermediate waypoints in the original flight plan, but keeps the procedure available for
quick activation when needed. ‘Activate’ also adds the procedure to the end of the flight plan but immediately
begins to provide guidance to the first waypoint in the approach.
EIS
In many cases, it may be easiest to load the full approach while still some distance away, enroute to the
destination airport. Later, if vectored to final, use the steps below to select ‘Activate Vector-To- Final’ — which
makes the inbound course to the FAF waypoint active.
NOTE: When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘- NOT APPROVED
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FOR GPS -’ is displayed. GPS provides guidance to the approach, but the HSI must to be switched to a NAV
receiver to fly the final course of the approach.
NOTE: When there is no arrival procedure in the flight plan, loading an approach after a destination airport
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
has already been entered will result in a duplicate destination airport waypoint being added to the end of
the enroute segment.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Or:
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor
to the ‘Channel’ Field.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the ENT Key to accept the approach
channel number. The airport and approach are selected.
4) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5) Minimums
APPENDICES
a) To set approach minimums, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP’ and press the ENT
Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature field. Turn the small FMS Knob to
select the temperature, and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
Or:
To skip setting minimums, select ‘OFF’ and press the ENT Key.
240
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6) Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Activate’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS GPS guidance is for monitoring only. Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is
displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the ‘NRST - Nearest Airport’ Page:
1) Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired nearest airport. The airport is
previewed on the map.
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach Window’, and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is displayed with the ‘Transition’ Field highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT Key.
7) Minimums
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP’ and press the ENT Key.
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature field. Turn the small FMS Knob to
select the temperature, and press the ENT Key.
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘Load?’ field is highlighted.
AFCS
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight ‘Activate?’ and press the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS GPS guidance is for monitoring only. Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is
displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
241
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored
Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC
- Approach Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Select the airport and approach:
EIS
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor
to the Approach ‘Channel’ Field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press the ENT Key to accept the approach
channel number. The airport and approach are selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Activating a previously loaded approach:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
AFCS
2) Highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT Key.
3) From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on the MFD. The ‘Page Menu’ Window is
displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS GPS guidance is for monitoring only. Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
INDEX
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is
displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
242
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
EIS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn to highlight the approach header in the active flight plan.
3) Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the flashing cursor.
Removing an approach from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Highlight and remove the approach:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the approach.
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
Or:
AFCS
a) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window and turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove
Approach’.
b) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’ window is displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
243
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
MISSED APPROACH
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In this missed approach procedure, the altitude immediately following the MAP (in this case ‘6600ft’) is
not part of the published procedure. It is simply a Course to Altitude (CA) leg which guides the aircraft along
the runway centerline until the altitude required to safely make the first turn toward the MAHP is exceeded.
This altitude is provided by the navigation database, and may be below, equal to, or above the published
minimums for this approach. In this case, if the aircraft altitude is below the specified altitude (6,600 feet)
after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established to provide a course on runway heading until an altitude of
6,600 feet is reached. After reaching 6,600 feet, a direct-to is established to the published MAHP (in this case
ADANE). If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP, a direct-to is established
to the published fix (ADANE) to begin the missed approach procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Course to Altitude Leg
Figure 5-69 Course to Altitude
AFCS
In some missed approach procedures this Course to Altitude leg may be part of the published procedure.
For example, a procedure may dictate a climb to 5,500 feet, then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach
Hold Point (MAHP). In this case, the altitude would appear in the list of waypoints as ‘5500ft’. Again, if
the aircraft altitude is lower than the prescribed altitude, a direct-to is established on a Course to Altitude leg
when the missed approach procedure is activated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key. The aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
Or:
INDEX
Press the Go-Around Button.
244
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED ALTITUDE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If desired, the system can compensate the loaded approach altitudes based on a pilot-supplied temperature
at the destination. For example, if the pilot enters a destination temperature of -40º C, the system increases
the approach altitudes accordingly. A temperature compensated altitude is displayed in text with a snowflake
icon next to it.
EIS
Manually inputting the temperature for compensation is explained in the following procedures. However
the system already automatically offsets the lateral position of the baro-VNV bottom of descent without
manual input. Once calculated, the VNV function seamlessly applies the lateral adjustment to the baro-VNV
descent path so that a smooth transition onto the approach vertical path occurs. For example, on a day with
temperatures colder than ISA, the baro-VNV path will typically be below the actual approach descent path.
The system will automatically adjust for this by calculating a lateral distance prior to the FAF which is applied
to ensure the baro-VNV path intersects the approach descent path
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Manually specifying temperature compensation for an approach will disrupt the system from
automatically creating a lateral offset of the VNV function in use..
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Initiating the VNV direct-to function or manually specifying an FPA at the FAF will disrupt the VNV
function from creating a lateral offset. Thus, temperature is not compensated for and the baro-VNV path
and may not intersect the approach descent path.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Temperature
AFCS
FAF Altitude
Compensated
Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Temperature
Compensation
Selected
APPENDICES
Figure 5-70 Temperature Compensation
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
245
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Uncompensated
Altitudes
EIS
Compensated
Altitudes
Figure 5-71 Temperature Compensation in the Active Flight Plan
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Manually setting temperature compensated altitude:
1) From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed with the temperature highlighted.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to change the ‘Temperature at <airport>’ Field. The compensated altitude is computed
as the temperature is selected.
NOTE: The temperature at the destination can be entered in the ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window on the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MFD, or in the ‘References’ Window on the PFD. There is only one compensation temperature for the system,
therefore, changing the temperature will affect both the loaded approach altitudes and the minimums.
Refer to the Flight Instruments section for information about applying temperature compensation to the
MDA/DH.
5) Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are shown in the flight plan.
Cancelling temperature compensated altitude:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed.
APPENDICES
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key.
NOTE: Activating/cancelling temperature compensation for the loaded approach altitudes does not select/
INDEX
deselect temperature compensated minimums (MDA/DH), nor does selecting/deselecting temperature
compensated minimums activate/cancel temperature compensated approach altitudes.
246
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.9 TRIP PLANNING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system allows the pilot to view trip planning information, fuel information, and other information for
a specified flight plan or flight plan leg based on automatic data, or based on manually entered data. Weight
planning is also available, based on manually entered fuel data and the active flight plan (to estimate remaining
fuel).
TRIP PLANNING
EIS
All of the input of data needed for calculation and viewing of the statistics is done on the Trip Planning Page
located in the Aux Page Group.
Selected Flight Plan Segment
- FPL Number/Cumulative Legs (CUM or REM) or Leg Number (NN)
- Waypoints Defining Selected Flight Plan/Flight Plan Leg
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Trip Planning Page Mode
- Automatic/Manual
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Preview of Selected
Flight Plan/
Flight Plan Leg
Trip Input Data (sensor/pilot)
Trip Statistics
Desired Track Distance Est. Time Enroute Est. Time of Arrival Enroute Safe Altitude Sunrise Time (local) Sunset Time (local) -
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Departure Time (local)
- Ground Speed
- Fuel Flow
- Fuel On Board Aircraft
- Calibrated Airspeed
- Indicated Altitude
- Barometric Pressure
- Total Air Temperature
Other Statistics
- Density Altitude
- True Airspeed (TAS)
AFCS
Fuel Statistics
Softkeys
- Automatic/Manual Page Mode
- Flight Plan/Waypoint Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Efficiency Total Endurance Remaining Fuel Remaining Endurance Fuel Required Total Range -
Figure 5-72 Trip Planning Page
APPENDICES
The trip planning inputs are based on sensor inputs (automatic page mode) or on pilot inputs (manual page
mode). Some additional explanation of the sources for some of the inputs is as follows:
• Departure Time - This defaults to the current time in automatic page mode. The computations are from the
aircraft present position, so the aircraft is always just departing.
• Calibrated Airspeed - The primary source is from the air data system, and the secondary source of information
is GPS ground speed.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
• Indicated Altitude - The primary source is the barometric altitude, and the secondary source of information
is GPS altitude.
247
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
TRIP STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs, derived from the flight plan. The system calculates these values depending on the specified mode flight plan mode (FPL Softkey enabled) or waypoint mode (WPTs Softkey enabled). Stored Flight Plans
may be used by selecting its corresponding number from the Flight Plan Catalog (01–99). ‘00’ is the default
number for the active flight plan.
In flight plan mode, with a stored flight plan selected, and the entire flight plan (‘CUM’) selected, the
waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan.
EIS
In flight plan mode , with a stored flight plan selected, and the desired leg selected (flight plan legs are
numbered in increasing order starting from ‘01’), the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
In flight plan mode, with the active flight plan selected, and the remaining flight plan (REM) selected, the
‘from’ waypoint is the present position of the aircraft and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the active flight
plan.
In flight plan mode, with the active flight plan selected, and a specific leg selected, the ‘from’ waypoint is
the current aircraft position and the ‘to’ waypoint is the endpoint of the selected leg.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In waypoint mode, these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an active flight plan, these default to
the endpoints of the active leg).
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already
been flown.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Desired Track - Desired Track is shown as nnn° and is the desired track between the selected waypoints.
It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected.
• Distance - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and in whole units up to 9999.
• Estimated time enroute (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less than an hour, then it is shown
as minutes:seconds.
AFCS
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is the local time at the destination.
- If in waypoint mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure
time all of the ETEs of the legs up to and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected,
then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
APPENDICES
- If the active flight plan is selected, the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current
leg being flown. The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to
and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then the ETA is calculated as if the
last leg of the flight plan was selected.
• Enroute safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
INDEX
• Destination sunrise and sunset times) - These times are shown as hours:minutes of the time at the
destination.
248
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FUEL STATISTICS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The fuel statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning
inputs. Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has
already been flown.
• Fuel efficiency (Efficiency) - This value is calculated by dividing the current ground speed by the current
fuel flow.
• Time of fuel endurance (Total Endurance) - This time is shown as hours:minutes. This value is obtained
by dividing the amount of fuel on board by the current fuel flow.
EIS
• Fuel on board upon reaching end of selected leg (Remaining Fuel) - This value is calculated by taking the
amount of fuel onboard and subtracting the fuel required to reach the end of the selected leg.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Fuel endurance remaining at end of selected leg (Remaining Endurance) - This value is calculated by taking
the time of fuel endurance and subtracting the estimated time enroute to the end of the selected leg.
• Fuel required for trip (Fuel Required) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time to go by the fuel
flow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Total range at entered fuel flow (Total Range) - This value is calculated by multiplying the time of fuel
endurance by the ground speed.
OTHER STATISTICS
These statistics are calculated based on the system sensor inputs or the manual trip planning inputs.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Density Altitude
• True Airspeed
The pilot may select Automatic or Manual page mode, and flight plan (FPL) or waypoint (WPTs) mode. In
automatic page mode, only the FPL, LEG, or waypoint IDs are editable (based on FPL/WPTs selection).
Selected Leg(s)
00 is Active FPL
01-99 are Stored FPLs
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Starting and Ending Waypoint of
Selected Flight Plan Segment
Stored Flight Plan
- CUM: Beginning to End of FPL
- NN: Beginning to End of Selected Leg
Active Flight Plan
- REM: Pres. Pos. to End of FPL
- NN: Pres. Pos. to End of Selected Leg
AFCS
Selected Flight Plan NN -
Figure 5-73 Trip Planning Page - Flight Plan Mode
Selected Flight Plan
Selected Leg(s)
Not Available
APPENDICES
Not Available
Selected Starting and Ending Waypoints
Figure 5-74 Trip Planning Page - Waypoint Mode
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
249
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs Softkey; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
EIS
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the ‘FPL’ Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for each leg can be viewed by turning the
small FMS Knob to select the desired leg. The Trip Planning Map also displays the selected data.
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the FPL Field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the Page Menu ‘Set WPT to Present Position’
if that is what is desired), and press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key. The statistics for the selected leg
are displayed.
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select ‘Manual Mode’ from the Page Menu,
and press the ENT Key. The cursor may now be positioned in any field in the top right two boxes.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’ Field and enter the desired value. Press the
ENT Key. The statistics are calculated using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat
until all desired values have been entered.
250
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
5.10 ABNORMAL OPERATION
This section discusses the Dead Reckoning mode of operation and the subsequent indications.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic (OCN) phase of flight. In all other
phases, an invalid GPS solution produces a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system
stops using GPS.
EIS
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to
calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system
uses its last-known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to
calculate and display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode may become increasingly
unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation. If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data
is also lost or not available, the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and,
consequently, the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft. Estimated
position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no heading and/or airspeed data available
should not be used for navigation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements
needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy
of DR Mode. Because of this degraded accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position
awareness until GPS-derived position data is restored.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed in amber over the ‘own
aircraft’ symbol on the MFD. In addition, ‘DR’ is prominently displayed in amber on the HSI slightly below and
to the left of the aircraft symbol on the CDI. The CDI deviation bar remains, but is removed from the display after
20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available
(20 min.) Lastly, but at the same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation
using GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and
is displayed as amber text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information as shown in the
following figure. If the VSD Inset is selected on the MFD, ‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed.
While the system is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available. Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest
information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints) is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but
with degraded accuracy.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
251
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Distance &
Bearing
Current
Track
Indicator
EIS
GPS Navigation
Lost Message
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Course Deviation
Indicator
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Bearing
Pointer/
Distance
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Nav Data Bar
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Dead Reckoning
Annunciation
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 5-75 Dead Reckoning Mode - GPS Derived Data Shown in Amber
252
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 6 HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Hazard avoidance features available for the system are designed to aid situational awareness and provide advisory
information with regard to potential hazards to flight safety associated with weather, terrain, and air traffic.
Weather
• GDL 69/69A or 69/69A SXM SiriusXM Weather (Subscription Optional)
• GSR 56 Garmin Connext Weather (Subscription Optional)
• Flight Information Services-Broadcast (FIS-B) (Optional)
EIS
• L-3 WX-500 Stormscope® Lightning Detection System
Terrain Avoidance
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Terrain Proximity
• Terrain-SVT (included with Garmin SVT option)
• Terrain Awareness and Warning System Class-B (TAWS-B)
Traffic
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Traffic Information Service (TIS)
• Garmin GTS 800 or Honeywell KTA 870 Traffic Advisory System (TAS) Traffic (Optional)
• Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic (Optional)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
253
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.1 DATA LINK WEATHER
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous
weather. Information contained within data link weather products may not accurately depict current
weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to determine the age of the weather
EIS
information shown by the data link weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data link weather product
may be older than the indicated weather product age.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Data Link Weather feature enables the system to receive weather information from a variety of weather
sources, depending on the equipment installed in the aircraft. These sources may include SiriusXM Weather,
Garmin Connext Weather, and Flight Information Services-Broadcast (FIS-B) Weather. For each source, a groundbased system processes the weather information collected from a network of sensors and weather data providers.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The SiriusXM Weather service, available with the optional Garmin GDL 69A or GDL 69 SXM SiriusXM Datalink
Receiver and an active service subscription, updates its weather data periodically and automatically, and transmits
this information to the aircraft’s receiver via satellite on the S-Band frequency. This service provides continuous
reception capabilities at any altitude throughout North America.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The FIS-B Weather service, available when equipped with a capable transponder or data link receiver which
can receive 978 MHz Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) data, delivers subscription-free weather information
periodically and automatically to the aircraft. FIS-B uses a network of FAA-operated Ground-Based Transceivers
(GBTs) to transmit the information to the aircraft’s receiver. Reception is limited to line-of-sight, and is available
below 24,000 feet MSL in the United States. FIS-B broadcasts provide weather data in a repeating cycle which
may take approximately ten minutes to transmit all available weather data. Therefore, not all weather data may
be present immediately upon initial FIS-B signal acquisition. FIS-B is a component of the Automatic Dependent
Surveillance (ADS-B) system, which offers both weather and traffic data; refer to the ADS-B Traffic discussion later
in this section for a more detailed discussion of the ADS-B system and its capabilities.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Garmin Connext Weather service, available when equipped with the optional Garmin GSR 56 Iridium
Transceiver and an active service subscription, provides data link weather information to the aircraft after the pilot
defines a geographic area and subsequently selects a manual or automatically recurring Connext Data Request.
The transceiver then contacts the Garmin Connext Weather service using the Iridium Satellite telephone system
and retrieves the weather data for the specified area. The Garmin Connext Weather service offers worldwide
weather coverage, but the availability of individual weather products, such as radar precipitation, varies by region.
NOTE: To check the availability of Garmin Connext weather products offered in a particular region, visit
INDEX
http://www.flygarmin.com.
254
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ACTIVATING DATA LINK WEATHER SERVICES
ACTIVATING THE SIRIUSXM WEATHER SERVICE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Before SiriusXM Weather can be used, the service must be activated by providing SiriusXM’s customer
service the coded ID(s) unique to the installed data link receiver. The Data Radio ID must be provided
to activate the weather service. An Audio Radio ID, if present, enables the receiver to provide SiriusXM
Radio entertainment. If the GDL 69A SXM receiver is installed, these IDs may be identical. To view this
information, refer to the following locations:
• The ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page on the MFD
EIS
• The SiriusXM Activation Instructions included with the Data Link Receiver
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to display weather data and/
or provide audio entertainment programming through the data link receiver.
Establishing an account for SiriusXM services:
1) Select the XM Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page.
3) Note the Data Radio ID (for SiriusXM Weather data) and/or the Audio Radio ID (for SiriusXM Satellite Radio).
These IDs may be the same.
4) Contact SiriusXM customer service through the phone number listed on its website, www.siriusxm.com.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Provide SiriusXM customer service the Data Radio ID and/or Audio Radio ID, in addition to payment information,
and the desired weather product subscription package.
After SiriusXM has been contacted, it may take approximately 15 minutes until the activation occurs.
Verifying the SiriusXM Weather service activation:
AFCS
1) Once a SiriusXM Weather account has been established, select the XM Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) View the list of supported Weather Products. A white empty box appears next to an unavailable weather
product; a green filled box appears next to an available weather product. During activation, it may take several
minutes for weather products in the selected subscription package to become available.
NOTE: Not all weather products offered by SiriusXM are supported for display on this system. This pilot’s
APPENDICES
guide only discusses supported weather products.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
255
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Data Radio ID
(for SiriusXM
Weather
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Audio Radio ID
(for SiriusXM Satellite
Radio)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Weather Products
(Available Products for
Service Class Indicated
in Green)
Press to Display XM
Information page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-1 XM Information Page
ACTIVATING GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Garmin Connext weather service requires an active Iridium satellite telephone and
weather data subscription. Registration begins by first obtaining the serial number(s) for the
installed Iridium Satellite Transceiver (GSR 1), and the System ID. Then go to the website
www.flygarmin.com and follow the instructions for establishing an account for Garmin Connext data services.
Note additional information about the airframe may be required. After an account has been established,
Garmin provides an access code that must be entered on the system and successfully transmitted to the
Garmin Connext service via the Iridium satellite network.
AFCS
Obtaining the LRU serial numbers and System ID:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the LRU Softkey.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll the cursor until ‘GSR 1’ is visible in the ‘LRU Information’ window.
4) Note the serial number displayed for ‘GSR 1’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
5) Press the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
256
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System ID Number
Iridium Transceiver
Serial Number
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-2 Identification Needed for Iridium Registration
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
1) Go to www.flygarmin.com. Locate the information for subscribing to Garmin Connext Satellite Services on the
website.
2) Choose a desired service which includes weather data and enter the requested information about the aircraft.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Note the Access Code provided during the registration process and any additional instructions received.
4) With the aircraft outside and having a clear view of the sky, turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the
Map page group.
AFCS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page. If another data link weather
source such as ‘XM’ or ‘FIS-B’ is displayed in the page title, it will be necessary to change the data link weather
source to CNXT before continuing. Refer to ‘Viewing the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page’ procedure to change
the data link source to prior to registration.
6) If the system displays the Connext Registration Window, proceed to step 8. Otherwise, press the MENU Key.
The page menu window is now displayed.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Register With Connext’ in the menu list.
8) Press the ENT Key. The Connext Registration Window appears as shown in Figure 6-3.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
257
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-3 Enter Access Code
9) Enter the access code provided by Garmin in the ‘Access Code’ field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
10) Press the ENT Key. ‘Register’ is highlighted.
11) Press the ENT Key. The system contacts Garmin through the Iridium network. System registration is complete
when the Current Registration Window displays the correct information for the Airframe, Tail Number, Airframe
Serial Number, and Iridium Serial Number.
AFCS
12) When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the Connext Registration Window.
WEATHER PRODUCT AGE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Unlike real-time weather information collected directly from weather sensors on-board an aircraft, such as an
airborne lightning detection system, data link weather by contrast relies on service providers to collect, process,
and transmit weather information to the aircraft. This information can come from a variety of sources such as
government agencies. Due to the time it takes to collect, process, and distribute data link weather information,
it is imperative for pilots to understand that data link weather information is not real-time information and may
not accurately depict the current conditions.
INDEX
APPENDICES
For each data link weather product which can be displayed as a map overlay, such as METAR flags, the system
can also show a weather product age. This age represents the elapsed time, in minutes, since the weather service
provider compiled the weather product and the current time. It does not represent the age of the information
contained within the weather product itself. For example, a single mosaic of radar precipitation is comprised
data from multiple radar sites providing data at differing scan rates or intervals. The weather service provider
periodically compiles this data to create a single composite image, and assigns one time to this image which
becomes the basis of the product age. The service provider then makes this weather product available for data
258
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
link transmission at the next scheduled update time. The actual age of the weather data contained within the
mosaic is therefore older than its weather product age and should never be considered current.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SiriusXM and FIS-B weather products are broadcast automatically on a repeating cycle without pilot
intervention. The Garmin Connext weather service requires the pilot to select a manual or automatic (recurring)
weather data request in order to receive weather data updates.
EIS
Each data link weather product age has an expiration time. The weather product age is shown in white if it
is less than half of this expiration time, otherwise it is shown in amber until reaching its expiration time. After
a weather product has expired, the system removes the expired weather product from the displays, and shows
white dashes instead of the age. If the data link receiver has not yet received a weather product ‘N/A’ appears
instead of the age to show the product is currently not available for display. This may occur, for example, after
powering on the system but before the data link receiver has received a complete weather data transmission. It
could also indicate a possible outage of a weather product.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The weather product age is shown automatically for weather products displayed on MFD maps. For PFD
maps, the pilot can manually enable/disable the age information.
Enabling/disabling the weather product age for PFD Maps:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the WX LGND to show/remove the weather product age information for PFD maps.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Tables 6-1 and 6-2 show the weather product symbols, the and expiration times for SiriusXM Weather and
FIS-B Weather, respectively. The FIS-B broadcast rate represents the interval at which the FIS-B Weather service
transmits new signals that may or may not contain updated weather product information. It does not represent
the rate at which the weather information is updated or when the Data Link Receiver receives new data. The
service provider and its weather data suppliers define and control the data update intervals, which are subject
to change.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
259
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SiriusXM Weather Product
Symbol
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
30
Cloud Top (CLD TOP)
60
Echo Top (ECHO TOP)
30
SiriusXM Lightning (LTNG)
30
Cell Movement
30
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
METARs
90
City Forecast
90
Surface Analysis
60
Freezing Levels
120
Winds Aloft
90
County Warnings
60
Cyclone Warnings
60
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
Air Report(AIREP)
90
Turbulence
180
Radar Coverage Not Available
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
No product image
30
60
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF)
No product image
60
Table 6-1 SiriusXM Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
260
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NEXRAD Composite (US)
30
15
NEXRAD Composite (Regional)
30
2.5
METARs
90
5
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
10
Winds Aloft
90
10
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
5
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Broadcast Rate
(Minutes)
Symbol
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
FIS-B Weather Product
EIS
30
2.5
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
(TAF)
No product symbol
60
10
60
10
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
No product symbol
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
No Radar Coverage
Table 6-2 FIS-B Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The following table shows the Garmin Connext Weather product symbols, the expiration times and the
refresh rates. The refresh rate represents the interval at which Garmin Connext weather service makes available
the most current known weather data. It does not necessarily represent the rate at which the service receives
new data from various weather sources. The pilot chooses how often to contact the Garmin Connext weather
service in order to retrieve weather data through the Connext Data Request.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
261
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Refresh Rate
(Minutes)
U.S.: 3*
Canada: 3*†
Europe: 15
Australia: 15ˆ
30
Infrared Satellite
60
30
Datalink Lightning
30
Continuous
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
Continuous
METARs
90
Continuous
Winds Aloft
90
Continuous
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
90
Continuous
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
60
Continuous
60
Continuous
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Radar Precipitation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Symbol
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Garmin Connext Weather Product
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Terminal Aerodrome Reports TAFs)
no product image
AFCS
* The composite precipitation image is updated every 3 minutes, but individual radar sites may take between 3 and
10 minutes to provide new data.
†
Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australian Bureau of Meteorology.
Table 6-3 Garmin Connext Weather Product Symbols and Data Timing
DISPLAYING DATA LINK WEATHER PRODUCTS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
WEATHER DATA LINK PAGE
INDEX
APPENDICES
The Weather Data Link Page is the principal map page for viewing data link weather information. This page
provides the capability for displaying the most data link weather products of any map on the system. The
Weather Data Link Page also provides system-wide controls for selecting the data link weather source, if more
than one source has been installed. The page title indicates the selected data link weather source (e.g., “XM”,
“CNXT”).
262
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD Weather
Product Display
Enabled Icon
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD Weather
Product Age (US)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NEXRAD
Weather Product
Selected for
Display
Figure 6-4 Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the data link weather source, if applicable:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT) Page. The currently selected data link
weather source appears in the page title.
3) If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the MENU Key.
AFCS
a) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, or ‘Display Connext Weather’ (choices may vary
depending on the installed equipment).
b) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-5 Changing the Data Link Weather Source
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
263
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The system presents the softkeys for the selected source on the Weather Data Link Page, and for map overlays
used throughout the system. The following figures show the softkeys for the Weather Data Link Page based on
the selected source.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WEATHER DATA LINK (XM) PAGE SOFTKEYS
NOTE: Only softkeys pertaining to data link weather features are shown in the following tables.
EIS
Level 1
NEXRAD
Level 2
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Echo Top
CLD Top
XM LTNG
Cell MOV
SIG/AIR
METAR
Legend
More WX
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Cyclone
SFC
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
FRZ LVL
Wind
264
Level 3
Description
Enables/disables the NEXRAD weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Echo Tops weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Cloud Tops weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Lightning weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Cell Movement weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the SIGMET/AIRMET weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the graphical METAR weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one SiriusXM Weather product is enabled.
Displays second-level SiriusXM Weather product softkeys.
Enables/disables the Cyclone weather product overlay.
Displays third level softkey for enabling/disabling the Surface Analysis and
City Forecast weather product and selecting a forecast period.
Disables the Surface Analysis and City Forecast weather product overlay.
Displays the Surface Analysis for the current time period overlay.
Off
Current
12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, These softkeys display a Surface Analysis and City Forecast overlay for the
selected future time period.
48 HR
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
Legend
for selection when at least one SiriusXM Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level softkeys.
Back
Enables/disables the Freezing Level weather product overlay.
Displays third level softkeys for enabling/disabling the Winds Aloft weather
product and selecting a winds aloft altitude.
Shows the previous level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
PREV
Disables the Winds Aloft weather product overlay.
Off
Softkeys available for
selecting winds from Enables/disables the Winds Aloft weather product for the chosen altitude.
the Surface (SFC) to Softkeys available for 3,000 foot increments of altitude.
42,0000 feet
Shows the next level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
Next
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
Legend
for selection when at least one SiriusXM Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level softkeys.
Back
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Level 2
Level 3
ICNG
AFCS
AIREPS
PIREPS
County
Back
Shows the next level of Icing weather product softkeys.
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one SiriusXM Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level softkeys.
Enables/disables the AIREPs weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the PIREPs weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the County Warnings weather product overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Back
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREV
Off
Softkeys available for
selecting Turbulence
altitude from 21,000
feet to 45,000 feet
Next
Legend
Shows the next level of Icing weather product softkeys.
Enables/disables the SiriusXM Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one SiriusXM Weather product is enabled.
Displays softkeys for enabling/disabling the Turbulence weather product
overlay.
Shows the previous level of Turbulence altitude softkeys.
Disables the Turbulence weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Icing weather product overlay from 21,000 feet to
45,000 feet. Softkeys available for 3,000 foot increments of altitude.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TURB
Enables/disables the Icing weather product overlay from 1,000 feet to
30,000 feet. Softkeys available for 3,000 foot increments of altitude.
EIS
Softkeys available for
selecting winds from
the Icing altitude from
to 1,000 to 30,000 feet
Next
Legend
Description
Displays altitude softkeys for the Icing weather product overlay.
Shows the previous level of Icing altitude softkeys.
Disables the Icing weather product.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
PREV
Off
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Level 1
WEATHER DATA LINK (CNXT) PAGE SOFTKEYS)
Level 2
Level 3
More WX
Wind
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
PREV
Off
APPENDICES
IR SAT
SIG/AIR
METAR
Legend
Description
Enables/disables the Precipitation weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Infrared Satellite weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the SIGMET/AIRMET weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the METAR weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Connext Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one Connext Weather product is enabled.
Displays second-level Connext Weather product softkeys.
Displays third level softkeys for enabling/disabling the Winds Aloft weather
product and selecting a winds aloft altitude.
Shows the previous level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
Disables the Winds Aloft weather product overlay.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Level 1
PRECIP
265
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Softkeys available for
selecting winds from
the Surface to 42,0000
feet
Next
Legend
Back
EIS
PIREPs
Back
Description
Enables/disables the Winds Aloft weather product for the surface (SFC)
through 15,000 feet. Softkeys available for 3,000 foot increments of
altitude.
Shows the next level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
Enables/disables the Connext Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one Connext Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level softkeys.
Enables/disables the PIREPs weather product overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
WEATHER DATA LINK (FIS-B) PAGE SOFTKEYS)
Level 1
NXRD
Level 2
Level 3
Description
Cycles through NEXRAD display modes with each press:
Off: No NEXRAD is shown.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
US: Displays NEXRAD data for the Continental US (CONUS).
REG: Displays regional NEXRAD data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
IR SAT
SIG/AIR
METAR
Legend
AFCS
More WX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Wind
INDEX
PIREPs
Back
266
All: Displays regional NEXRAD data where available, and CONUS NEXRAD
data in other coverage areas.
Enables/disables the Infrared Satellite weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the SIGMET/AIRMET weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the METAR weather product overlay.
Enables/disables the Connext Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
for selection when at least one Connext Weather product is enabled.
Displays second-level Connext Weather product softkeys.
Displays third level softkeys for enabling/disabling the Winds Aloft weather
product and selecting a winds aloft altitude.
Shows the previous level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
PREV
Disables the Winds Aloft weather product overlay.
Off
Softkeys available for Enables/disables the Winds Aloft weather product for the surface (SFC)
selecting winds from through 15,000 feet. Softkeys available for 3,000 foot increments of
the Surface to 42,0000 altitude.
feet
Shows the next level of winds aloft altitude softkeys.
Next
Enables/disables the Connext Weather Legends Window. Softkey available
Legend
for selection when at least one Connext Weather product is enabled.
Returns to the second-level softkeys.
Back
Enables/disables the PIREPs weather product overlay.
Returns to the first level softkeys.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The Weather Data Link Page can display a legend for each enabled weather product.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather Data Link Page:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather products.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
3) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than fit in the window.
4) To remove the Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey, the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS
Knob.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Additional information about the following weather products can be displayed by panning the Map Pointer
over the following products on the Weather Data Link Page:
• METARs
• Cloud Tops
• County Warnings
• Cell Movement
• TFRs
• SIGMETs
• AIREPs
• AIRMETs
• PIREPs
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Echo Tops
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The map panning feature is enabled by pressing the Joystick. The map range is adjusted by turning the
Joystick. If the map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Additional
Information
on Weather
Feature
Selected with
Map Pointer
APPENDICES
Storm Cell
Selected with Map
Pointer
INDEX
Figure 6-6 Panning on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
267
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Certain weather products, such as METARs or TFRs have associated full text. When a weather product is
selected with the Map Pointer, press the ENT Key. The system displays the full text for the selected weather
product in a window. To remove the window, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Weather Data Link Page also has a page menu that can be accessed by pressing the MENU Key. It has
controls for enabling/disabling the weather products as an alternative to using the softkeys.
CUSTOMIZING THE WEATHER DATA LINK PAGE
EIS
The Weather Data Link Page includes controls for selecting the maximum map range to display each weather
product on the page. If the pilot increases the map range beyond this selected maximum range, the system
removes the weather product from the map. If more than one data link weather source has been installed, the
system uses the same maximum map range for the comparable weather product of another source.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’, and press the ENT Key.
NOTE: ‘Product Group 2’ is only applicable to SiriusXM and Garmin Connext Weather.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page with the changed settings.
AFCS
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press ENT Key.
APPENDICES
6) When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
WEATHER PRODUCT MAP OVERLAYS
INDEX
Other PFD and MFD maps and pages can display a smaller set of data link weather products. The following
table shows which data link weather products can be displayed on specific maps, indicated with a ‘+’ symbol.
268
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Echo Top
+
Infrared Satellite
+
Data Link Lightning
+
Cell Movement
Flight Plan Pages
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
EIS
Cloud Top
Nearest Page
Group
+
‘Aux - Trip
Planning’ Page
Weather Data
Link Page
+
Weather
Information Page
Navigation Map
Page
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NEXRAD/Radar Precipitation
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Data Link Weather Product
PFD Maps
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
+
METARs
+
+
+
+
Freezing Levels
+
Winds Aloft
+*
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Surface Analysis & City Forecast
+
+
+
Cyclone Warnings
+
Icing Potential
+
PIREPs
+
+
AIREPs
+
+
Turbulence (TURB)
+
+
+
+
TFRs
+
+
+
+
+
+
TAFs
AFCS
No Radar Coverage
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
County Warnings
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
* Winds Aloft data is available inside the VSD when VSD is enabled on the Navigation Map Page.
Winds Aloft data is not available inside the VSD when FIS-B is the active data link weather source.
Table 6-4 Weather Product Display Maps
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the Navigation Map Page:
APPENDICES
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The Navigation Map Page also can display legends for weather products enabled on this map with the
Legend Softkey. This softkey is subdued if no weather products are enabled.
269
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Showing/removing the weather legend on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4) When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the window.
EIS
The ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page also allows the pilot to select the maximum map range to display weather
products. If the pilot increases the map range beyond this selected maximum range, the system removes
the weather product from the map. The system uses this setting for all navigation maps, including those
displayed on the PFD.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the navigation maps:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
The system can also display data link weather information on the PFD navigation maps.
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
AFCS
2) Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display of data link products on the PFD map.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
On the MFD maps, the weather product icon and age appear automatically when a weather is enabled and
the range is within the maximum display limits. On PFD maps, this information is available using the PFD
softkeys.
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age display (PFD maps):
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age, source, and icon box display on PFD
Maps.
INDEX
The setup menus for the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page and the Weather Data Link Page control the map
range settings above which weather products data are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger
than the weather product map range setting is selected, the weather product data is removed from the map.
The page menus also provide an alternative to using the softkeys to enable/disable data link weather product
overlays on maps.
270
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CONNEXT DATA REQUESTS
NOTE: Data requests are not applicable to the SiriusXM Weather or FIS-B Weather services.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Connext Data Request Menu provides the pilot with the options to define the requested weather coverage
area(s), choose automatic weather update intervals (if desired), and the ability to send or cancel weather data
requests. A Request Status Window inside the menu shows the status of the Connext Data Request.
EIS
Before a Connext Data Request can occur, a valid request coverage area must be defined from which all
currently available Garmin Connext Weather products will be retrieved. At a minimum, either the aircraft’s
present position or a waypoint (as part of a flight plan or entered directly in the ‘WAYPOINT’ coverage field)
must be part of the request coverage area, otherwise the request status window indicates ‘INVALID COVERAGE
AREA’ and the system will not allow a request to occur.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is not necessary for a destination (based on an active flight plan), a flight plan, or waypoint to be specified
prior to enabling these coverage areas; however no weather data will be retrieved for these option(s) until a
flight plan or waypoint is provided, respectively.
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather information:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
•
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and press the ENT Key to show or hide a
green check mark to select one of more of the following coverage selections (Figures 6-8, 6-9):
Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan destination (Direct-To destinations excluded).
See the Flight Management section for more information about entering and activating flight plans.
AFCS
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently exists. Turn the small FMS Knob to select
the desired flight plan look-ahead distance option (or choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request weather data for the
remainder of the flight plan), then press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be off-route). Turn the large and small FMS
Knobs to enter a waypoint, then press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance field and turn the small FMS Knob
to select the desired diameter and route width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
6) Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press the ENT Key to initiate the request
immediately or press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page without requesting
weather data.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
271
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Figure 6-7 Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page Menu
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-8 Connext Data Request Window
Destination Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Present Position Selected,
200 nm Diameter
Requested
INDEX
Next 80 nm of Flight Plan
Selected, 200 nm Route
Width Requested
Off-Route Waypoint
Selected, 200 nm Diameter
Requested
Figure 6-9 Garmin Connext Weather Data Request Results with Precipitation Data Displayed
272
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
During a Connext Data Request, the Request Status Window initially displays “Contacting Connext...”. Once
a connection is established, the Request Status Window displays “Receiving Wx Data... Time Remaining:” with
an estimated data transfer time (either minutes or seconds). If desired, the Connext Data Request Menu may
be removed while the data request is processing by pressing the FMS Knob; the data request will continue
to process in the background. Connext Data Requests typically take between 1 to 4 minutes to complete
depending on the size of the selected weather coverage area, the amounts of weather activity present, and the
Iridium signal strength.
EIS
The system retrieves all available Garmin Connext Weather products within the selected coverage area during
an initial Connext Data Request, regardless of which products (if any) are currently enabled for display. On
subsequent requests, the system retains previously retrieved textual data (such as METARs and TAFS) if it has
not expired, while new textual weather data matching the current coverage area and all graphical weather data
is transferred to the aircraft during every data request.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
At the completion of a successful weather data request, the Request Status Window indicates ‘OK’ if the
Connext Data Request menu is still within view.
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the ENT Key. The request status box
indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
The flight crew can schedule Connext Data Requests to recur automatically. Automatic requests remain
enabled until the flight crew them, or the system power is removed. The Request Status Window indicates the
number of minutes or seconds until the next automatic data request occurs.
AFCS
NOTE: If automatic Connext Data Requests were enabled prior to the system entering Reversionary Mode,
the automatic weather data requests will continue in Reversionary Mode, however the Connext Data
Request Window and its associated options will not be available in Reversionary Mode.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
APPENDICES
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Choose the desired weather coverage options.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the
desired automatic update frequency (Off, 5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press
the ENT Key.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
6) The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed in the ‘Request Status’ Window
based on the currently selected update rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext
Data Request.
273
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WEATHER PRODUCT OVERVIEW
The following is an overview of data link weather products the system can display.
NEXRAD (SIRIUSXM)
NOTE: Datalink weather radar information cannot be displayed at the same time as relative terrain, echo
EIS
tops, icing, or turbulence data.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The National Weather Service (NWS) operates the WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar)
system, an extensive network of 156 high-resolution Doppler radar systems. The NEXRAD network provides
centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The
maximum range of a single NEXRAD site is 250 nm.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Individual NEXRAD sites supply the network with radar images, and the images from each radar site may
arrive at the network at different rates and times. Periodically, the weather data provider compiles the available
individual site images from the network to form a composite image, and assigns a single time to indicate when
it created the image. This image becomes the NEXRAD weather product. Individual images--gathered from
each NEXRAD site--differ in age, and are always older than the displayed NEXRAD weather product age. The
data provider then sends the NEXRAD data to the SiriusXM Weather service, whose satellites transmit this
information during the next designated broadcast time for the NEXRAD weather product.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the NEXRAD weather product, the displayed
weather information contained within the product may be significantly older than the current radar synopsis
and may not depict the current weather conditions. The NEXRAD weather product should never be used as a
basis for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the information it contains.
Figure 6-10 NEXRAD Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
274
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For radar sites in the United States, the NEXRAD weather product shows a composite reflectivity image.
This shows the highest radar energy received from multiple antenna tilt angles at various altitudes. For radar
sites based in Canada, the NEXRAD weather product shows radar returns from the lowest antenna tilt angle,
known as base reflectivity. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the intensity of the echoes
and the type of precipitation, if known.
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
EIS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
A mosaic of data from all the available NEXRAD radar sites is shown for the selected region (US or Canada).
The pilot can change the region on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
AFCS
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘US’ or ‘CNDA’ (Canada) and press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display of No Radar Coverage is always active when either NEXRAD or Echo Tops is selected. Areas
where NEXRAD radar coverage and Echo Tops information is not currently available or is not being collected
are indicated in gray shade of purple.
APPENDICES
The system can animate a loop of NEXRAD information. The animated view is available on the Weather
Data Link (XM) Page, and on navigation maps with the exception of the HSI Map. Animation begins after
the system has received at least two recent NEXRAD images since the avionics power cycle. When NEXRAD
animation is enabled, a timeline appears in the upper-right corner of the map, except for the PFD Inset Map.
A pointer on the timeline indicates the relative position of the displayed frame of animation, from oldest to
newest. The NEXRAD weather product age corresponds to the displayed frame. The system can show up
to six frames of NEXRAD animation when the USA coverage option is selected, and up to three frames of
animation when Canada is selected.
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
275
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
3) With ‘Product Group 1’ selected, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
5) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
The pilot enables/disables the NEXRAD animation feature for navigation maps from the Navigation Map
Page.
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on navigation maps:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’ and press the ENT Key.
7) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Reflectivity
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
No Radar Coverage
Figure 6-11 NEXRAD Weather Product Legend
INDEX
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
• Undetermined precipitation types may be displayed as mixed.
276
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
• An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information
about storms directly over the site.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Precipitation may be occurring below the lowest antenna tilt angle (0.5º), and therefore the radar beam
overshoots the precipitation. For example, at a distance of 124 miles from the radar site, the radar beam
is approximately 18,000 feet above the radar site. The radar cannot detect any precipitation occurring
below the beam at this distance and altitude.
• At smaller map ranges, the smallest square block on the display represents an area of approximately
four square kilometers. The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of radar
reflectivity sampled within the area.
EIS
• Unknown precipitation below 52ºN is displayed as rain regardless of actual precipitation type.
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Metallic dust (chaff) from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
• Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as mixed precipitation regardless of
actual precipitation type.
• If the precipitation type is unknown, the system displays the precipitation as rain, regardless of actual
precipitation type.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
No Coverage
Above 55°N
APPENDICES
INDEX
Precipitation
Above 52°N
Always Displays
as Mixed
Figure 6-12 NEXRAD Weather Product - Canada
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
277
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The National Weather Service (NWS) operates the WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar)
system, an extensive network of 156 high-resolution Doppler radar systems. The NEXRAD network provides
centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The
maximum range of a single NEXRAD site is 250 nm.
NOTE: The NEXRAD weather product cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Individual NEXRAD sites supply the network with radar images, and the images from each radar site may
arrive at the network at different rates and times. Periodically, the weather data provider to FIS-B compiles
the available individual site images from the network to form a composite image, and assigns a single time
to indicate when it created the image. This image becomes the NEXRAD weather product. Individual
images--gathered from each NEXRAD site--differ in age, and are always older than the displayed NEXRAD
weather product age. The data provider then sends the NEXRAD data to the FIS-B GBTs, which transmit this
information during the next designated broadcast time for the NEXRAD weather product.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the NEXRAD weather product, the displayed
weather information contained within the product may be older than the current radar synopsis and may not
depict the current weather conditions. NEXRAD information should never be used as a basis for maneuvering
in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the information it contains.
Regional
NEXRAD
Weather Product
Icon and Age
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Boundary
of Regional
NEXRAD Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
No radar coverage
within coverage
boundary
APPENDICES
Regional
NEXRAD
Weather Product
enabled
Figure 6-13 Regional NEXRAD Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page
INDEX
The FIS-B NEXRAD weather product may be displayed for a region around the GBT (higher resolution,
updated more frequently) or for across the continental United States (lower resolution, updated less
frequently). A combined version of both weather products is also available for display on the same map.
278
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
When the combined NEXRAD is selected, regional NEXRAD takes display precedence where data is available,
and continental US NEXRAD is displayed outside of the regional NEXRAD coverage area.
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the NXRD Softkey. Each selection cycles though a coverage option displayed in cyan on the softkey (‘Off’,
‘US’, or ‘REG’, or ‘All’).
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) To enable/disable the display of NEXRAD information for the continental United States, turn the small FMS
Knob to highlight the NEXRAD On/Off field.
a) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ to enable the display of NEXRAD for the continental United
States or ‘Off’ to disable.
b) Press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
4) To enable/disable the display of Regional NEXRAD information, turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the
Regional On/Off field.
a) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ to enable the display of Regional NEXRAD or ‘Off’ to disable.
b) Press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) When finished, push the FMS Knob.
Continental
USA NEXRAD
Weather Product
Icon and Age
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
No radar coverage
Regional
NEXRAD
Weather Product
enabled
INDEX
Figure 6-14 Continental US (CONUS) NEXRAD Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
279
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-15 Weather Data Link (FIS-B)
Page Menu
Figure 6-16 Weather Data Link (FIS-B)
Page Setup Menu
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
3) To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
AFCS
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States), ‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’,
then press the ENT Key. This selection also affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8) When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD information.
APPENDICES
The regional NEXRAD weather product coverage area varies, as it is determined by the data received from
ground-based sources. When the regional NEXRAD weather product is enabled, a white spiked boundary
encloses this area to indicate the geographic limits of the regional NEXRAD coverage being displayed. The
system shows composite radar data from all available NEXRAD sites inside of this boundary area.
If the continental United States version of the NEXRAD weather product is shown (US Softkey enabled),
the coverage boundary is not shown on the map.
INDEX
This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The display of
the information is color-coded to indicate the weather severity level. All weather product legends can be
280
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
viewed on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page. For the NEXRAD legend, press the Legend Softkey when the
NEXRAD weather product is enabled.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
No radar coverage
Boundary of radar
coverage area
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-17 NEXRAD Weather Product Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The display of no radar coverage is enabled when NEXRAD is selected for display. Areas where radar data
is not currently available, has not yet been received, or is not being collected are indicated in gray shade of
purple.
NOTE: If the system has not received all available NEXRAD weather data (such as during initial FIS-B signal
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
acquisition or in areas of marginal or poor signal reception), the system may display areas of no radar
coverage which are subsequently removed as radar data is received. It may take up to approximately ten
minutes to receive all FIS-B data, when adequate reception is available.
Reflectivity
AFCS
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the NEXRAD
display are directly correlative to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous
weather can be very complex.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
APPENDICES
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD
measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations:
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
• At smaller map ranges, individual blocks of NEXRAD weather data are viewable. For the regional version
of the NEXRAD weather product, the smallest block represents 1.5 nm wide by 1 nm tall. For the
continental United States version of the NEXRAD weather product, each block is 7.5 nm wide by 5 nm
wide. The color of each block represents the highest radar reflectivity detected within that area.
281
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
• The continental US version of the NEXRAD weather product is not available above 60º of latitude.
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust (chaff) from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
EIS
PRECIPITATION (GARMIN CONNEXT)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Precipitation data cannot be displayed at the same time as terrain data.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Precipitation weather product provides radar precipitation information in selected radar coverage areas.
This information comes from Findividual weather radar sites and weather data sources such as government
agencies. Each radar site or source may provide weather data at differing rates and times. Periodically, the
Garmin Connext Weather service compiles the available information to form a composite image, and assigns
a single time to indicate when it created the image. This image becomes the Precipitation weather product.
Individual images--gathered from each radar site--differ in age, and are always older than the displayed
Precipitation weather product age.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Because of the time required to detect, assemble, and distribute the Precipitation weather product, the
displayed weather information contained within the product may be significantly older than the current
radar synopsis and may not depict the current weather conditions. The Precipitation weather product should
never be used as a basis for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous weather regardless of the
information it contains.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Precipitation
Weather Product
Icon and Age
APPENDICES
Boundary of
weather data
request
INDEX
Precipitation
Weather Product
enabled
Figure 6-18 Precipitation Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
282
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey (for PFD maps, press the Map/HSI or Map Opt Softkey). This step is not necessary
on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.
The system displays either base or composite radar imagery, depending on the region.
Radar Reflectivity Type
United States
Composite Reflectivity
Canada, Europe, Australia
Base Reflectivity
EIS
Region
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The base reflectivity precipitation weather product shows the radar returns from the perspective of a single
antenna tilt angle. The composite reflectivity precipitation weather product shows the highest radar energy
received from multiple antenna tilt angles. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the
intensity of the echoes and the type of precipitation.
All weather product legends can be viewed on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page. For the Precipitation
legend, press the Legend Softkey when Precipitation is selected for display.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
No radar coverage
Boundary of
weather data
request
Figure 6-19 Precipitation Weather Product Legend
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The display of radar coverage is enabled active when Precipitation is selected for display. Areas where
precipitation radar coverage is not currently available or is not being collected are indicated in gray shade of
purple. A white boundary line depicting the selected coverage area of the Connext Data Request encloses the
precipitation data when this weather product is displayed.
APPENDICES
Reflectivity
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver. Colors on the Precipitation
display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather
can be very complex.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply put, certain types of weather
reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the
weather hazard level. For instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
283
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The different radar echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative to reflectivity (Z). Weather
radars measure the reflectivity ratio, or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the
letter Z). The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Precipitation Limitations
Radar images may have certain limitations:
• Radar composite reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine precipitation
characteristics (wet hail vs. rain). For example, it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet
hail, and rain.
EIS
• An individual radar site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges. It has no information about
storms directly over the site.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• At smaller map ranges, individual blocks of radar data are viewable. Each block of radar information
represents approximately four square kilometers and depicts the highest level of reflectivity detected
within that area.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Block represents
approximately 4 km2
Figure 6-20 Precipitation Weather Product at 10 NM Map Range
APPENDICES
The following may cause abnormalities in displayed radar images:
• Ground clutter
• Strobes and spurious radar data
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
INDEX
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Metallic dust (chaff) from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar scans
284
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ECHO TOPS (SIRISUXM)
NOTE: Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time as Cloud Tops or NEXRAD data is displayed.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Echo Tops weather product shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest radar echo. The
highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at
which precipitation is detected. Information is derived from NEXRAD data.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude for
selected Echo Top
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-21 Echo Tops Weather Product
AFCS
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the Echo Top Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Since Echo Tops and Cloud Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather
products is mutually exclusive. When Echo Tops is activated, NEXRAD and Cloud Tops data are removed.
APPENDICES
No Radar Coverage
INDEX
Figure 6-22 Echo Tops Legend
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
285
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CLOUD TOPS (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Cloud Tops and Echo Tops cannot be displayed at the same time.
The Cloud Tops weather product depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite imagery.
NOTE: If a GDL 69/69A SXM receiver is installed, the broadcast rate for Cloud Tops is approximately every
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
30 minutes. As with all SiriusXM Weather products, the product age becomes amber when it reaches half
of the expiration time, which is 60 minutes for Cloud Tops. Therefore, this weather product age may be
amber during routine operation due to a less frequent broadcast rate compared to other data link weather
products.
Figure 6-23 Cloud Tops Weather Product
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Press the CLD Top Softkey.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Since Cloud Tops and Echo Tops use the same color scaling to represent altitude, display of these weather
products is mutually exclusive. When Cloud Tops is activated, Echo Tops data is removed.
Figure 6-24 Cloud Tops Legend
286
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATA LINK LIGHTNING (SIRIUSXM, GARMIN CONNEXT)
NOTE: Lightning from a data link source cannot be displayed simultaneously on the same map as information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
from an optional on-board lightning detection system.
The Data Link Lightning weather product shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two-kilometer region. The exact location
of the lightning strike is not displayed.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Lightning
Strikes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-25 Data Link Weather Product
AFCS
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather Data Link Page:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
To display the Lightning legend on the Weather Data Link Page, press the Legend Softkey when Data Link
Lightning is selected for display.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-26 Data Link Lightning Legend
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the Navigation Map Page:
INDEX
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
287
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
3) Press the Datalink Softkey.
4) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
CELL MOVEMENT (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
The Cell Movement weather product shows the location and movement of storm cells as identified by the
ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares, with direction of movement indicated with
short, orange arrows.
Storm Cells
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional
information for
selected Storm Cell
Figure 6-27 Cell Movement Weather Product
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
On the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, the Cell Movement weather product has a dedicated Cel MOV
softkey for enabling/disabling this weather product on this page.
NOTE: The Storm Cell base height is not available if a GDL 69 SXM or 69A SXM data link receiver is installed.
APPENDICES
In this case, the Storm Cell base height is displayed as 0 feet when the map pointer selects a storm cell.
Displaying Cell Movement information on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
INDEX
2) Press the Cell MOV Softkey.
Figure 6-28 Cell Movement Legend
288
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
For navigation maps, the pilot can enable/disable the Cell Movement weather product using the NEXRAD
Softkey. For this to occur, the pilot must first enable the ‘Cell Movement’ option in the Map Settings menu
of the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Setting up the system to display Cell Movement with NEXRAD on navigation maps:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather’ and press the ENT Key.
EIS
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to ‘On’ or ‘Off’ for the Cell Movement menu option. When set to ‘On’, Cell Movement
is enabled/disabled with the NEXRAD weather product on navigation maps. When set to ‘Off’, Cell Movement
is not displayed on navigation maps.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
6) When finished, push the FMS Knob or CLR Key to remove the menu.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After the ‘Cell Movement’ option is set to ‘On’, refer to the previous procedures for enabling/disabling the
NEXRAD weather product to control both products simultaneously on navigation maps using the NEXRAD
Softkey.
INFRARED SATELLITE (GARMIN CONNEXT)
The Infrared Satellite (IR SAT) weather product depicts cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery.
Brighter cloud top colors indicate cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-29 Infrared Satellite Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (CNXT) Page
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
289
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Displaying Infrared Satellite information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the IR SAT Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-30 Infrared Satellite Legend
SIGMETS AND AIRMETS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
SIGMET (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMET (AIRmen’s METeorological Information)
are issued for potentially hazardous weather. A Convective SIGMET is issued for hazardous convective
weather such as severe or widespread thunderstorms. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather condition
occurring at a localized geographical position.
NOTE: If SiriusXM Weather is the active data link weather source and a GDL 69A SXM receiver installed, the
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SIGMET and AIRMET weather products are not available unless at least one SIGMET or AIRMET has been
received. The weather product age indicates ‘N/A’ when no SIGMET or AIRMET is available.
NOTE: For Garmin Connext Weather only, the entire SIGMET or AIRMET is shown on the map as long as any
AFCS
portion of it is issued within the selected coverage area of the Connext Data Request.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AIRMET for
Turbulence
AIRMET for IFR
conditions
APPENDICES
AIRMET for
Icing conditions
INDEX
SIGMET
Figure 6-31 SIGMET/AIRMET Data
290
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the ‘Map- Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key. The following figure shows sample SIGMET text.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Convective SIGMET Text
Figure 6-32 SIGMET/AIRMET Text and Legend
METARS AND TAFS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure as reported for METARs is given in hectopascals (hPa), except for in the United
States, where it is reported in inches of mercury (in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius.
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed navigation database service area.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
METARs (METeorological Aerodrome Reports) typically contain information about the temperature,
dewpoint, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure at an airport or
observation station. They can also contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical
data. METARs reflect hourly observations; non-routine updates include the code “SPECI” in the report.
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
291
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Additional Information on Weather
Feature Selected
with Map Pointer
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
METAR flag
selected with Map
Pointer
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-33 METAR Flags on the Weather Data Link Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAFs (Terminal Aerodrome Forecasts) are weather predictions for specific airports within a 24- hour period,
and may span up to 36 hours. TAFs typically include forecast wind, visibility, weather phenomena, and sky
conditions using METAR codes.
METAR and TAF text are displayed on the Weather Information Page. METAR and TAF data is displayed
first in a decoded fashion, followed by the original text. Note the original text may contain additional
information not found in the decoded version.
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
AFCS
1) On the Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT) Page, press the METAR Softkey.
2) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with METAR and TAF text.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. METAR text must be completely
scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link Page.
APPENDICES
Or:
1) Select the Weather Information Page.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Waypoint Page Group.
b) Press the WX Softkey to select the Weather Information Page.
INDEX
2) Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3) Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF text. Note that the METAR text must
be completely scrolled through before scrolling through the TAF text.
292
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
METAR Text for the
Selected Airport
EIS
TAF Text for the
Selected Airport
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-34 METAR and TAF Text on the Weather Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To display the METAR legend on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page, press the Legend Softkey when METARs
are enabled for display.
The METAR flag color is determined by the information in the METAR text. The system displays a gray
METAR flag when the system cannot determine the METAR category based on the available information‑.
AFCS
Figure 6-35 METAR Legend
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The system also shows METAR flags and their associated text on the Active Flight Plan Page on the MF.D.
The system shows a solid METAR flag next to waypoints in the flight plan with an available METAR. Hollow
METAR flags appear next to flight plan waypoints which are not directly associated with a METAR, but a
METAR exists within 30 NM of the flight plan waypoint. When this occurs, additional information appears
with the METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page indicating the origin and relative location of the source
METAR.
APPENDICES
Displaying original METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
INDEX
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR (indicated with a METAR flag next
to it). The METAR text will appear in the ‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL Key to exit the Active Flight Plan
Page.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
293
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Original METAR text is also accessible on navigation maps displaying METAR flags. When the map pointer
is panned over a METAR flag, the METAR text is shown in a box near the flag.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the METAR Softkey.
3) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR text appears on the map.
4) When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
EIS
SURFACE ANALYSIS AND CITY FORECAST (SIRIUSXM)
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Surface Analysis and City Forecast information is available for current and forecast weather conditions.
Forecasts are available for intervals of 12, 24, 36, and 48 hours.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-36 Current Surface Analysis Data
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the SFC Softkey.
4) Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36 HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey
label changes to show the forecast time selected.
INDEX
Or:
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
294
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Figure 6-37 Surface Analysis Legend
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FREEZING LEVEL (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Freezing Level weather product shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and location at
which the first isotherm is found. When no data is displayed for a given altitude, the data for that altitude
has not been received, or is out of date and has been removed from the display. New data appears when it
becomes available.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-38 Freezing Level Data
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
INDEX
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
295
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-39 Freezing Levels Legend
EIS
WINDS ALOFT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Winds Aloft weather product shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected
altitudes. Altitude can be displayed in 3000-foot increments beginning at the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.
If the FIS-B option is installed and FIS-B is the active data link weather source, the Winds Aloft weather
product also displays temperatures aloft next to the winds aloft arrows on the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) Page.
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the Wind Softkey.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000 feet. Press the Next or Prev Softkey
to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The Wind Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
INDEX
Figure 6-40 Winds Aloft Data at 12,000 Feet
296
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Figure 6-41 Winds Aloft Data with Legend
EIS
Headwind and tailwind components aloft are available inside the Vertical Situation Display (VSD) on the
Navigation Map Page when the SiriusXM or Garmin Connext Weather service is the active data link weather
source. The displayed components are relative to current aircraft altitude and track, but not to aircraft speed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Winds Aloft Data Age
Wind Component
Velocity and Direction
Arrows
Altitude Scale
AFCS
Figure 6-42 Navigation Map Page with Winds Aloft Data on the VSD
Tailwind Symbol
Headwind/Tailwind Component
None
None
Less than 5 knots
APPENDICES
Headwind Symbol
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Arrows pointing to the left indicate headwind components; tailwind component arrows point to the right,
as shown in the following table.
5 knots
10 knots
INDEX
50 knots
Table 6-5 VSD Headwind/Tailwind Component Symbols
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
297
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (containing winds aloft data):
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Or:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
EIS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Winds Aloft data inside the VSD is enabled by default when the VSD is displayed on the Navigation Map
Page. This behavior can be changed on the Navigation Map Page.
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
7) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
298
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
COUNTY WARNINGS (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The County warning weather product provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings
from the National Weather Service (NWS). This can include information on tornadoes, severe thunderstorms,
and flood conditions.
EIS
Flood
Warnings
Thunderstorm
Warning
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional
Information
on Flood
Warning
Selected
with Map
Pointer
Figure 6-43 County Flood Warning
Displaying County Warning information:
AFCS
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the County Softkey.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-44 County Warnings Legend
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
299
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
CYCLONE (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Cyclone weather product shows the current location of cyclones (hurricanes), tropical storms,
and their projected tracks. The system displays the projected track information in the form of
DD/HH:MM.
Cyclone
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-45 Cyclone Weather Product on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
AFCS
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the Cyclone Softkey.
APPENDICES
Figure 6-46 Cyclone Legend
NOTE: If a GDL 69 SXM or GDL 69A SXM receiver is installed, the Cyclone weather product is not available
INDEX
unless at least one cyclone or tropical storm has been received. The weather product age indicates ‘N/A’
when no cyclone or tropical storm has been received.
300
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ICING (CIP & SLD) (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Current Icing Product (CIP) weather product shows a graphical view of the current icing environment.
Icing severity is displayed in four categories: light, moderate, severe, and extreme (not specific to aircraft
type). The CIP product is not a forecast, but a presentation of the current conditions at the time of the
analysis.
Supercooled Large Droplet (SLD) icing conditions are characterized by the presence of relatively large,
super cooled water droplets indicative of freezing drizzle and freezing rain aloft. SLD threat areas are depicted
as magenta dots over the CIP colors.
EIS
Displaying Icing data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet. Press the Next or PREV Softkey to
cycle through the altitude softkeys. The ICNG Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Light Icing Potential
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Moderate Icing
Potential
Figure 6-47 Icing Data at 18,000 Feet
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure 6-48 Icing Potential Legend
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
301
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TURBULENCE (SIRIUSXM)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Turbulence weather product identifies the potential for erratic movement of high-altitude air mass
associated winds. Turbulence is classified as light, moderate, severe or extreme, at altitudes between 21,000
and 45,000 feet. Turbulence information is intended to supplement AIRMETs, SIGMETs, and PIREPs.
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
EIS
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet. Press the Next or PREV Softkey to cycle
through the altitude softkeys. The TURB Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selection.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-49 Turbulence Weather Product at 21,000 Feet
INDEX
Figure 6-50 Turbulence Legend
302
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PIREPS AND AIREPS
NOTE: AIREPs are only available with the SiriusXM Weather service.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) are in-flight weather observations collected from pilots. When significant
weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs.
A PIREP may contain adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear,
and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
Another type of PIREP is an Air Report (AIREP). Commercial airlines typically generate AIREPs.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AIREP
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Urgent PIREP
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PIREP selected with
Map Pointer
AFCS
Figure 6-51 PIREPs and AIREPS on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the PIREPS or AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is only available with the SiriusXM Weather
service.)
APPENDICES
4) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will appear around the weather report
when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or AIREP text. The data is first displayed
in a decoded fashion, followed by the original text. Note the original text may contain additional information
not present in the decoded version.
INDEX
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP text.
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM) Page.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
303
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Decoded PIREP Text
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Original PIREP
Text
Figure 6-52 PIREP Text on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The PIREP color is determined by the type (routine or urgent).
Figure 6-53 AIREPs & PIREPs Legend
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TFRS
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) information.
Always confirm TFR information through official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
APPENDICES
In the United States, the FAA issues Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) to designate areas where flight is
restricted. TFRs are issued to restrict flight for a variety of reasons including national security, law enforcement,
natural disasters, and large sporting events. TFRs may be issued at any time, and TFR data displayed on the
system is only intended to supplement official TFR information obtained from Flight Service Stations (FSS),
and air traffic control.
INDEX
The age of TFR data is not shown; however, if TFR data is not available or has expired, the system displays
‘TFR N/A’ in the upper-left corner of maps on which TFRs can be displayed.
304
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Information for
selected TFR
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-54 TFR Data on the Weather Data Link (XM) Page
Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page or Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The system displays TFR summary
information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the ENT Key. The system displays the
TFR Information window.
AFCS
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information window.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
305
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-55 Full Text for Selected TFR
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The setup menus for the Navigation Map Page control the map range settings above which TFR data is
decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the TFR product map range setting is selected, the
TFR product data is removed from the map.
Maps other than the Navigation Map Page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data can be displayed:
AFCS
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
APPENDICES
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
306
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FIS-B WEATHER STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Additional information about the status of FIS-B weather products is available on the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’
Page.
Viewing FIS-B status:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
On the Weather Data Link (FIS-B) page, the pilot can enable/disable the FIS-B weather feature, which includes
all FIS-B weather products and related softkeys on various maps.
EIS
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable FIS-B Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-56 Viewing FIS-B Weather Status on the ADS-B Status Page
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
307
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ADS-B Status Page Item
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FIS-B Weather Status:
FIS-B Processing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Weather Products:
AIRMET
CONUS NEXRAD
METAR
METAR Graphical
NOTAM/TFR
PIREP
Regional NEXRAD
SIGMET
TAF
Winds/Temp Aloft
Status
Message
Enabled
Disabled
---------------Available
Description
The FIS-B weather feature is enabled to process and display FIS-B weather products.
The FIS-B weather feature is disabled.
No FIS-B weather data received from the transponder.
FIS-B weather data is available for display for the weather product.
Not Available
FIS-B weather data is not available for the weather product, and/or the system is not
receiving the FIS-B weather service.
Awaiting Data
The system is receiving the FIS-B weather service, and is waiting to receive the
weather product from the FIS-B data broadcast.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-6 ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for FIS-B Weather
ABNORMAL OPERATIONS FOR GARMIN CONNEXT WEATHER
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the system cannot complete a Connext Data Request, one or more messages will appear in the Request
Status Window.
Weather Request
Status Message
Auto requests inhibited
Send manual request to
reset.
Auto update retry: ##
Seconds
Connext Comm Error [1]
Connext Comm Error [2]
Description
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The system has disabled automatic weather data requests due to excessive errors. Automatic
weather data requests have stopped. Send a manual weather data request to resume automatic
updates.
The system will attempt another automatic weather data request after an error occurred during the
previous request. Timer counts down until the next automatic request occurs.
A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system should be serviced.
A communications error has occurred with an Integrated Aviations Units. The system should be
serviced.
Connext Comm Error [3] A general error has occurred. If the error persists, the system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
Connext Comm Error [4] This occurs if multiple automatic weather data requests have recently failed, or a GIA is off-line.
INDEX
Connext Comm Error [5] The Iridium or Garmin Connext services are not accessible. Check Iridium signal strength. If this
error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [6] A communications error has occurred. It this error persists, the system should be serviced.
Connext Comm Error [7] A weather data transfer has timed out. Check Iridium signal strength and re-send the data request.
Connext Comm Error [8] A server error has occurred or invalid data received.
Connext Comm Error [9] An error occurred while reading or writing data. If the error persists, the system should be serviced.
308
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
There is a problem with the Garmin Connext registration. Verify information entered matches the
information provided from Garmin during registration. If this error persists, contact Garmin Aviation
Support using the information at www.flygarmin.com.
The Garmin Connext Weather data server is temporarily out of service, but is expected to return to
service in less than 30 minutes.
The Garmin Connext Weather data server will be out of service for at least 30 minutes.
No Connext
Subscription
The system is not be currently subscribed to Garmin Connext services or the access code is
incorrect. Verify the access code. If information is correct, contact Garmin Aviation Support using
the information at www.flygarmin.com.
The size of the received weather data has exceeded system memory limits. Reduce the size of the
coverage area and issue another Connext Data Request to ensure all available weather data has
been received.
The user has cancelled a Connext Data Request.
The weather data request timed-out. Re-send data request.
Reduce Request Area
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Request Canceled
Request Failed - Try
Again
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The weather data request coverage area does not contain at least one of the following: a
waypoint, a flight plan, or a flight plan destination. Verify at least one of the coverage options is
enabled (checked) and contains required criteria, then re-send the data request.
EIS
Invalid Coverage Area
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Connext Server Temp
Inop
Connext Server Inop
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Connext Login Invalid
Table 6-7 Abnormal Garmin Connext Data Request Status Messages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When the system is operating in Reversionary Mode, only those weather products which can be displayed
on the PFD maps will be available for display (see Table 6-4 for a list of weather products and their associated
map availability).
If manual Connext Data Requests were enabled prior to entering Reversionary Mode, no new weather data
will be retrieved while operating in Reversionary Mode. If automatic Connext Data Requests were enabled
prior to Reversionary Mode operation, the system will continue the automatic data requests in Reversionary
Mode (provided automatic requests have not been inhibited due to a system error).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
309
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.2 STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system display as the sole basis for
hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate
or incomplete information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system manufacturer for
detailed information about the system.
NOTE: Stormscope lightning information cannot be displayed simultaneously on the same map as lightning
EIS
information from data link lightning sources.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system can display L-3 WX-500 Stormscope lightning detection system information on the Stormscope
Page, and as an overlay on navigation maps. The system uses the symbols shown in the following table to depict
lightning strikes and cells based on the age of the information.
Lightning Age
Symbol
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Strike is less than 6 seconds old
Strike is between 6 and 60 seconds old
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old
Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old
Table 6-8 Lightning Age and Symbols
AFCS
USING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
On the Stormscope Page, lightning information can be displayed at the ranges of 25 nm, 50 nm, 100 nm,
and 200 nm.
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
3) Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to decrease the map range.
310
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Stormscope Mode
Lightning Strike
Rate Per Minute
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-57 Stormscope Page with Cell Mode Selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Stormscope Page.
3) Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counter-clockwise to decrease the map range.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the Mode Softkey. The Cell and Strike softkeys are displayed.
AFCS
3) Press the Cell Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or select the Strike Softkey to display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or
‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the upper right corner of the Stormscope Page.
4) Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level softkeys for the Stormscope Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Stormscope Page Menu. Either ‘Cell Mode’ or ‘Strike Mode’ is highlighted
in cyan to indicate the mode to be selected.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key to select the highlighted mode and remove the menu. To remove the menu without changing
modes, press the MENU Key or the CLR Key, or push the FMS Knob.
If heading input is lost, strikes and/or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn . This
is to ensure that the strike and/or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the nose of the aircraft.
Clearing Stormscope lightning on any map clears this information from all displays on the system.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
311
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Manually clearing Stormscope cell or strike information:
1) Select the Stormscope Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Clear Softkey.
Or:
a) On the Stormscope Page, press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Lightning Data’, then press the ENT Key.
Or:
EIS
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Clear Stormscope® Lightning’, then press the ENT Key.
Displaying Stormscope information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
SETTING UP STORMSCOPE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
Setting up Stormscope options on the Navigation Map:
AFCS
1) On the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Settings’ selected, press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’,
and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
APPENDICES
6) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
312
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following options are available:
• Stormscope On/Off field – Enables/disables the display of Stormscope lightning symbols.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Stormscope maximum display range – Selects the maximum map range to display Stormscope symbols.
Stormscope data is removed when a map range greater than the STRMSCP SMBL value is selected.
• Stormscope Mode – Selects the Cell or Strike mode of lightning activity. Cell mode identifies clusters or cells
of electrical activity. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
CELL AND STRIKE MODE ON THE NAVIGATION MAP
EIS
On the Navigation Map, cell mode identifies cells of lightning activity. Stormscope identifies clusters of
electrical activity that indicate cells. Strike mode indicates the approximate location of lightning strikes.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Stormscope Mode
Lightning Strike
Rate Per Minute
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Stormscope Navigation Map
Overlay Enabled Icon
AFCS
Figure 6-58 Navigation Map Page with Stormscope Lightning Data
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
313
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.3 TERRAIN DISPLAYS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of information for maintaining separation
from terrain and obstacles. Garmin obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed terrain database coverage
EIS
area.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting is not available north of 89º North latitude and south of 89º South
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
latitude. This is due to limitations present within the Terrain database and the system’s ability to process
the data representing the affected areas.
NOTE: Terrain and obstacle alerting requires the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B option. No terrain or obstacle
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
alerting occurs for the Terrain Proximity feature.
The terrain system increases situational awareness and aids in reducing controlled flight into terrain (CFIT) and
obstacles.
One of the following terrain systems is installed on this aircraft:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Terrain Proximity
• Terrain-SVT (included with the Garmin SVT option when the Terrain Awareness and Warning System Class-B
(TAWS-B) is not installed; refer to the Flight Instruments section for more information about Garmin SVT.)
• TAWS-B (optional)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The installed terrain system provides color indications on map displays when terrain or obstacles, including
certain power lines, are within a certain altitude threshold from the aircraft. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B furthermore
provide advisory visual annunciations and voice alerts to indicate the presence of threatening terrain or obstacles
relevant to the projected flight path. This alerting capability is not present in the Terrain Proximity feature.
Compared to Terrain-SVT alerting, TAWS-B uses more sophisticated algorithms to assess aircraft distance from
terrain and obstacles. The TAWS-B system includes more alerting capabilities than the Terrain-SVT system.
The terrain system requires the following for proper operation:
• Valid 3-D GPS position
APPENDICES
The terrain system uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government and other sources. Terrain
information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual
obstructions, such as towers or power lines, may be shown if available in the database. Garmin verifies the data
to confirm accuracy of the content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as being
all-inclusive and data may still contain inaccuracies.
INDEX
• Valid terrain and obstacle databases
The terrain system uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and
altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. GPS altitude is then converted to the height above
314
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
geodetic sea level (GSL), which is the height above mean sea level (MSL) calculated geometrically. The system
uses GSL altitude to determine alerts for the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems. GSL altitude accuracy is affected
by satellite geometry, but is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure
altitude sensors. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude. It is a widelyused MSL altitude source. Therefore, GSL altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to
calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
EIS
The terrain and obstacle databases used by the terrain system are referenced to MSL. Using the GPS position
and GSL altitude, terrain system displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the
position and altitude of the aircraft. Furthermore, for the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, the system uses the
GPS position and GSL altitude to calculate and “predict” the aircraft’s flight path in relation to the surrounding
terrain and obstacles. In this manner, the Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems can provide advanced alerts of predicted
dangerous terrain conditions.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Baro-corrected altitude (or indicated altitude) is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric
conditions. The most accurate baro-corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter
setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path. However, because actual atmospheric conditions
seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) model (where
pressure, temperature, and lapse rates have fixed values), it is common for the baro-corrected altitude (as read
from the altimeter) to differ from the GSL altitude. This variation results in the aircraft’s GSL altitude differing
from the baro-corrected altitude.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
RELATIVE TERRAIN SYMBOLOGY
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The terrain system uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and point obstacles (with heights greater than
200 feet above ground level, AGL) present in the databases relative to aircraft altitude. The system dynamically
adjusts these colors as the aircraft altitude changes, and after takeoff and landing.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
On-Ground Legend
AFCS
While the aircraft is on the ground, the system displays relative terrain 400 feet or more above the aircraft
altitude using red, and terrain at less than 400 feet above aircraft altitude using black, as shown on the OnGround Legend. When the aircraft is in the air, the system displays relative terrain information using red,
yellow, green, and black, as shown on the In-Air Legend. As the aircraft transitions from on-ground to in-air, or
from in-air to on-ground, the display of relative terrain momentarily fades into the corresponding colors. For
Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B systems, if an alert occurs, the relative terrain colors transition to the In-Air Legend if
the On-Ground Legend was shown in order to provide the pilot with the most information possible.
In-Air Legend
APPENDICES
Figure 6-59 Relative Terrain Legend
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
315
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following figure shows the relative terrain coloring for the Terrain Proximity system.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
100 ft Threshold
Red
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
2000 ft
EIS
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
Figure 6-60 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The following figure shows relative terrain coloring for the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems.
Projected Flight Path
100 ft Threshold
Red
Terrain above or within 100 feet
below the aircraft altitude
Yellow
Terrain is between 100 feet and
1000 feet below aircraft altitude
Lighted Obstacle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2000 ft
Green Terrain is between 1000 feet and
2000 feet below aircraft altitude
AFCS
Black Terrain is at least 2000 feet
below aircraft altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-61 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B Systems
NOTE: The Vertical Situation Display (VSD) Inset Window shows terrain at least 2000 feet below the aircraft
INDEX
APPENDICES
altitude as gray.
316
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following tables show the relative obstacle coloring used by the terrain systems.
Unlighted Obstacle
Lighted Obstacle
< 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL < 1000’ AGL > 1000’ AGL
Obstacle Location
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft below the aircraft
altitude
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
aircraft altitude
EIS
White obstacle is more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude
Wire Obstacle
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Table 6-9 Relative Point Obstacle Symbols and Colors
Wire Obstacle Location
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Red wire obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude
Yellow wire obstacle is between the aircraft altitude to within 250 feet below
the aircraft altitude
White wire obstacle is more than 250 ft below the aircraft altitude
Unlighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
Lighted Wind
Turbine Obstacle
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-10 Relative Wire Obstacles and Colors
Wind Turbine Obstacle Location
AFCS
Red obstacle is above or within 100 ft below the aircraft altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yellow obstacle is between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the aircraft
altitude
White obstacle is more than 1000 ft below aircraft altitude
Table 6-11 Relative Wind Turbine Obstacles and Colors
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
317
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems show potential impacts areas for terrain and obstacles using yellow and
red as shown in the following table.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Potential Impact
Area Examples
Alert Type
Example Annunciation
TAWS-B Warning
Warning
Terrain-SVT Warning
EIS
or
Caution
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
or
Table 6-12 Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B Potential Impact Area with Annunciations
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The ‘Map - Terrain Proximity’ or ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page is the principal map page for
viewing terrain information. Terrain and obstacle information can be displayed on the following maps and
pages:
• PFD Maps
• Trip Planning Page
• ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page’
• Flight Plan Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Terrain Proximity/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B Page
Displaying relative terrain information (MFD maps other than the terrain page):
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey (for the PFD Inset Map, press the Map/HSI Softkey).
AFCS
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkeys for enabling/disabling
the display of relative terrain, point obstacles (such as towers), and wire obstacles (such as power lines). The
setup menu also controls the map range settings above which terrain and obstacle data are decluttered from the
display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. For
terrain data, the enable/disable function applies only to the MFD, while the maximum range setting also affects
the PFD maps.
APPENDICES
When relative terrain is shown on maps other than the terrain page, a relative terrain icon appears on the
map. A relative terrain legend appears with the icon on the Navigation Map Page. The legend appears by itself
on the terrain page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TER Softkey as needed to cycle through the terrain options, with the current selection displayed in
cyan on the softkey (‘Off’, ‘Topo’ or ‘REL’). ‘REL’ indicates relative terrain is selected.
The pilot can display relative terrain information independently of point or wire obstacle information;
however, obstacles for which Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B warnings and cautions are issued are shown when terrain
is selected for display and the map range is within the setting limit.
INDEX
Maps besides the terrain page use settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page. The maximum
display ranges for obstacles on each map are dependent on the range setting made for the Navigation Map.
318
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS
• Terrain Display – Enables the display of relative (‘REL’) terrain data or select ‘Off’ to disable; also sets
maximum map range at which terrain is shown.
• Point Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of point obstacle data and sets maximum range at which point
obstacles are shown
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Wire Obstacle – Enables/disables the display of wire obstacle data and sets maximum range at which wire
obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
Additional information about obstacles can be displayed by panning over the display on the map. The map
panning feature is enabled by pressing the Joystick. The map range is adjusted by turning the Joystick. If the
map range is adjusted while panning is enabled, the map is re-centered on the Map Pointer.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Additional
Information on
Obstacle Selected
with Map Pointer
Lighted Obstacle
Selected with Map
Pointer
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Red Lighted
Obstacles
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
AFCS
Yellow Terrain Area
(Between 100’ and
1000’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Display
Enabled Icon
APPENDICES
Red Terrain Area
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Terrain Legend
Figure 6-62 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
319
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TERRAIN PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The ‘Map - Terrain Proximity’, or ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’, or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page is specialized to show terrain,
and obstacle in relation to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. This page is the
principal page for viewing terrain information. Aviation data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be
enabled for reference.
For Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B systems only, this page also shows potential impact areas. If terrain or obstacles
(including wire obstacles) and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display automatically adjusts
to a map range if necessary to emphasize the display of the potential impact area.
EIS
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading, in which case the
orientation is track up. Map range is adjustable with the Joystick from 250 feet to 1000 nm, which is indicated
on the map range arc.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Displaying the terrain page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Terrain Proximity Page/Terrain-SVT/TAWS-B Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Showing/hiding aviation information on the terrain page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Black Terrain
(More than 1000’
Below the Aircraft
Altitude)
Red Lighted Obstacle
(Above or Within
100’ Below Aircraft
Altitude)
Yellow Lighted Obstacles
(Between 100’ and 1000’
Below Aircraft Altitude)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Current Aircraft
GPS-derived GSL
Altitude
Map Orientation
Yellow Terrain
(Between 100’
and 1000’ Below
the Aircraft
Altitude)
APPENDICES
Red Terrain
(Above or Within
100’ Below the
Aircraft Altitude)
Terrain Legend
INDEX
Figure 6-63 Terrain Proximity Page
320
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
WIRE OBSTACLE INFORMATION AND ALERTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For additional safety, the terrain system incorporates Garmin’s WireAware™ wire obstacle information. For
wire obstacles such as power lines present in the obstacle database, the system shows these on the maps as well
as the Synthetic Vision display; see the Flight Instruments section for more information about Synthetic Vision
displays of power lines. For the Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B only, this system can also issue cautions or warnings
for potential impact with wire obstacles.
EIS
WireAware database information mainly includes Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) power lines which
are typically high voltage transmission lines depicted on VFR Sectional charts, and are considered of special
interest to fixed-wing pilots. These include power lines which may span rivers, valleys, canyons, or be in close
proximity to airports/heliports.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
It is important to note the obstacle database does not contain all power lines. In fact, WireAware database
coverage is mostly limited to HOT power lines, such as the especially tall transmission lines and their associated
support structures. It does not typically have information for the more prevalent smaller utility poles or lines,
such as those found in residential areas. Furthermore, WireAware obstacle database coverage exists mainly in
the United States; with limited coverage in portions of Canada and Mexico. In addition, the height of the wire
obstacles is commonly estimated and should not be relied upon for maneuvering decisions.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTE: Wire obstacle symbols are not depicted in the Vertical Situation Display (VSD).
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD) TERRAIN
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system offers a Vertical Situation Display (VSD), which includes a profile of terrain and obstacles in an
inset window on the bottom of the Navigation Map Page. Although the VSD does not display Terrain-SVT or
TAWS-B alerts and potential impact areas, the VSD does use many of the same colors and symbols as these
systems to depict relative terrain and obstacles within the VSD.
Enabling/Disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
AFCS
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable or disable the VSD.
Or:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Show VSD’ or ‘Hide VSD’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
The same controls which enable/disable the display of relative terrain and obstacles on the Navigation Map
Page also control the display of this information in the VSD.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
321
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
VSD DISPLAY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the VSD is enabled, terrain and obstacles in the VSD will be shown if the aircraft altitude is low
enough or the VSD altitude range is high enough for the terrain to be in view (absolute terrain will be shown
in gray if the TER Softkey is selected off on the Navigation Map Page).
EIS
The depicted terrain profile represents an approximate forward-looking contour of the terrain based upon
the highest reported terrain elevations, measured at intervals defined by the terrain database resolution,
within a predefined width along the aircraft track between the aircraft present position and the end of the
map range. The predefined width is determined by the flight phase, as annunciated on the HSI, and is widest
during enroute or oceanic phases.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Flight Phase
Approach
Departure
Terminal
Enroute
Oceanic
Total VSD Width
0.6 nm
0.6 nm
2.0 nm
4.0 nm
4.0 nm
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-13 VSD Terrain Width Varies with Phase of Flight
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The forward looking swath of terrain is based on the selected VSD Mode, annunciated in the top-left corner
of the VSD Inset Window. In Flight Plan Mode, the contour follows the active flight plan, and if no active
flight plan is present, the VSD Inset Window displays ‘Flight Plan Not Available’. In Track Mode, the contour
is based on the aircraft ground track. In Auto Mode, the contour is based on the active flight plan, when
available, otherwise, it is based on the ground track.
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
AFCS
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the VSD Softkey displaying the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the softkey cycles through a mode
selection: FPL (flight plan), TRK (track), or Auto.
INDEX
APPENDICES
When the Navigation Map range is adjusted with the Joystick, the horizontal distance of the VSD is adjusted
to match the distance shown on the map range arc, down to one nautical mile. If the Navigation Map range is
adjusted below one nautical mile, the VSD range remains at one nautical mile. When Navigation Map range
is adjusted to remove altitude-correlated colored terrain data (as shown in the Terrain Legend) or obstacles
from the Navigation Map, these items are also removed from the VSD; only an outline of the terrain will be
displayed in black in the VSD Inset Window.
322
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Track Mode
Boundary enabled
Terrain Legend
EIS
Terrain Display
Enabled Icon
Altitude Scale
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
VSD Range
Figure 6-64 Terrain Information on the Navigation Map Page
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Obstacles with heights greater than 200 feet AGL appear relative to aircraft altitude along the altitude scale.
The top of the obstacle symbol on the scale represents the obstacle’s height AGL. If the obstacle’s height AGL
is higher than can be represented by the obstacle symbol itself (e.g. for especially tall obstacles), a vertical
line appears below the obstacle symbol in order to depict the top of the obstacle symbol at its height AGL, as
shown in the following figure.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 6-65 VSD with Tall Obstacles
APPENDICES
TRACK MODE BOUNDARY
INDEX
The Track Mode Boundary represents the horizontal and lateral boundaries of the VSD. The boundary is
shown as a white rectangle on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page and is only available when the VSD is enabled
in Track Mode. White range markers on both edges of the Track Mode Boundary rectangle match the range
markers along the distance scale inside the VSD Inset Window whenever the profile range is at least four
nautical miles (or 7.5 km if configured for metric units).
The Track Mode Boundary may be enabled/disabled, and the Navigation Map range at which the Profile
Path is removed from map display can be changed.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
323
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘VSD’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
EIS
• TRK Mode BNDRY – Enables/disables the display of the Track Mode Boundary and sets maximum range at
which Track Mode Boundary is shown.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off range settings).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page with the changed settings.
TERRAIN-SVT AND TAWS-B ALERTING DISPLAYS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B software
algorithms. Terrain-SVT and TAWS-B alerts typically employ a caution or a warning alert severity level, or both.
When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are displayed and voice alerts are simultaneously issued.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The terrain alert annunciation appears
to the left of the Selected Altitude box on the PFD, and bottom on the MFD. If the terrain page is not displayed
at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
• Press the CLR Key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ or ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page)
Pop-up
Alert
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Alert Annunciation
INDEX
Figure 6-66 TAWS-B Alert Annunciations
324
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Potential Impact
Area
EIS
Terrain Legend
Alert Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-67 TAWS-B Page
(After TAWS-B Pop-up Alert Acknowledgment)
The following table lists the possible Terrain-SVT alerts.
Alert Type
MFD
Pop-Up Alert (except
Terrain-SVT Page)
Voice Alert
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PFD/TerrainSVT Page
Alert
Annunciation
“Warning; Wire, Wire”
Reduced Required Line Clearance (RLC)
“Warning; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Terrain Impact Warning (ITI)
AFCS
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
“Warning; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning (IOI)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Imminent Line Impact Caution (ILI)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
“Caution; Terrain, Terrain”
Reduced Required Line Clearance
Caution (RLC)
APPENDICES
Imminent Terrain Impact Caution (ITI)
“Caution, Wire, Wire”
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
“Caution; Obstacle, Obstacle”
INDEX
Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution (IOI)
Table 6-14 Terrain-SVT Alerts Summary
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
325
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
The following table lists the TAWS-B alerts.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Alert Type
PFD/TAWS-B
Page Alert
Annunciation
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Voice Alert
Excessive Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
“Pull Up”
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Warning (RTC)
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Imminent Line Impact
Warning (ILI)
Reduced Required LIne
Clearance Warning (RLC)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
“Wire Ahead; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Wire, Wire; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Warning (ROC)
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
Reduced Required Terrain
Clearance Caution (RTC)
Imminent Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
Required Reduced Line
Clearance Impact Caution
(RLC)
Imminent Line Clearance
Impact Caution (ILI)
Reduced Required Obstacle
Clearance Caution (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
Premature Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
Altitude Voice Callout
(VCO) “500”
Excessive Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”
“Caution, Wire; Caution, Wire”
“Wire Ahead; Wire Ahead”
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
“Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”
“Too Low, Terrain”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
“Sink Rate”
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
“Don’t Sink”
INDEX
Table 6-15 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
326
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FORWARD LOOKING TERRAIN AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) feature of Terrain-SVT or TAWS-B compares the projected
flight path as derived from GPS data with terrain features and obstacles from the terrain and obstacle databases.
The system issues FLTA alerts when the projected flight path conflicts with terrain or obstacles.
The projected flight path is a calculated area ahead of, to the sides, and below the aircraft. The size of the
projected flight path varies based on factors including ground speed (the path ahead is larger when the ground
speed is higher), whether the aircraft is level, turning, or descending, and the proximity to the nearest runway
along the current track. As the aircraft approaches the runway, the projected flight path becomes narrower until
the system automatically disables FLTA alerts or the pilot manually inhibits them.
EIS
There are two types of FLTA alerts, Reduced Required Terrain/Obstacle/Line Clearance (RTC /ROC/RLC
respectively) and Imminent Terrain/Obstacle/Line Impact (ITI/IOI/ILI respectively).
Descending (FT)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Level (FT)
800
600
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
500
400
300
200
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Required
Clearance
(FT)
Required Terrain
Clearance (FT)
700
100
0
0
5
10
15
20
Distance From Runway (NM)
25
30
AFCS
Figure 6-68 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
The system automatically disables FLTA alerts when the aircraft is less than 200 feet above the destination
runway elevation while within 0.5 nm of the approach runway or the aircraft is between runway ends.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ADDITIONAL TAWS-B ALERTING
In addition to the FLTA alerting discussed previously, TAWS-B provides the following additional types of
alerts.
APPENDICES
EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE ALERT
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide notification when the aircraft is
determined to be closing (descending) upon terrain a rate that is calculated to be excessive relative to height
above terrain. Figure 6-69 shows the parameters for the alert.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
327
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6000
5500
5000
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
4500
INK
n: “S
4000
”
RATE
io
Caut
3500
3000
2500
2000
Warning: “PULL UP”
EIS
1500
1000
12000
Descent Rate (FPM)
11000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
0
0
500
Figure 6-69 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
PREMATURE DESCENT ALERTING
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly
below the normal approach path to a runway.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is below 700 feet AGL within 15 nm of the destination airport and
ends when the aircraft is 0.5 nm from the runway threshold.
800
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Height Above Destination (Feet)
700
600
500
400
300
PDA ALERTING AREA
200
100
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
APPENDICES
Distance to Destination (NM)
INDEX
Figure 6-70 PDA Alerting Threshold
328
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NEGATIVE CLIMB RATE AFTER TAKEOFF ALERT (NCR)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Takeoff alert (also referred to as “Altitude Loss After Takeoff”)
provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff.
The voice alert “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by visual annunciations. NCR alerting is
only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 5 nm or less
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 degrees
EIS
NCR alerts can be triggered by either altitude loss or sink rate.
1000
800
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
900
200
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
100
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Figure 6-71 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
AFCS
1000
800
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
700
600
“DON’T SINK”
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
500
400
300
APPENDICES
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
900
200
100
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
INDEX
0
Sink Rate (FPM)
Figure 6-72 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
329
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FIVE-HUNDRED VOICE ALERT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The purpose of the TAWS-B “Five-hundred” voice alert is to provide an advisory alert of when the aircraft
descends to within 500 feet above the terrain or runway threshold. When the aircraft is within 5 nm of an
airport, the “Five Hundred” voice alert is based on the nearest runway threshold elevation. When the aircraft
is more than 5 nm of the nearest airport, the “Five Hundred” voice alert is based on the height above terrain
(as determined by the GPS altitude and Terrain Database).
There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts that accompany the voice alert.
EIS
INHIBITING ALERTING
The pilot can manually inhibit FLTA alerts. If TAWS-B is installed, PDA alerts are also inhibited with FLTA
alerts.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Terrain-SVT System
TAWS-B System
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-73 Alerting is Inhibited when Annunciation is displayed
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B or Terrain-SVT Alerting:
1) Select the terrain page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Inhibit Softkey. Alerting is inhibited when softkey annunciator is green.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired inhibit or enable option and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
SYSTEM STATUS
TERRAIN-SVT
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
During power-up, Terrain-SVT conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice alerts. An voice
alert is issued at test completion.
Terrain-SVT continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status,
and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the system issues the voice alert “Terrain
System Failure” along with the ‘TER FAIL’ alert annunciation.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Terrain-SVT requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums.
Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the
annunciation ‘TER N/A’ is generated in the annunciation window and on the ‘Map - Terrain-SVT’ Page. The
voice alert “Terrain System Not Available” is generated. When sufficient GPS signal is returns and the
aircraft is within the database coverage area, the voice alert “Terrain System Available” is generated.
330
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
System Test Pass
None
Terrain Alerting Inhibited
No GPS position
None
“Terrain System Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“Terrain System Not Available”*
None
“Terrain System Not Available”*
TERRAIN FAIL
“Terrain System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
None
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
None
TERRAIN TEST
EIS
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage area
Terrain System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid, and
Terrain-SVT operating with PFD
Terrain or Obstacle databases
Voice Alert
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Test in Progress
Terrain-SVT Page Center
Banner Annunciation
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
PFD/TerrainSVT Page Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
* “Terrain System Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-16 Terrain-SVT System Status Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TAWS-B
AFCS
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its visual annunciations and voice alerts. An voice alert
is issued at test completion. The pilot can also manually select a TAWS-B system test. The system test option
is unavailable when the ground speed exceeds 30 knots.
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Select ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
APPENDICES
TAWS-B continually monitors several system-critical items such as database validity, hardware status,
and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not available, the voice alert “TAWS System Failure” is
generated along with the ‘TAWS FAIL’ alert annunciation.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should
the navigation solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the system
displays the ‘TAWS N/A’ annunciation, and issues the “TAWS Not Available” voice alert. When the GPS
signal integrity returns and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the system issues the voice alert,
“TAWS Available” .
331
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Alert Type
PFD/TAWS-B
Page Alert
Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
System Test in progress
System Test pass
None
TAWS-B FLTA Alerting Inhibited
EIS
No GPS position
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Excessively degraded GPS signal;
or Out of database coverage
area
TAWS-B System Test Fail; Terrain
or Obstacle database unavailable
or invalid; Invalid software
configuration; or System audio
fault
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or invalid.
TAWS operating with PFD Terrain
or Obstacle databases
None
TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
None
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not Available”
None
“TAWS Not Available”
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
* “TAWS Available” will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is received, or Terrain database coverage area reentered.
Table 6-17 TAWS-B System Status Annunciations
332
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
6.4 TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE (TIS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision avoidance maneuvering.
The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any
circumstances or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TIS-capable terminal radar
EIS
site. Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS), Traffic
Alert and Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS) and TIS. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are
shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Mode S TIS is disabled if another traffic system such as TAS or Automatic Dependent Surveillance-
Broadcast (ADS-B) is installed.
TIS Symbol
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses
the Mode S transponder for the traffic data link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is
updated every five seconds. The system displays up to eight traffic symbols within a 7.5-nm radius, from 3000
feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft. The system displays TIS traffic with the symbology shown
in the following table.
Description
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Non-Threat Traffic
Traffic Advisory (TA)
AFCS
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Table 6-18 TIS Traffic Symbols
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA,
a solid amber circle symbol appears. A TA which is detected but is outside the range of the map on which traffic
is displayed are indicated with a message in the lower left corner of the map.
APPENDICES
TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic
information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page or in a banner at the lower left corner of maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which traffic
can be displayed.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above/below the
traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation
appears above the traffic symbol; if below, the altitude separation appears below. Altitude trend is displayed as
an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic
symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb/descent
information.
333
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DISPLAYING TRAFFIC DATA
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal map page for viewing traffic information. Traffic information
can also be displayed on the following other maps for additional reference on the MFD when the traffic TIS is
operating:
• PFD Maps
• Trip Planning Page
• Navigation Map Page
• Nearest Pages
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
Traffic information can also be displayed on the PFD when the Terrain-SVT option is installed and enabled.
See the Additional Features Section for details.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Enabling/disabling traffic overlays (MFD navigation maps):
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the navigation map.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When traffic is enabled as a map overlay, an icon is shown to indicate the feature is enabled for display.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory,
500’ Below,
Climbing
Non-Threat
Traffic, Not
Reporting
Altitude
AFCS
TA Off Scale
Banner
Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic System
Status Banner
Annunciations
Figure 6-74 TIS Traffic on Navigation Map Page
APPENDICES
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu provides a means in addition to the softkey for enabling/disabling
display of traffic. The setup menu also controls the map range settings above which traffic data (symbols
and labels) are decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than the map range setting is selected, the
data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use settings based on those selected for the
Navigation Map Page.
INDEX
Enabling/disabling traffic information on the PFD Inset Map or HSI Map:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on the Inset Map or HSI Map.
334
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Customizing traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) With ‘Map Setup’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Traffic’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA Only - Displays Traffic Alerts only
EIS
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels are shown (with the option to turn off)
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off, range settings, etc.).
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with the changed settings.
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Traffic Map Page is specialized to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current
position and altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up
unless there is no valid heading. Map range is adjustable with the Joystick from 2 to 12 nm, as indicated by
the map range rings.
AFCS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to
Operating Mode and the system begins to display traffic information. Refer to the System Status discussion for
more information.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode:
APPENDICES
a) Press the Operate Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ (shown if TIS is in Standby Mode) and press the ENT Key.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
335
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Traffic Mode Annunciation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
“TIS Not Available”
Voice Alert Status
Non-Threat
Traffic, 2500’
Above,
Descending
Range
Marking
Rings
“Non-Bearing”
Traffic
(System Unable to
Determine Bearing)
Distance is 4.0 nm,
500’ Above,
Descending
EIS
Traffic Advisory, 500’
Below, Climbing
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Off-Scale Traffic
Advisory
400’ Below, Level
Press to
Mute
“TIS Not
Available”
Voice Alert
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciations
Figure 6-75 Traffic Map Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TIS ALERTS
When the number of TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next, the following occur:
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated.
• A ‘TRAFFIC’ Annunciation appears to the right of the airspeed tape, flashes for five seconds, and remains
displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
AFCS
• The PFD Inset Map or HSI Map is automatically displayed with traffic.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft, the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only
when the number of TAs increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual annunciation
are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display, no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second
TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases, another
voice alert is generated.
336
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
Inset Map
Displays When
TA is Detected
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 6-76 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
A “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of
range. TIS may be unavailable in the radar coverage area due to the following:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS-capable Mode S radar site.
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the coverage extends from about 3000
feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder.
The “TIS Not Available” (TNA) voice alert can be manually muted to reduce nuisance alerting. TNA muting
status is shown in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
AFCS
Muting the “TIS Not Available” voice alert:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the TNA Mute Softkey. The status is displayed in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘‘’Not Available” Mute On’ (shown if TNA muting is currently off) and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
337
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby
Mode (on the ground) or Operating Mode (in the air). If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
in the center of the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Banner Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the transponder*
Data is being received from the transponder, but
DATA FAILED
a failure is detected in the data stream*
FAILED
The transponder has failed*
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
UNAVAILABLE
TIS is unavailable or out of range
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
Table 6-19 TIS Failure Annunciations
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page. When the aircraft is on the
ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode. If traffic is selected for display on another map while Standby
Mode is selected, the traffic display enabled icon is crossed out (also the case whenever TIS has failed). Once
the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed. The mode can be
changed manually using softkeys or the page menu.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Traffic Map Mode
Annunciation
Traffic Map Center
Traffic Overlay Status
Banner Annunciation Icon (Navigation Maps)
Description
Data is being received from the transponder,
but a failure is detected in the data stream*
Data is not being received from the
transponder*
TIS is operating and is receiving traffic data
from a data link.
TIS is operating, but the traffic service is
currently unavailable or is out of reception
range.
DATA FAILED
TRFC FAIL
NO DATA
TRFC FAIL
OPERATING
None
OPERATING
UNAVAILABLE
STANDBY
STANDBY
TIS is in Standby Mode.
UNIT FAILED
TRFC FAIL
The transponder has failed*
* Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action
INDEX
Table 6-20 TIS Modes and Status Annunciations
338
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Switching between TIS modes:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the Standby or Operate Softkey to switch between modes. The mode is displayed in the upper right
corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Operate Mode’ or ‘Standby Mode’ (choice dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
AGE MM:SS
TRFC RMVD
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60 seconds since last message)
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is not displayed
Traffic data has failed
Traffic has not been detected
The traffic service is unavailable or out of range
AFCS
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
TRFC UNAVAIL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
TRFC COAST
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending)
Appears if traffic data is not refreshed within 6 seconds
If after another 6 seconds data is not received, traffic is removed from the display
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced as the age increases
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last message)
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TA X.X ± XX ↕
Description
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TA OFF SCALE
EIS
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed, as shown in the following table.
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-21 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
339
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.5 TAS TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision avoidance maneuvering.
The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any
circumstances or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic
EIS
information within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate
information from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of traffic system limitations. Traffic systems require transponders of other
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
aircraft to respond to system interrogations. If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due
to phenomena such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may be displayed
intermittently, or not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude
separation data or climb descent indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
NOTE: Mode-S TIS is disabled when another traffic system is installed.
NOTE: If Garmin GTX 345R transponder is installed, refer to the Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
(ADS-B) Traffic discussion for more information about ADS-B traffic displays.
NOTE: If an optional Honeywell KTA 870 TAS is installed, refer to the applicable Pilot’s Guide from the
manufacturer for detailed information about that traffic system.
AFCS
The optional Garmin GTS 800 or Honeywell KTA 870 is a Traffic Advisory System (TAS). It enhances flight
crew situational awareness by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The system also
provides visual annunciations and voice alerts to help the pilot visually acquire traffic.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Garmin TAS is capable of tracking up to 45 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode A or C transponders,
and up to 30 intruding aircraft equipped with Mode S transponders. A maximum of 30 aircraft with the highest
threat potential can be displayed simultaneously.
No TAS surveillance is provided for aircraft without operating transponders.
APPENDICES
TAS THEORY OF OPERATION
INDEX
When the traffic system is in Operating Mode, the system directly interrogates the transponders of other
aircraft in the vicinity. The traffic system uses this information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and if
reported, the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The traffic system then
calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach (CPA). If the closure
rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory (TA), the traffic system provides visual annunciations and
voice alerts.
340
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAS SURVEILLANCE VOLUME AND SYMBOLOGY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Garmin TAS surveillance system actively scans the airspace within ±10,000 feet of its altitude. Under
ideal conditions, the Garmin TAS scans transponder traffic up to 22 nm in the forward direction. The range
is somewhat reduced to the sides and aft of the aircraft due to the directional interrogation signal patterns.
In areas of greater transponder traffic density or when TCAS II (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
II) systems are detected, the on-board traffic system automatically reduces its interrogation transmitter power
(and therefore range) in order to limit potential interference from other signals.
NOTE: The Garmin traffic system does not display traffic determined to be on the ground, including Mode
EIS
C transponder equipped aircraft operating below 300’ AGL that is not climbing. However, if own aircraft
has ADS-B In capability, and is receiving traffic information from an ADS-B source (including ADS-R, ADS-B,
TIS-B), the system does display this traffic while operating in SURF Mode. Refer to the ADS-B Traffic Section
for more information.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If a Garmin GTX 33 ES transponder is installed, the system uses the following symbols to represent traffic.
TAS Symbol
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Table 6-22 TAS Symbol Description with GTX 33 ES Transponder
AFCS
If a Garmin GTX 345 transponder is installed with the TAS, the symbols in the following table depict traffic,
and include Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) information. Refer to the ADS-B Traffic
discussion later in this section for more information.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
341
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Symbol
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Traffic Advisory with ADS-B directional information is beyond the selected display range. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing. Arrow points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
EIS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Proximity Advisory with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of the aircraft track.
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Other Non-Threat traffic with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic located on the ground with ADS-B directional information. Arrow points in the direction of the aircraft track. Ground
traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Ground traffic without ADS-B directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or
own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic with ADS-B directional information. Pointed end indicates direction of travel. Ground traffic is only
displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic without ADS-B directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface
(SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
AFCS
Table 6-23 ADS-B Traffic Symbology with GTX 345R Transponder
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
A Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a solid amber circle or circle enclosing an arrow, alerts the crew to a
potentially hazardous intruding aircraft, if the closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria.
A TA that is beyond the selected display range (off scale) is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the
screen at the relative bearing of the intruder.
APPENDICES
A Proximity Advisory (PA), displayed as a solid white diamond or arrow, indicates the intruding aircraft is
within ±1200 feet and is within a 6 nm range, but is still not considered a TA threat.
Other, non-threat traffic, shown as an open white diamond or arrow, is displayed for traffic beyond six
nautical miles that is neither a TA or PA.
INDEX
Relative altitude, when available, is displayed above or below the corresponding intruder symbol in
hundreds of feet. When this altitude is above own aircraft, it is preceded by a ‘+’ symbol; a minus sign ‘-’
indicates traffic is below own aircraft.
342
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The system displays the altitude vertical trend as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than 500 fpm in
either direction) to the right of the intruder symbol.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Relative Altitude
Vertical trend arrow
Figure 6-77 Intruder Altitude and Vertical Trend Arrow
EIS
NOTE: If an optional Honeywell KTA 870 TAS is installed, refer to the applicable Pilot’s Guide from the
manufacturer for detailed information about its surveillance features.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
TA ALERTING CONDITIONS (GARMIN TAS)
No
B
Yes
B
No
APPENDICES
A
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Yes
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of vertical and horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of horizontal separation and vertical
separation is within 600 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.2 nm and vertical separation is within 600 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 15 seconds of separation or intruder range is
within 0.2 NM.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of vertical and horizontal separation.
Or:
Intruder closing rate provides less than 30 seconds of horizontal separation and vertical
separation is within 800 feet.
Or:
Intruder range is within 0.55 nm and vertical separation is within 800 feet.
Intruder closing rate provides less than 20 seconds of separation or intruder range is
within 0.55 NM.
AFCS
A
TA Alerting Conditions
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Sensitivity Intruder Altitude
Level
Available
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Garmin TAS automatically adjusts its TA sensitivity level to reduce the likelihood of nuisance TA
alerting when the aircraft is more likely to be near an airport. The system uses Level A (less) sensitivity
when the height above terrain is at or below 2,000’ AGL. If the height above terrain is unavailable, Level A
sensitivity applies when the ground speed is less than 120 knots. In all other conditions, Level B (higher)
sensitivity applies.
Table 6-24 TA Sensitivity Level and TA Alerting Criteria
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
343
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TAS ALERTS
NOTE: If an optional Honeywell KTA 870 TAS is installed, refer to the Pilot’s Guide from the manufacturer
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
for information about voice alerts for that traffic system.
When the Garmin TAS detects a new TA, the following occur:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• The system issues a single “Traffic!” voice alert, followed by additional voice information about the bearing,
relative altitude, and approximate distance from the intruder that triggered the TA. For example, the
announcement “Traffic! 12 o’clock, high, four miles,” would indicate the traffic is in front of own aircraft,
above own altitude, and approximately four nautical miles away.
Bearing
Relative Altitude
Approximate Distance (nm)
“One o’clock” through
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Table 6-25 TA Descriptive Voice Announcements
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the right of the airspeed on the PFD, flashes for five seconds, and
remains displayed until no TAs are detected in the area.
• A PFD map is automatically displayed with TA traffic.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the bearing of TA traffic cannot be determined, a yellow text banner will be displayed in the center of the
Traffic Map Page and in the lower-left of the PFD inset map instead of a TA symbol. The text will indicate
“TA” followed by the distance, relative altitude, and vertical trend arrow for the TA traffic, if known.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
A TA will be displayed for at least eight seconds, even if the condition(s) that initially triggered the TA are no
longer present.
Traffic Appears
when TA is
Detected
INDEX
Figure 6-78 Traffic Annunciation (PFD)
344
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SYSTEM TEST
NOTE: If an optional Honeywell KTA 870 TAS is installed, refer to the applicable Pilot’s Guide from the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
manufacturer for information about applicable voice alerts for the system test.
The traffic system provides a system test mode to verify normal operation. The test takes approximately ten
seconds to complete. When the system test is initiated, a test pattern of traffic symbols appears on the traffic
maps.
EIS
If the aircraft has ADS-B In capability, the system announces “Traffic System Test”, and the test pattern
corresponds to the current aircraft heading. A climbing TA is shown to the west, level Other Non-Threat traffic
is shown to the northwest, and a descending proximity Advisory is in the northeast, relative to own aircraft. If
the system test passes, the traffic system enters standby mode, and no traffic failure annunciations are displayed
on the traffic maps.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the aircraft does not have ADS-B In capability, the test pattern is fixed and does not correspond to the
aircraft heading. If the system test passes, the system announces “TAS System Test Passed”. Otherwise the
system announces, “TAS System Test Failed”. When the system test is complete, the traffic system enters
Standby Mode.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Testing the traffic system:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the Joystick to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full test pattern to be displayed during test.
4) Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey.
5) Press the Test Softkey.
Or:
AFCS
1) With the Traffic system in Standby mode, press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Test Mode’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
345
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TAS Test Mode
Figure 6-79 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
OPERATION
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The Garmin TAS automatically changes from Standby to Operating mode eight seconds after
takeoff. The system also automatically changes from Operating to Standby mode 24 seconds after
landing.
AFCS
When the avionics system initially receives power on the ground, the traffic system is in Standby Mode. The
system must be in Operating Mode for traffic to be displayed and for TAs to be issued.
Changing traffic system modes on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Press the Operate or TAS OPER or Normal Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is displayed in
the Traffic mode field.
APPENDICES
4) Press the Standby or TAS STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode. ‘STANDBY’ is displayed in
the Traffic mode field.
Or:
1) With the Traffic Map Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS knob to highlight the desired mode.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key.
346
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Map - Traffic Map Page shows surrounding traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position
and altitude, without basemap clutter. It is the principal map page for viewing traffic information. Aircraft
orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. The pilot can adjust the map range with
the Joystick. A range indication appears on each range ring.
The system annunciates the traffic mode and altitude display mode in the upper right corner of the Traffic
Map Page.
EIS
TAS Operating Mode
Annunciation
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Other Non-Threat
Traffic, 1000 below,
climbing
Traffic Advisory,
200’ above,
climbing
Traffic Display
Range Rings
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
No-bearing
Traffic Advisory,
4.0 nm away,
1100’ above,
descending
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Proximity
Advisory, 1200’
feet below,
descending
Figure 6-80 Traffic Map Page
AFCS
Altitude Display Mode
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic is
displayed. If traffic meets the criteria for a TA, it is also displayed even if it is outside of the selected volume
of airspace.
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
APPENDICES
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700
feet below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
INDEX
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to
2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900
feet below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
347
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
•
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
3) To return to the Traffic Page, select the Back Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select one of the following (see softkey description in the previous step 2):
•
Above
•
Normal
•
Below
•
Unrestricted
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the ENT Key
Traffic Map Page Display Range
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
Joystick, and rings on the map denote the ranges.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the Joystick.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) The following range options are available:
•
750 ft (with optional ADS-B)
•
750 ft and 1500 ft (with optional ADS-B)
•
1500 ft and 0.5 nm (with optional ADS-B)
•
0.5 nm and 1 nm (with optional ADS-B)
•
1 nm and 2 nm (with optional ADS-B)
•
2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm (available with ADS-B or KTA 870)
APPENDICES
Flight ID Display
The Flight IDs of other aircraft (when available) can be enabled for display on the Traffic Map Page.
When a flight ID is received, it will appear above or below the corresponding traffic symbol on the Traffic
Map Page when this option is enabled.
INDEX
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
348
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Show Flight IDs’ or ‘Hide Flight IDs’ (choice dependent on current state).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC DISPLAYS
• Nearest Pages
• Traffic Map Page
• Active Flight Plan Page
• Trip Planning Page
• ‘Aux - Video’ Page
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Navigation Map Page
EIS
The Map - Traffic Map Page is the principal map page for viewing traffic information. Traffic information
can also be displayed on the following other maps for additional reference on the MFD when the traffic unit
is operating:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD maps other than the Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When traffic is selected on maps other than the Traffic Map Page, the system shows a traffic status icon to
indicate traffic is enabled for display as well as the altitude display mode (‘Above’, ‘Below’, ‘Normal’, ‘Unres’).
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Proximity
Advisory
Traffic Advisory
APPENDICES
Traffic
Advisory OffScale Banner
Annunciation
Traffic overlay
enabled icon and
Altitude Display
Mode
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
Figure 6-81 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map
349
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays only Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
- TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels (relative altitude, vertical trend) are
shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The Navigation Map Page Setup Menu also controls the display of traffic. The setup menu controls the map
range settings. Traffic data symbols and labels can be decluttered from the display. If a map range larger than
the map range setting is selected, the data is removed from the map. Maps besides the Traffic Map Page use
settings based on those selected for the Navigation Map Page.
AFCS
A traffic-only inset map is available on the PFD by pressing the TFC Map Softkey. A traffic map appears on
the PFD. This map resembles the Traffic Map Page, and presents a heading up format. Traffic information
can also be overlaid on PFD navigation maps.
Enabling/disabling traffic overlay on PFD navigation maps:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey on the PFD.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information.
SYSTEM STATUS
INDEX
APPENDICES
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
350
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Mode
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TEST
(‘TEST MODE’ shown in center of page)
Traffic System Test
Initiated
OPERATING
Operating
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
Standby
EIS
FAIL
Traffic System Failed*
* See Table 6-27 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-26 Traffic Modes
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Traffic Map Page Center
Description
Annunciation
NO DATA
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
DATA FAILED
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit is self-reporting a failure
FAILED
Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 6-27 TAS Failure Annunciations
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
APPENDICES
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and
altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
TAS unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the TAS unit
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
TA X.X ± XX ↕
AFCS
TA OFF SCALE
Description
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-28 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
351
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
6.6 ADS-B TRAFFIC
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for collision avoidance maneuvering.
The traffic display does not provide collision avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any
circumstances or conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to accurately depict all of the traffic
EIS
information within range of the aircraft. Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate
information from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
ADS-B SYSTEM OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) is a core technology in the FAA NextGen air traffic
control system. It offers improved surveillance services, both air-to-air and air-to-ground, especially in areas
where radar coverage is ineffective due to terrain, or where it is impractical or cost prohibitive. ADS-B is
comprised of three segments for the purposes of providing traffic information: ADS-B (Broadcast), ADS-R
(Rebroadcast), and Traffic Information Service-Broadcast (TIS-B).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ADS-B includes the automatic broadcast of position reports by aircraft, surface vehicles, and transmitters on
fixed objects. These broadcasts contain information such as GPS position, identity (Flight ID, Call Sign, Tail
Number, ICAO registration number, etc.), ground track, ground speed, pressure altitude, and emergency status.
1090 ES
UAT
RADAR
Composite
GPS
AFCS
1090 ES
18,000 FT
10,000 FT
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Mode A/C
APPENDICES
RADAR
ATC
UAT
UAT
UAT
1090 ES
ADS-B Ground Station (ADS-R,
TIS-B, FIS-B)
Figure 6-82 ADS-B System
INDEX
For the purpose of distinguishing between levels of ADS-B service, there are three classifications of aircraft or
system capability: ADS-B In, ADS-B Out, and ADS-B participating. ADS-B In refers to the capability to receive
ADS-B information. ADS-B Out refers to the capability to transmit ADS-B information. ADS-B participating
refers to the capability to both send and receive ADS-B information. Aircraft lacking either ADS-In, ADS-B Out,
or both ADS-B capabilities may also be referred to as ADS-B nonparticipating aircraft.
The ADS-B system operates on two frequencies: 1090 MHz and 978 MHz. Both frequencies provide the same
traffic information. An aircraft may be ADS-B In, Out, or participating on one or both frequencies, depending
352
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
on the installed equipment. The 1090 MHz frequency portion of ADS-B is known as 1090 Extended Squitter
(1090 ES). The 978 MHz portion of ADS-B is known as Universal Access Transceiver (UAT).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The optional Garmin GTX 33 ES transponder provides ADS-B Out functions using the 1090 ES data link, and
no ADS-B In traffic display is provided.
The optional Garmin GTX 345R transponder provides ADS-B Out functions using the 1090 ES data link. It
also performs ADS-B In functions using the UAT data link. For the GTX 345, this includes the reception of
Flight Information Services-Broadcast (FIS-B) data link weather service, provided when the aircraft is receiving
data from a participating ground station; refer to the Data Link Weather section for more information about
FIS-B Weather.
EIS
AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-REBROADCAST (ADS-R)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Because it is not required that ADS-B In capable aircraft be able to receive ADS-B data on both the 1090
MHz and 978 MHz data links, a method exists to get data from one data link to the other. ADS-R is the
rebroadcast of ADS-B data by FAA ground stations, which provide this service by taking traffic data from one
link and rebroadcasting it on the other. For example, if two aircraft are in the service volume for a ground
station, and one is transmitting on 1090 MHz and the other is transmitting on 978 MHz, the ground station
retransmits the data from each aircraft on the other link to ensure the two aircraft can “see” each other as
traffic.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
For example, if another aircraft can only receive 978 MHz UAT information, it cannot directly ‘see’ another
aircraft sending only 1090 ES information aircraft unless an ADS-R ground station in the vicinity rebroadcasts
the 1090 ES data over the 978 MHz UAT frequency. This is also true for an aircraft when can only receive
1090 ES data; it would need an ADS-R ground station to ‘see’ another aircraft operating on the UAT frequency.
TRAFFIC INFORMATION SERVICE-BROADCAST (TIS-B)
AFCS
TIS-B provides a link between the secondary surveillance radar (SSR)-based system ATC uses and the ADSB-based system. When an ADS-B In or Out capable aircraft is within the service volume of an FAA ADS-B
ground station, the ground station broadcasts a portion of the ATC radar data to the aircraft. This aircraft is
then included in the list of aircraft being provided TIS-B service and is then considered a “TIS-B participant.”
TIS-B coverage is available when the aircraft is within ground station coverage, in SSR coverage, and the
other aircraft is also in SSR coverage, and is transmitting its altitude.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The ground station provides ATC radar information for other aircraft within ±3,500 feet and 15 NM of the
participant, to include altitude, position, ground speed, and ground track. TIS-B broadcasts occur once every
three to thirteen seconds, depending on the characteristics of the ground station providing the TIS-B service.
ADS-B WITH TAS
APPENDICES
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
When the system is receiving ADS-B In traffic and with a TAS in Operating Mode, the system attempts to
match (or “correlate”) data the two traffic sources. When a correlation is made, the system displays the traffic
information for the tracked aircraft determined to be the most accurate. Any traffic that is not correlated
(i.e., only detected by one system but not the other) is also displayed for the flight crew. This may occur,
for example, if another aircraft is beyond the surveillance range of the TAS, but own aircraft is receiving
information via ADS-B for the other aircraft. The traffic correlation feature improves the accuracy of the traffic
displayed, while reducing the occurrence of displaying the same traffic for a given aircraft twice.
353
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
NOTE: When operating on the edges of ATC radar coverage or when using an optional active traffic system
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
providing intermittent traffic data, a single aircraft may be briefly or periodically be depicted as two aircraft
on the display.
CONFLICT SITUATIONAL AWARENESS & ALERTING (CSA)
Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is an alerting algorithm which provides ADS-B traffic alerting similar to
the TAS system discussed previously.
EIS
When a TA occurs with is equipment, the displays a ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation and provides a voice alert. This
annunciation and voice alert is the same as the alerts issues by the Garmin GTS 800 TAS discussed previously.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The own aircraft altitude above terrain determines the sensitivity of the CSA algorithm to minimize nuisance
alerts. Height Above Terrain, and Geodetic Sea Level (GSL) altitude are used to adjust the sensitivity of the CSA
algorithm in accordance with the following table:
Sensitivity
Level
Height Above
Terrain (HAT)
4
4
4
5
5
Any
Any
Unavailable
Any
>1000
<=2350
Unavailable
Unavailable or
>2350
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
5
6
7
Unavailable or
>2350
8
Unavailable or
>2350
9
Unavailable or
>2350
10
Unavailable or
>2350
Vertical
Protected
Own Altitude Look-ahead
GPS Phase of Flight
Threshold for Volume
(Feet)
time (sec)
Alert (feet)
(NM)
Any
Any
20
850
0.20
Any
Any
20
850
0.20
Approach
Any
20
850
0.20
Any
Any
25
850
0.20
Any
Any
25
850
0.20
Terminal
Not approach and not
Terminal (including
unavailable)
Not approach and not
Terminal (including
unavailable)
Not approach and not
Terminal (including
unavailable)
Not approach and not
Terminal (including
unavailable)
Not approach and not
Terminal (including
unavailable)
Any
<=5000
25
30
850
850
0.20
0.35
>5000
<=10,000
40
850
0.55
>10,000
<=20,000
45
850
0.80
>20,000
<=42,000
48
850
1.10
> 42,000
48
1200
1.10
INDEX
Table 6-29 CSA Alerting Thresholds for ADS-B Traffic
354
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AIRBORNE AND SURFACE APPLICATIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADS-B traffic can help the pilot visually acquire traffic both in the air and on-the-ground. There are two ADS-B
applications or modes: Airborne Situational Awareness (AIRB) and Surface Situational Awareness (SURF). The
system automatically selects the appropriate application based on conditions.
The AIRB application is on when the aircraft is more than five NM and 1,500 feet above the nearest airport.
When the AIRB application is active, the system only displays traffic which is airborne.
EIS
The SURF application is on when the aircraft is within five NM and less than 1,500 feet above field elevation.
When the SURF applications is on, the system displays airborne and on the ground traffic. At a Traffic Map
Page range of one nm or less, the airport environment (including taxiways and runways) appears in addition to
traffic. The airport displays are derived from the SafeTaxi database. Refer to the Additional Features section for
more information about SafeTaxi displays.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
NOTE: Do not rely on the solely on the traffic display to determine the runway alignment of traffic, especially
when runways are in close proximity to each other.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Due to the varying precision of the data received via ADS-B, ADS-R, and TIS-B services, not all traffic symbols
may not be depicted on the traffic display. Because higher data precision is required for traffic to be displayed
in the SURF environment, some traffic eligible for AIRB will not be displayed while SURF is on. Availability for
AIRB and SURF is depicted on the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page, discussed later in this section.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
SURF Application On
Ground-based
vehicle
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft on the
ground
APPENDICES
Figure 6-83 Traffic Map Page with SURF Mode On
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
355
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTION
The symbols used to display ADS-B traffic are shown in the following table.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Symbol
Description
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
EIS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper bearing.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information. Displayed at outer range ring at proper
bearing.
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft track.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track. Ground traffic is only
displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own
aircraft is on the ground.
AFCS
Non-aircraft ground traffic with ADS-B directional information. Pointed end indicates direction of travel. Ground traffic is only
displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic without ADS-B directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface
(SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 6-30 ADS-B Traffic Symbology
OPERATION
APPENDICES
TRAFFIC MAP PAGE
The Traffic Map Page shows surrounding traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude,
without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there is no valid heading. Map
range is adjustable with the Joystick, as indicated by the map range rings.
INDEX
The traffic mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the upper right corner of the page.
356
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AIRB Application On
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Other Non-Threat
Traffic, 1000 below,
climbing
Traffic Advisory,
200’ above,
climbing
Traffic Display
Range Rings
EIS
No-bearing
Traffic Advisory,
4.0 nm away,
1100’ above,
descending
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Proximity
Advisory, 1200’
feet below,
descending
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-84 Traffic Map Page
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the ADS-B Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key and turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘ADS-B On’ or ‘ADS-B Off’.
AFCS
b) Press the ENT Key.
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to ensure full test pattern display.
3) Ensure the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
4) If the optional TAS is installed, ensure the TAS STBY Softkey is enabled.
APPENDICES
5) Press the Test Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test Mode’.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
c) Press the ENT Key.
357
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A test pattern of traffic symbols appears during the test, and a ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation appears on the
PFD. At the conclusion of the test, the system issues the voice alert “Traffic System Test”. If the test pattern
is displayed and the voice alert is heard, the system has passed the test.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
ADS-B Test Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 6-85 System Test in Progress with Test Pattern
The pilot can select the volume of airspace in which Other Non-Threat and Proximity traffic is displayed.
TAs occurring outside of these limits will always be shown.
Changing the altitude range:
AFCS
1) On the Traffic Map Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2) Select one of the following softkeys:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet
below the aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet
below the aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase of flight.
APPENDICES
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900 feet
below the aircraft. Typically used during descent phase of flight.
•
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
3) To return to the Traffic Map Page, select the Back Softkey.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key.
358
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight one of the following options (see softkey description in the previous step
2):
Above
•
Normal
•
Below
•
Unrestricted
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
•
3) Press the ENT Key.
EIS
DISPLAYING MOTION VECTORS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When Absolute Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the traffic symbols depict the
traffic’s reported track and speed over the ground. When Relative Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors
extending from the traffic symbols display how the traffic is moving relative to own aircraft. These vectors
are calculated using the traffic’s track and ground speed and own aircraft’s track and ground speed. These two
values are combined to depict where the traffic is moving purely with respect to own aircraft, and provide a
forecast of where the traffic will be, relative to own aircraft, in the near future.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Absolute
Motion Vectors
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Absolute Motion Vectors
selected
Figure 6-86 Traffic Map Page with Absolute Motion Vectors Enabled
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
359
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Relative Motion
Vectors
Relative Motion Vectors
selected
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 6-87 Traffic Map Page with Relative Motion Vectors Enabled
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
AFCS
3) Press one of the following softkeys:
•
Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute direction.
•
Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft
•
Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Or:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Relative Motion’, ‘Absolute Motion’ or ‘Motion Vector Off’.
4) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected time:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
3) Press the Duration Softkey.
INDEX
4) Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5) When finished, select the Back Softkey to return to the Traffic Map Page.
360
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Displaying Additional Traffic Information
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Traffic Map Page can display additional information for a selected aircraft symbol. This may include
the aircraft tail number/Flight ID, type of aircraft (e.g., glider, small/medium/large aircraft, service vehicle,
unmanned airborne vehicle (UAV), course, track, groundspeed), and other information.
Showing additional traffic information:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. A cyan border appears on the first selected traffic symbol. Additional information appears
in a window in the lower-left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
EIS
3) To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob to move the cyan border until another symbol is
selected.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
Traffic Map Page Display Range
The display range on the Traffic Map Page can be changed at any time. Map range is adjustable with the
Joystick, as indicated by the map range rings.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the Joystick.
2) The following range options are available:
•
500 feet and 1000 feet
•
1000 feet and 2000 feet
•
2000 feet and 1 nm
•
1 and 2 nm
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
AFCS
500 feet
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
•
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: ADS-B traffic can be displayed as an overlay to navigation maps and IFR/VFR Charts. Refer to the
APPENDICES
previous TAS discussions for information about these additional traffic displays.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
361
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
ADS-B SYSTEM STATUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Traffic Map Page Center
Banner Annunciation
ADS-B: TEST
TEST MODE
ADS-B: AIRB
None
ADS-B: SURF
None
ADS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B: OFF
ADS-B TRFC OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not
Available
ADS-B: N/A
NO TRK/HDG
ADS-B Failed*
ADS-B: FAIL
FAILED
ADS-B Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
ADS-B System Test
Initiated
ADS-B Operating in
Airborne Mode
ADS-B Operating in
Surface Mode
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
* See Table 6-32 for additional failure annunciations
Table 6-31 ADS-B Modes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: If the optional TAS fails, the display of ADS-B traffic (ADS-B In) also fails, unless a GTX 345R
transponder is installed. In this case, if the TAS fails, the display of ADS-B traffic continues even if the TAS
has failed.
AFCS
If the traffic unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Map
Page. During a failure condition, the Operating Mode cannot be selected.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Traffic Map Page Center
Annunciation
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic unit, but the unit is self-reporting a failure
Incorrect data format received from the traffic unit
APPENDICES
Table 6-32 Traffic Failure Annunciations
INDEX
The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of
maps on which traffic can be displayed.
362
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
TA OFF SCALE
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range.
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of feet, and altitude trend
arrow (climbing/descending).
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
TA X.X ± XX ↕
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
EIS
*Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
Table 6-33 Traffic Status Annunciations
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Additional information about the status of ADS-B traffic products is available on the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’
Page.
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 6-88 Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status on ADS-B Status Page
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
363
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADS-B Status Page
Item
Traffic Application
Status: Airborne
(AIRB), Surface (SURF),
Airborne Alerts (CSA)
Status Message
Description
On
Traffic application is currently on. Required input data is available, and it meets
performance requirements.
Traffic application is not currently active, but application is ready to run when
condition(s) determine the application should be active. Required input data is
available, and it meets performance requirements.
Traffic application is not available. Required input data is available, but it does
not meet performance requirements.
Traffic application is not available. Required input data is not available or the
application has failed.
Traffic application is not available, because it has not been configured. If this
annunciation persists, the system should be serviced.
Traffic application status is invalid or unknown.
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA ground station.
The system is not receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA ground station.
ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
The system is using the #1 GPS receiver for the GPS position source.
The system is using the #2 GPS receiver for the GPS position source.
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Displays the number of minutes since the last uplink from a ground station
occurred. If no uplink has been received, or the status is invalid, dashes appear
instead of the number of minutes.
Available to Run
Not Available
EIS
Fault
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Not Configured
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TIS-B/ADS-R Coverage
GPS Status: GPS
Source
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Ground Uplink Status:
Last Uplink
---------------Available
Not Available
--------------External #1
External #2
--------Number of minutes, or
‘------’
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Table 6-34 ‘Aux-ADS-B Status’ Page Messages for ADS-B Traffic
364
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 7 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7.1 AFCS OVERVIEW
NOTE: The approved current pertinent flight manual always supersedes this Pilot’s Guide.
The Garmin AFCS is a digital Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS), fully integrated within the system
avionics architecture. The System Overview section provides a block diagram to support this system description.
EIS
The Garmin AFCS can be divided into these main operating functions:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Flight Director (FD) — Flight director operation takes place within the primary (#1) IAU. Flight director
commands are displayed on the PFD. The flight director provides:
The flight director provides:
– Command Bars showing pitch/roll guidance
– Vertical/lateral mode selection and processing
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Autopilot communication
• Autopilot (AP) — Autopilot operation occurs within the pitch, roll, and pitch trim servos. It also provides
servo monitoring and automatic flight control in response to flight director steering commands, Attitude and
Heading Reference System (AHRS) attitude and rate information, and airspeed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Yaw Damper (YD) — The yaw servo is self-monitoring and provides dutch roll damping and turn coordination
in response to yaw rate, roll angle, lateral acceleration, and airspeed.
• Manual Electric Trim (MET) — The pitch trim adapter provides manual electric trim capability when the
autopilot is not engaged.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
365
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
AFCS CONTROLS ON THE MFD
The following dedicated AFCS keys are located on the bezels of the PFD and MFD:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
EIS
6
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
7
AP Key
HDG Key
NAV Key
APR Key
VS Key
FLC Key
FD Key
ALT Key
9 VNV Key
10 BC Key
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
11
Engages/disengages the autopilot
Selects/deselects Heading Select Mode
Selects/deselects Navigation Mode
Selects/deselects Approach Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Speed Mode
Selects/deselects Flight Level Change Mode
Activates/deactivates the flight director only
Pressing once turns on the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes. Pressing
again deactivates the flight director and removes the Command Bars. If the autopilot
is engaged, the key is disabled.
Selects/deselects Altitude Hold Mode
Selects/deselects Vertical Path Tracking Mode for Vertical Navigation flight control
Selects/deselects Backcourse Mode
NOSE UP/NOSE Control the mode reference in Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change
modes
DN Keys
1
7
2
8
3
9
4
10
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
5
11
6
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 7-1 Dedicated AFCS Controls
366
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
The following AFCS controls are located in the cockpit separately from the PFD and MFD:
AP DISC Switch
(Autopilot Disconnect)
Disengages the autopilot and interrupts pitch trim operation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The AP DISC Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
This switch may be used to mute the aural autopilot disconnect alert.
While pressed, allows manual control of the aircraft while the autopilot is
CWS Button
engaged and synchronizes the flight director’s Command Bars with the
(Control Wheel Steering)
current aircraft pitch (if not in Glideslope Mode) and roll (if in Roll Hold
Mode)
EIS
Upon release of the CWS Button, the flight director may establish new
reference points, depending on the current pitch and roll modes. CWS
operation details are discussed in the flight director modes section.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The CWS Button is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
GA Switch (Go Around)
Disengages the autopilot and selects flight director Go Around Mode
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If an approach procedure is loaded this switch also activates the missed
approach when the selected navigation source is GPS or when the navigation
source is VOR/LOC and a valid frequency has been tuned.
The GA Switch is located on the instrument panel above the throttle.
Used to command manual electric trim
(Manual Electric Trim)
This composite switch is split into left and right sides. The left switch is
the ARM contact and the right switch controls the DN (forward) and UP
(rearward) contacts. The MET ARM Switch can be used to disengage the
autopilot and to acknowledge an autopilot disconnect alert and mute the
associated aural tone.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
MET Switch
AFCS
Manual trim commands are generated only when both sides of the switch
are operated simultaneously. If either side of the switch is active separately
for more than three seconds, MET function is disabled and ‘PTRM’ is
displayed as the AFCS Status Annunciation on the PFD. The function
remains disabled until both sides of the switch are inactivated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The MET Switch is located on the pilot’s control wheel.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
367
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
BASIC AUTOPILOT OPERATION
The following describes basic autopilot functionality. A more detailed description follows in Section 7.4.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Autopilot Engagement — The autopilot may be engaged by pushing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit.
Annunciations regarding the engagement are indicated on the PFD.
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director Off — Upon engagement, the autopilot will be set to hold the
current attitude of the airplane, if the flight director was not previously on. In this case, ‘PIT’ and ‘ROL’ will be
annunciated.
EIS
• Autopilot Engagement with Flight Director On — If the flight director is on, the autopilot will smoothly
pitch and roll the airplane to capture the FD command bars. The prior flight director modes remain unchanged.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Autopilot Disengagement — The most common way to disconnect the autopilot is to press and release the
AP DISC Switch, which is located on the control wheel. An autopilot disconnect tone will be heard and
annunciated on the PFD. Other ways to disconnect the autopilot include:
– Pressing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit
– Pressing the GA Switch (located on the instrument panel above the throttle.)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
– Operating the MET Switch (located on the pilot’s control wheel)
– Pulling the autopilot circuit breaker
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In the event of unexpected autopilot behavior, pressing and holding the AP DISC Switch will disconnect the
autopilot and remove all power to the servos.
368
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.2 FLIGHT DIRECTOR OPERATION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The flight director function provides pitch and roll commands to the AFCS and displays them on the PFD.
With the flight director activated, the aircraft can be hand-flown to follow the path shown by the Command Bars.
Maximum commanded pitch (+20°/-15°) and roll (22°) angles, vertical acceleration, and roll rate are limited to
values established during AFCS certification. The flight director also provides commands to the autopilot.
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
Modes Selected
BC Key
Backcourse***
APR Key
Approach**
HDG Key
Heading Select
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
AFCS
Navigation**
GA Switch
ROL
ROL
ROL
TO
GA
ROL
ROL
ROL
GPS
VOR
LOC
BC
GPS
VOR
LOC
HDG
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NAV Key
FD Key
AP Key
CWS Button
Vertical
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
Takeoff (on ground)
TO
Go Around (in air)
GA
Altitude Hold
ALT
Vertical Speed
VS
Vertical Path Tracking* VPTH
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ALT Key
VS Key
VNV Key
Lateral
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
Roll Hold (default)
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Control Pressed
EIS
An initial press of a key listed in Table 7-1 (when the flight director is not active) activates the flight director
in the listed modes. The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the display by
pressing the FD Key again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS
course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
APPENDICES
Table 7-1 Flight Director Activation
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
369
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
AFCS STATUS BOX
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFD when the flight director is active. Flight director
selection and autopilot and yaw damper statuses are shown in the center of the AFCS Status Box. Lateral flight
director modes are displayed on the left and vertical on the right. Armed modes are displayed in white and
active in green.
EIS
Lateral Modes
Armed
Active
Autopilot
Status
Vertical Modes
Active
Mode
Reference
Armed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
AFCS Status Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected
Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Command
Bars
AFCS
GPS is
Selected
Navigation
Source
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 7-2 PFD AFCS Display
370
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight director modes are normally selected independently for the pitch and roll axes. Unless otherwise
specified, all mode keys are alternate action (i.e., press on, press off). In the absence of specific mode selection,
the flight director reverts to the default pitch and/or roll modes.
Armed modes are annunciated in white and active in green in the AFCS Status Box. Under normal operation,
when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed, the flight director reverts to the default mode(s)
for the axis(es). Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode
annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds.
EIS
If the information required to compute a flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight
director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis. A flashing amber mode annunciation and
annunciator light indicate loss of sensor (ADC) or navigation data (VOR, LOC, GPS, VNV, SBAS) required to
compute commands. When such a loss occurs, the system automatically begins to roll the wings level (enters
Roll Hold Mode) or maintain the pitch angle (enters Pitch Hold Mode), depending on the affected axis. The
flashing annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected. If
after 10 seconds no action is taken, the flashing annunciation stops.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-3 Loss of GPS Signal
The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight
director modes becomes invalid or unavailable.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
COMMAND BARS
Upon activation of the flight director, Command Bars are displayed in magenta on the PFD as a single cue.
The Command Bars do not override the Aircraft Symbol. The Command Bars move together vertically to
indicate pitch commands and bank left or right to indicate roll commands.
AFCS
Command Bars
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft Symbol
Figure 7-4 Command Bars
APPENDICES
If the attitude information being sent to the flight director becomes invalid or unavailable, the Command Bars
are removed from the display. The flight director Command Bars also disappear if the pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚
or bank exceeds 65˚.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
371
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.3 AFCS MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The AFCS is capable of operating in a variety of independent Lateral Modes, Vertical Modes and Combination
of both the Lateral and Vertical Modes.
VERTICAL MODES
EIS
The following table lists the vertical modes with their corresponding controls and annunciations. The mode
reference is displayed next to the active mode annunciation for Altitude Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level
Change modes. The NOSE UP/DN Wheel can be used to change the vertical mode reference while operating
under Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, or Flight Level Change Mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Vertical Mode
Pitch Hold
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Selected Altitude Capture
Altitude Hold
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical Speed
AFCS
Flight Level Change, IAS Hold
Description
Control Annunciation
Reference
Range
Holds the current aircraft pitch
attitude; may be used to climb/ (default)
PIT
-15° to +20°
descend to the Selected Altitude
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Holds the current Altitude Reference ALT Key ALT nnnnn ft
Maintains the current aircraft vertical
-2000 to
speed; may be used to climb/descend VS Key VS nnnn fpm
+1500 fpm
to the Selected Altitude
70 to 150 kts
(172)
Maintains the current aircraft
70 to 160 kts
airspeed in IAS while the aircraft is
FLC Key FLC nnn kt
climbing/descending to the Selected
(182)
Altitude
80 to 160 kts
(206)
Reference
Change
Increment
0.5°
100 fpm
1 kt
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when Selected Altitude is to be captured instead
of VNV Target Altitude
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Table 7-2 Flight Director Vertical Modes
PITCH HOLD MODE (PIT)
APPENDICES
When the flight director is activated (the FD Key is pressed), Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default. Pitch
Hold Mode is indicated as the active vertical mode by the green ‘PIT’ annunciation. This mode may be used
for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter), since Selected Altitude Capture
Mode is automatically armed when Pitch Hold Mode is activated.
INDEX
In Pitch Hold Mode, the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude, the pitch reference. The pitch
reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection. If the aircraft pitch attitude
exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations, the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to
the nose-up/down limit.
372
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the Pitch Reference
When operating in Pitch Hold Mode, the pitch reference can be adjusted by:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Pressing the CWS Switch, hand-flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference, then releasing the
CWS Switch
Pitch Hold
Mode Active
Selected Altitude
Capture Mode Armed
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Command Bars Maintain
Desired Pitch Reference
Figure 7-5 Pitch Hold Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
373
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SELECTED ALTITUDE CAPTURE MODE (ALTS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes:
• Pitch Hold
• Go Around
• Vertical Speed
• Vertical Path Tracking (if the Selected Altitude
is to be captured instead of the VNV Target
Altitude)
• Flight Level Change
EIS
The white ‘ALTS’ annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed. The ALT SEL Knob is
used to set the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter) until Selected Altitude Capture Mode becomes
active.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude
Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green ‘ALTS’
annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation. The Selected
Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTS’ annunciation.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude
Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude (shown as the Altitude Reference). As Altitude
Hold Mode becomes active, the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes
green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Altitude Reference
(in this case, equal to
Selected Altitude)
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
AFCS
Figure 7-6 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Changing the Selected Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Switch while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Use of the ALT SEL Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active
causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the
new Selected Altitude.
374
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ALTITUDE HOLD MODE (ALT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key; the flight director maintains the current
aircraft altitude (to the nearest 10 feet) as the Altitude Reference. The flight director’s Altitude Reference,
shown in the AFCS Status Box, is independent of the Selected Altitude, displayed above the Altimeter.
Altitude Hold Mode active is indicated by a green ‘ALT’ annunciation in the AFCS Status Box.
Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode.
Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude error is
less than 50 feet. In this case, the Selected Altitude becomes the flight director’s Altitude Reference.
EIS
Changing the Altitude Reference
NOTE: Turning the ALT Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude, but not the flight
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
director’s Altitude Reference, and does not cancel the mode.
The Altitude Reference (shown in the AFCS Status Box) may be changed by:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Pressing the CWS Switch, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Altitude Reference, then releasing the
CWS Switch at the desired altitude (the new altitude is now the Altitude Reference)
Altitude
Reference
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Bug
Command Bars Hold Pitch Attitude
to Maintain Altitude Reference
APPENDICES
Figure 7-7 Altitude Hold Mode
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
375
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
VERTICAL SPEED MODE (VS)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
In Vertical Speed Mode, the flight director acquires and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference. Current
aircraft vertical speed (to the nearest 100 fpm) becomes the Vertical Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical
Speed Mode activation. This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude (shown above
the Altimeter) since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed when Vertical Speed Mode is
selected.
EIS
When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key, ‘VS’ is annunciated in green in the AFCS
Status Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference. The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the
Vertical Speed Indicator. A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is
shown on the indicator.
Changing the Vertical Speed Reference
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Vertical Speed Reference (shown both in the AFCS Status Box and above the Vertical Speed Indicator)
may be changed by:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Pressing the CWS Switch, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Vertical Speed Reference, then releasing
the CWS Switch
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Altitude Reference is not changed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case, the CWS Switch must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AFCS
Vertical Speed
Mode Active
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Selected
Altitude Capture
Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selected
Altitude
Vertical
Speed
Reference
APPENDICES
Vertical
Speed
Reference
Bug
Command Bars Indicate Climb to
Attain Vertical Speed Reference
INDEX
Figure 7-8 Vertical Speed Hold Mode
376
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT LEVEL CHANGE MODE (FLC)
NOTE: The Selected Altitude should be set before selecting Flight Level Change Mode.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key. This mode acquires and maintains the
Airspeed Reference (IAS) while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude (shown above the Altimeter).
When Flight Level Change Mode is active, the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude,
airspeed and altitude.
EIS
The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation. Flight Level Change Mode is
indicated by a green ‘FLC’ annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box. The Airspeed
Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator, along with a bug corresponding to the
Airspeed Reference along the tape.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding
to the desired flight profile (climb or descent) while maintaining the Airspeed Reference. The flight director
maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airspeed Reference are adjusted and does not
allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude.
Changing the Airspeed Reference
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Airspeed Reference (shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator) may be
adjusted by:
• Using the NOSE UP/NOSE DN Keys
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Pressing the CWS Switch, hand-flying the aircraft to attain a new Airspeed Reference, then releasing the
CWS Switch
NOTE: If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering, the Airspeed Reference is not changed.
To adjust the Airspeed Reference in this case, the CWS Switch must be pressed again after the Selected
Altitude is reached.
AFCS
Flight Level
Change Mode
Active
Selected
Airspeed Altitude Capture
Reference Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Airspeed
Reference
APPENDICES
Airspeed
Reference
Bug
INDEX
Command Bars Indicate Climb
to Attain Selected Altitude
Figure 7-9 Flight Level Change Mode (IAS)
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
377
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
LATERAL MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following table relates each Garmin AFCS lateral mode to its respective control and annunciation. Refer
to the combination modes section for information regarding Go Around and Takeoff modes.
Lateral Mode
Description
Holds the current aircraft roll
attitude or rolls the wings level,
(default)
depending on the commanded
bank angle
Captures and tracks the Selected HDG
Heading
Key
Roll Hold
EIS
Control Annunciation
Heading Select
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Navigation, GPS Arm/Capture/Track
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ROL
22°
HDG
22°
GPS
Captures and tracks the selected
Navigation, VOR Enroute Arm/Capture/Track navigation source (GPS, VOR,
LOC)
Navigation, LOC Arm/Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
NAV
Key
Maximum Roll
Command Limit
VOR
LOC
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in green along the Roll
Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
Table 7-3 Flight Director Lateral Modes
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select, Navigation, Backcourse, or Approach
Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading/Course upon release of the CWS Button.
ROLL HOLD MODE (ROL)
AFCS
NOTE: If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion, the flight director rolls the wings level.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the flight director is activated or switched, Roll Hold Mode is selected by default. This mode is
annunciated as ‘ROL’ in the AFCS Status Box. The current aircraft bank angle is held, subject to the bank
angle condition.
Figure 7-10 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation
APPENDICES
Bank Angle
< 6°
6 to 22°
> 22°
Flight Director Response
Rolls wings level
Maintains current aircraft roll attitude
Limits bank to 22°
INDEX
Table 7-4 Roll Hold Mode Responses
378
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the Roll Reference
The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Switch, establishing the desired bank angle, then
releasing the CWS Switch.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
HEADING SELECT MODE (HDG)
Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Key. Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains
the Selected Heading. The Selected Heading is shown by a light blue bug on the HSI.
Changing the Selected Heading
EIS
NOTE: Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob. Pressing the CWS Switch and hand-flying
the aircraft does not change the Selected Heading. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected
Heading upon release of the CWS Switch.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Bug movement, even if the bug is turned
more than 180° from the present heading (e.g., a 270° turn to the right). However, Selected Heading
changes of more than 330° at a time result in turn reversals.
Heading Select
Mode Active
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Command Bars Track
Selected Heading
APPENDICES
Selected
Heading
Bug
Figure 7-11 Heading Select Mode
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
379
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
NAVIGATION MODES (GPS, VOR, LOC)
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
flight director to enter Navigation Mode.
NOTE: When intercepting a flight plan leg, the flight director gives commands to capture the active leg at
approximately a 45° angle to the track between the waypoints defining the active leg. The flight director
does not give commands to fly to the starting waypoint of the active leg.
EIS
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
If the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) shows greater than one dot when the NAV or BC Key is pressed,
the selected mode is armed. If the CDI shows less than one dot, Navigation Mode is automatically captured
when the NAV or BC Key is pressed. The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active lateral
mode.
AFCS
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, the Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key
is pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when
in Backcourse Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode. Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation
source (GPS, VOR, LOC). The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected
navigation source. When the navigation source is VOR or LOC, the flight director creates roll steering
commands from the Selected Course and deviation. Navigation Mode can also be used to fly GPS and LOC
approaches where vertical guidance is not required.
Figure 7-12 GPS Navigation Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation
Mode remains active, providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured. LOC Navigation
Mode is armed automatically when the navigation source switch takes place if the APR Key is not pressed
prior to the automatic source switch.
APPENDICES
If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode
(wings rolled level):
• Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode (VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed)
• Navigation source manually switched (with the CDI Softkey)
INDEX
• During a LOC/ILS approach, the FAF is crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation
source switch from GPS to LOC
380
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Changing the Selected Course
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer, or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the CWS Switch and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Navigation Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when
the CWS Switch is released.
GPS Navigation
Mode Active
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
GPS is Selected
Navigation Source
Command Bars Indicate Right
Turn to Track GPS Course
Figure 7-13 Navigation Mode
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
381
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
COMBINATION MODES (VNV, APR, NAV, BC, GA)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The following table lists the modes that operating by using both Vertical and Lateral Modes with their
corresponding controls and annunciations.
Mode
Description
Captures and tracks descent
legs of an active vertical VNV Key
profile
Captures
the
Vertical
Navigation (VNV) Target
*
Altitude
Captures and tracks the
SBAS glidepath on approach
APR Key
Captures and tracks the ILS
glideslope on approach
Captures
and
tracks
a localizer signal for BC Key
backcourse approaches
EIS
Vertical Path Tracking
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNV Target Altitude Capture
Glidepath
Backcourse Arm/Capture/Track
Control
Glideslope
Annunciation
ALTV
GP
GS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Approach, ILS Arm/Capture/Track
(Glideslope Mode automatically
armed)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Go Around**
22° Capture
10° Track
BC
22° Capture
10° Track
22° Capture
10° Track
GPS
Captures and tracks the
selected navigation source APR Key
(GPS, VOR, LOC)
VAPP
22° Capture
10° Track
LOC
Commands a constant pitch
angle and wings level in the
air
Reference
Range
VPTH
Approach, GPS Arm/Capture/Track
Approach, VOR Arm/Capture/Track
Maximum
Roll
Command
Limit
GA
Button
GA
7°
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of Selected Altitude.
**Go Around mode disengages the autopilot unless a compatible lift computer is installed.
APPENDICES
Table 7-5 Flight Director Combination Modes
VERTICAL NAVIGATION MODES (VPTH, ALTV)
INDEX
NOTE: VNV is disabled when parallel track or Dead Reckoning Mode is active.
NOTE: The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints.
382
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Navigation (VNV) flight control is available for enroute/terminal cruise and descent operations any
time that VNV flight planning is available. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
VNV flight plans. Conditions for availability include, but are not limited to:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• The selected navigation source is GPS.
• A VNV flight plan (with at least one altitude-constrained waypoint) or vertical direct-to is active.
• VNV is enabled (VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MFD).
• Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limits.
• Desired/actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits.
EIS
• The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time, but no target altitudes are captured during a climb.
The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes (entered manually or loaded
from the database) at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to. The appropriate VNV flight
control modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile. Upon
reaching the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan, the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and
cancels any armed VNV modes.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Vertical Path Tracking Mode (VPTH)
NOTE: Vertical Path Tracking Mode is only applicable to aircraft equipped with a VNV Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: If another vertical mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected, Vertical Path
Tracking Mode reverts to armed.
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Switch while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The
autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Switch.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When a vertical profile (VNV flight plan) is active and the VNV Key is pressed, Vertical Path Tracking
Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture. ‘VPTH’ (or ‘/V’ when Glidepath or Glideslope
Mode is concurrently armed) is annunciated in white in addition to previously armed modes. If applicable,
the appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude (ALTV) or the
Selected Altitude (ALTS), whichever is greater.
APPENDICES
Figure 7-14 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
383
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Prior to descent path interception, the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude
by at least 75 feet. For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode,
acknowledgment is required within five minutes of descent path interception by:
• Adjusting the Selected Altitude
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Pressing the VNV Key
If acknowledgment is not received within one minute of descent path interception, the white ‘VPTH’
annunciation starts to flash. Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted. If
the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception, Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and
the descent is not captured.
EIS
In conjunction with the “TOD [top of descent] within 1 minute” annunciation in the PFD Navigation
Status Box and the “Vertical track” voice message, VNV indications (VNV Target Altitude, vertical deviation,
and vertical speed required) appear on the PFD in magenta.
Vertical Path Tracking
Armed (Flashing Indicates
Acknowledgment Required
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Altitude Hold
Mode Active
VNV Target
Altitude
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected
Altitude
AFCS
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Enroute
Phase of
Flight
Vertical
Deviation
Indicator
APPENDICES
Figure 7-15 Vertical Path Capture
INDEX
When a descent leg is captured (i.e., vertical deviation becomes valid), Vertical Path Tracking becomes
active and tracks the descent profile. An altitude capture mode (‘ALTS’ or ‘ALTV’) is armed as appropriate.
384
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Vertical Path
Tracking Active
VNV Target Altitude
Capture Armed
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VNV Target
Altitude
EIS
Terminal
Phase of
Flight
Command Bars Indicate Descent to
Maintain Required Vertical Speed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
Required
Vertical
Speed Bug
Vertical Deviation
Indicator (VDI)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 7-16 Vertical Path Tracking Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the altimeter barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active, the flight director
increases/decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re-establish the aircraft on the descent path
(without commanding a climb). Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV
vertical deviation, moving the descent path. For large adjustments, it may take several minutes for the
aircraft to re-establish on the descent path. If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV
Target Altitude, the aircraft may not re-establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint.
Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode
AFCS
Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director
to revert to Pitch Hold Mode:
• Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an overspeed condition.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and results in
the vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude. Such discontinuities are usually caused by
flight plan changes that affect the vertical profile.
• Vertical deviation becomes invalid (the Vertical Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD).
APPENDICES
• A display enters Reversionary Mode (this does not apply to an active vertical direct-to).
Unless VNV is disabled, Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become
armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
385
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
Non-Path Descents
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, and Flight Level Change modes can also be used to fly non-path descents
while VNV flight control is selected. If the VS or FLC Key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is
selected, Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with the appropriate altitude capture mode
to allow profile re-capture.
EIS
Figure 7-17 Flight Level Change VNV Non-Path Descent
To prevent immediate profile re-capture, the following must be satisfied:
• At least 10 seconds have passed since the non-path transition was initiated
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet, but is now less than 200 feet
Pressing the VNV Key twice re-arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re-capture.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode (ALTV)
NOTE: VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is only applicable to aircraft equipped with a VNV Key.
NOTE: Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive. However,
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly (not annunciated) whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode is armed.
AFCS
VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically
after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected
Altitude. The annunciation ‘ALTV’ indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured. VNV Target
Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct-to, and can be entered manually or loaded
from a database (see the Flight Management Section for details). At the same time as “TOD within 1
minute” is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box, the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the
Vertical Speed Indicator (see Figure 7-15).
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target
Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed. This automatic transition is indicated by the green
‘ALTV’ annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ‘ALT’ annunciation.
The VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ‘ALTV’ annunciation and remains
displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator. The Required Vertical Speed Indication (RVSI) is removed
once VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active.
INDEX
At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude, the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target
Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg. As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active,
the white ‘ALT’ annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to
indicate the automatic transition. The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking, allowing
upcoming descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked.
386
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Altitude Reference (In This Case,
Equal To VNV Altitude Target)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Flash up to 10 sec, Indicating Automatic Transition
Figure 7-18 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture
EIS
Changing the VNV Target Altitude
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Switch while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes
the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode. Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude
capture mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude,
depending on which altitude is to be intercepted first.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan (see the Flight Management
Section for details).
APPROACH MODES (GPS, VAPP, LOC)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
NOTE: The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the
flight director to enter Approach Mode.
AFCS
Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed. Approach Mode acquires and tracks the
selected navigation source (GPS, VOR, or LOC), depending on loaded approach. This mode uses the selected
navigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach. Pressing the APR Key when the
CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode (annunciated in white to the left of the active
lateral mode). If the CDI is less the 1 dot, the LOC is automatically captured when the APR Key is pressed.
VOR Approach Mode (VAPP) provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Selecting VOR Approach Mode:
1) Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned.
APPENDICES
2) Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
When GPS Approach Mode is armed, Glidepath Mode is also armed.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
387
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting GPS Approach Mode:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
1) Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan
(cannot be a direct-to a waypoint not in the flight plan).
3) Press the APR Key.
EIS
Figure 7-19 GPS Approach Mode Armed
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC/ILS approach with a glideslope. When LOC
Approach Mode is armed, Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically. LOC captures are inhibited if the
difference between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105°.
Selecting LOC Approach Mode:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
Or:
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
AFCS
4) Press the APR Key.
If the following occurs, the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode (wings rolled level):
• Approach Mode is active and a Vectors-To-Final is activated
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched
• During a LOC/ILS approach, GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic
navigation source switch from GPS to LOC
APPENDICES
Changing the Selected Course
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
INDEX
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in
Approach Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course (or GPS flight plan) when
the CWS Button is released.
388
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GLIDEPATH MODE (GP) (SBAS ONLY)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Switch while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Switch.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Glidepath Mode is available only when SBAS is available. Glidepath Mode is used to track the SBAS-based
glidepath. When Glidepath Mode is armed, ‘GP’ is annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box.
Selecting Glidepath Mode (SBAS Only):
EIS
1) Ensure a GPS approach with vertical guidance or vertical descent angle (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV +V) is loaded
into the active flight plan. The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan (cannot be a direct-to a waypoint
not in the flight plan).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
NOTE: Some RNAV (GPS) approaches provide a vertical descent angle as an aid in flying a stabilized
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
approach. These approaches are NOT considered Approaches with Vertical Guidance (APV). Approaches
that are annunciated on the HSI as LNAV or LNAV+V should be flown to an MDA, until visual with the
landing surface, even though vertical glidepath (GP) information may be provided.
WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH when flying an approach with
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the
altitude preselect.
Upon reaching the glidepath, the flight director transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and
track the glidepath.
AFCS
Figure 7-20 Glidepath Mode Armed
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Once the following conditions have been met, the glidepath can be captured:
• A GPS approach with vertical guidance (LPV, LNAV/VNAV, LNAV+V) is loaded into the active flight plan.
• The active waypoint is at or after the final approach fix (FAF).
• Vertical deviation is valid.
APPENDICES
• The CDI is at less than full-scale deviation
• Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended (no ‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI)
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
389
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
GPS Approach
Mode Active
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Glidepath
Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
GPS is Selected
Navigation
Source
LPV Approach
Active
Glidepath
Indicator
Figure 7-21 Glidepath Mode
GLIDESLOPE MODE (GS)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Glideslope Mode is available for LOC/ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope. When Glideslope
Mode is armed (annunciated as ‘GS’ in white), LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director
mode.
Selecting Glideslope Mode:
1) Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned.
AFCS
2) Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
3) Press the APR Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
1) Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source (use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if
necessary).
2) Ensure a LOC/ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan.
APPENDICES
3) Ensure the corresponding LOC frequency is tuned.
4) Press the APR Key.
Figure 7-22 Glideslope Mode Armed
INDEX
Once LOC is the navigation source, the localizer and glideslope can be captured. Upon reaching the
glideslope, the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to capture and track the glideslope.
390
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
NOTE: Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode. The autopilot
guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button.
Glideslope
Mode Active
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Approach
Mode Active
Active ILS
Frequency Tuned
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NAV2 (localizer) is Selected
Navigation Source
Glideslope
Indicator
Figure 7-23 Glideslope Mode
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
BACKCOURSE MODE (BC)
NOTE: When making a backcourse approach, set the Selected Course to the localizer front course.
AFCS
Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction. The mode may be
selected by pressing the BC Key. Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode
is selected. If the CDI is less than one dot, Backcourse Mode is automatically captured when the BC Key is
pressed. The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in
Backcourse Mode.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
391
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Backcourse
Mode Active
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source
Figure 7-24 Backcourse Mode
Changing the Selected Course
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If the navigation source is VOR or localizer or OBS Mode has been enabled when using GPS, the Selected
Course is controlled using the CRS Knob corresponding to the selected flight director (CRS1 for the pilot
side, CRS2 for the copilot side).
Pressing the CWS Button and hand-flying the aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse
Mode. The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course when the CWS Button is released.
AFCS
INTERCEPTING AND FLYING A DME ARC
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The AFCS will intercept and track a DME arc that is part of the active flight plan provided that GPS
Navigation Mode is engaged, GPS is the active navigation source on the CDI, and the DME arc segment is
the active flight plan leg. It is important to note that automatic navigation of DME arcs is based on GPS.
Thus, even if the APR key is pressed and LOC or VOR Approach Mode is armed prior to reaching the Initial
Approach Fix (IAF), Approach Mode will not activate until the arc segment is completed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
If the pilot decides to intercept the arc at a location other than the published IAF (i.e. ATC provides vectors
to intercept the arc) and subsequently selects Heading Mode or Roll Mode, the AFCS will not automatically
intercept or track the arc unless the pilot activates the arc leg of the flight plan and arms GPS Navigation
Mode. The AFCS will not intercept and fly a DME arc before reaching an IAF that defines the beginning of the
arc segment. Likewise, if at any point while established on the DME arc the pilot deselects GPS Navigation
Mode, the AFCS will no longer track the arc.
392
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
GO AROUND (GA) MODES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the GA Switch while in the air activates the flight director in a wings-level, pitch-up attitude,
allowing the execution of a missed approach or a go around. Go Around Mode arms Selected Altitude
Capture Mode automatically. Attempts to modify the aircraft attitude (i.e., with the NOSE UP/NOSE DN
Keys or CWS Switch) result in reversion to Pitch and Roll Hold modes.
Go Around
Mode Active
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Command Bars Indicate Climb
Figure 7-25 Go Around Modes
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
393
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
7.4 AUTOPILOT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the current pertinent flight manual for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures.
The autopilot operates flight control surface servos to provide automatic flight control. Pitch and roll commands
are provided to the servos, based on the active flight director modes. The autopilot uses pitch and roll rates to
stabilize the aircraft attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers. Flight director commands are rate- and
attitude-limited, combined with pitch and roll damper control, and sent to the pitch and roll servo motors.
EIS
Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by the
pitch servo. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo.
The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric trim (MET).
This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel. Manual trim
commands are generated with the MET Switch. Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more
consistent response.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo mounts are equipped with slipclutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency.
FLIGHT CONTROL
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pitch and roll commands are provided to the servos based on the active flight director modes. Yaw damping
is provided by the yaw servo. Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque. The servo
mounts are equipped with slip-clutches set to certain values. This allows the servos to be overridden in case
of an emergency.
PITCH AXIS AND TRIM
AFCS
The autopilot pitch axis uses pitch rate to stabilize the aircraft pitch attitude during flight director maneuvers.
Flight director pitch commands are rate and attitude-limited, combined with pitch damper control, and sent
to the pitch servo motor. The pitch servo measures the output effort (torque) and provides this signal to the
pitch trim servo. The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the autopilot is not engaged, the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric pitch
trim (MET). This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel.
Manual trim commands are generated only when both halves of the MET Switch are operated simultaneously.
Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more consistent response.
APPENDICES
ROLL AXIS
INDEX
The autopilot roll axis uses roll rate to stabilize aircraft roll attitude during flight director maneuvers. The
flight director roll commands are rate- and attitude-limited, combined with roll damper control, and sent to
the roll servo motor.
394
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ENGAGEMENT
NOTE: Autopilot engagement/disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement/disengagement. Use
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
the CWS Switch to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active.
When the AP Key is pressed, the autopilot and flight director (if not already engaged) are activated. Engagement
is indicated by a green ‘AP’ annunciation in the center of the AFCS Status Box. The flight director engages in
Pitch and Roll Hold modes when initially activated.
EIS
Autopilot
Engaged
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-26 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Engaged
CONTROL WHEEL STEERING
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
During autopilot operation, the aircraft may be hand-flown without disengaging the autopilot. Pressing and
holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the
aircraft to be hand-flown. At the same time, the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude during
the maneuver. The ‘AP’ annunciation is temporarily replaced by ‘CWS’ in white for the duration of CWS
maneuvers.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In most scenarios, releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference. Refer to the flight
director modes section for CWS behavior in each mode.
Control Wheel Steering
AFCS
Figure 7-27 CWS Annunciation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
395
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
DISENGAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The autopilot is manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC Switch, AP Key on the MFD, GA Switch,
or MET ARM Switch. Manual autopilot disengagement is indicated by a five-second flashing amber ‘AP’
annunciation and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert.
Figure 7-28 Manual Autopilot Disengagement
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Pushing the AP DISC Switch disengages the autopilot. When the autopilot is manually disengaged, the
‘AP’ annunciation turns amber and flashes for 5 seconds and a three-second autopilot disconnect aural alert is
generated.
Figure 7-29 Yaw Damper Disengagement
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
After manual disengagement, the autopilot disconnect aural alert may be cancelled by pushing the MET ARM
or AP DISC Switch (AP DISC Switch also cancels the flashing ‘AP’ annunciation).
Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red and white ‘AP’ annunciation and by the
autopilot disconnect aural alert, which continue until acknowledged by pushing the AP DISC or MET ARM
Switch. Automatic autopilot disengagement occurs due to:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• System failure
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
• Invalid sensor data
• Inability to compute default flight director modes
(FD also disengages automatically)
396
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7.5 AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
AFCS CAS MESSAGES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The annunciations in Table 7-6 (listed in order of increasing priority) can appear on the PFDs above the
Airspeed and Attitude indicators. Only one annunciation may occur at a time, and messages are prioritized by
criticality.
AFCS Status
Annunciation
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-30 AFCS Status Annunciation
Annunciation
Aileron Mistrim Right
AILñ
Aileron Mistrim Left
œAIL
Elevator Mistrim Down
¤ELE
Elevator Mistrim Up
£ELE
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction. May indicate a
failure of the pitch trim servo or trim system.
Roll Failure
ROLL
Roll axis control failure; AP inoperative
PTRM
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to unstick
Pitch Failure
PTCH
Pitch axis control failure; AP inoperative
System Failure
AFCS
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available
PFT
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at completion
Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power-up and preflight system tests
as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos fail their
power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation.
PFT
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
(or stuck MEPT Switch)
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Preflight Test
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pitch Trim Failure
Description
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Alert Condition
APPENDICES
Table 7-6 AFCS Status Field Alerts
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
397
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
While Pitch Hold, Vertical Speed, Flight Level Change, Vertical Path Tracking, or an altitude capture mode is
active, airspeed is monitored by the flight director. Overspeed protection is provided to limit the flight director’s
pitch command in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and maintain the mode reference for the
selected vertical mode without exceeding Vne.
NOTE: Overspeed protection is not active in ALT, GS or GP modes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When Overspeed Protection is active, the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed Indicator,
flashing a amber ‘MAXSPD’ annunciation. Engine power should be reduced and/or the pitch reference adjusted
to slow the aircraft. The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved.
Figure 7-31 Overspeed Annunciation
AFCS
UNDERSPEED PROTECTION
Underspeed Protection is available when the optional Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP) system is
installed and the autopilot is on. It is designed to protect the airplane from stalls.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
When the aircraft reaches a predetermined airspeed, a yellow MINSPD annunciation will appear above the
airspeed indicator. If the aircraft continues to decelerate, Underspeed Protection functionality depends on
which vertical flight director mode is selected. For the purpose of this discussion, the vertical flight director
modes can be divided into two categories: Those in which it is important to maintain altitude for as long as
possible (altitude-critical modes), and those in which maintaining altitude is less crucial (non-altitude critical
modes). In both modes, the altitude preselect is set above the current altitude and power/thrust is inadequate
to cause the aircraft to climb to the desired altitude.
398
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 7-32 Underspeed Annunciation
ALTITUDE-CRITICAL MODES (ALT, GS, GP, TO, GA, FLC)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
As the aircraft slows, within 5 to 10 seconds from reaching stall warning, an aural “AIRSPEED” alert will
sound. If the aircraft decelerates to stall warning, the lateral and vertical flight director modes will change
from active to armed, and the autopilot will provide input causing the aircraft to pitch down and the wings
to level.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
An aural “AIRSPEED” alert will sound every five seconds and a red “UNDERSPEED PROTECT ACTIVE”
annunciation will appear to the right of the vertical speed indicator. The pitch down force will continue until
the aircraft reaches a pitch attitude at which IAS equals the IAS at which stall warning turns off, plus two
knots.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 7-33 Underspeed Protect Active Annunciation
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
When airspeed increases (as a result of adding power/thrust) to above the IAS at which stall warning turns
off, plus two knots, the autopilot will cause the aircraft to pitch up until recapturing the vertical reference.
The vertical and lateral flight director modes will change from armed to active. The pitch attitude may be very
high as the aircraft climbs back to the desired altitude. This high pitch angle and rate of climb is intended to
minimize time spent below the desired altitude.
399
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
NON-ALTITUDE CRITICAL MODES (VS, VNAV, IAS, PIT)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When the airspeed trend vector reaches a predetermined airspeed, a single aural “AIRSPEED” will sound,
alerting the pilot to the impending underspeed condition. If the aircraft decelerates to an IAS below the
minimum commandable autopilot airspeed, a red “UNDERSPEED PROTECT ACTIVE” annunciation will
appear to the right of the vertical speed indicator. The vertical flight director mode will change from active
to armed, and the autopilot will cause the aircraft to pitch down until reaching a pitch attitude at which IAS
equals the minimum commandable autopilot airspeed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
When airspeed increases (as a result of adding power/thrust) to an IAS above the minimum commandable
autopilot airspeed, the autopilot will cause the aircraft to pitch up until recapturing the vertical reference. The
vertical flight director mode will change from armed to active.
400
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SECTION 8 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may be necessary to carry another
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
source of charts on-board the aircraft.
Additional features of the system include the following:
• Flight Data Logging
• ChartView, FliteCharts®, and IFR/VFR electronic
charts
• AOPA™ or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory
• Bluetooth connections (Connext®)
• Auxiliary Video
• Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP™)
• SurfaceWatchTM
• Electronic Checklist
EIS
• SafeTaxi® diagrams
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• SiriusXM® Satellite Radio entertainment
SafeTaxi diagrams provide detailed taxiway, runway, and ramp information at more than 700 airports in the
United States. By decreasing range on an airport that has a SafeTaxi diagram available, a close up view of the
airport layout can be seen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The optional ChartView, FliteCharts and IFR/VFR electronic charts provides on-board electronic terminal
procedures charts. Electronic charts offer the convenience of rapid access to essential information.
The AOPA and AC-U-KWIK Airport Directories offer detailed information for a selected airport, such as available
services, hours of operation, and lodging options.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The optional SurfaceWatch feature provides voice and visual annunciations to aid in maintaining situational
awareness and avoid potential runway incursions during ground and air operations in the airport environment.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment audio feature handles more than 170 channels of music,
news, and sports. SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers more entertainment choices and longer range coverage than
commercial broadcast stations.
AFCS
The Flight Data Logging feature automatically stores critical flight and engine data on an SD data card.
Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each 1GB of available space on the card.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Connext allows for setting up the installed optional Flight Stream device for a Bluetooth connection between
the system and a mobile device running the Garmin Pilot™ application.
The system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system.
The Garmin Electronic Stability and Protection (Garmin ESP™) system discourages aircraft operation outside
the normal flight envelope
APPENDICES
Electronic checklists allow a pilot to quickly find the proper procedure for a particular phase of flight.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
401
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.1 SAFETAXI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at close range. The
maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When viewing at ranges close enough to
show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at
lower map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on the airport
provides enhanced position awareness.
EIS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways, and/or complex
ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or
outline around the region of possible confusion.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi airport layout within the maximum
configured range. The following is a list of pages where the SafeTaxi feature can be seen:
• Navigation Map Page
• VOR Information Page
• PFD Maps
• User Waypoint Information Page
• Weather Datalink Page
• Trip Planning Page
• Airport Information Page
• Nearest Pages
• Intersection Information Page
• Active and Stored Flight Plan Pages
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• NDB Information Page
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to taxiways, runways, and airport
features. In the example shown, the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary
on KSFO airport. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta. When panning over the airport, features such as
runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor.
402
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Airport
Features
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Taxiway
Identification
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Aircraft
Position
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-1 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
The Detail Softkey (declutter) label advances to Detail All, Detail 3, Detail 2 and Detail 1 each time the softkey
is selected for easy recognition of decluttering level. Selecting the Detail All Softkey removes the taxiway
markings and airport feature labels. Selecting the Detail 3 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol,
and intersection names if within the airport plan view. Selecting the Detail 2 Softkey removes the airport runway
layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Selecting the Detail 1 Softkey cycles back
to the original map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight Management Section.
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Settings Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SafeTaxi.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
6) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range.
7) Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
403
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.2 CHARTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The preferred charts source can be selected within the system. The active chart source for a particular procedure
is shown on the information pane under Source.
Selecting Preferred Charts Source:
1) While viewing a chart press the MENU Softkey to display the Page Menu options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup menu option and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Preferred Charts Source option.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the available options (FliteCharts, ChartView).
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Preferred Charts Source Option
Chart Setup Option
Figure 8-2 Preferred Charts Source
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Chart Source
Figure 8-3 Chart Source
404
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
CHARTVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures charts. The charts are displayed
in full color with high-resolution. The MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the
planview of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta.
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. Inset boxes are not considered within the chart boundaries.
Therefore, when the aircraft symbol reaches a chart boundary line, or inset box, the aircraft symbol is removed
from the display.
EIS
The following figure shows examples of off-scale areas, indicated by the grey shading. Note, the grey shading
is for illustrative purposes only and will not appear on the published chart or MFD display. These off-scale
areas appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the depicted geographical position of
this information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic position. Therefore, when the
aircraft symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is relative to the chart planview,
not to the off-scale area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Inset Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Off-Scale
Area
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Scale
Areas
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-4 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
APPENDICES
The ChartView database subscription is available from Jeppesen, Inc. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Airport Diagrams
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• NOTAMs
190-02177-01 Rev. A
INDEX
• Approaches
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
405
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, the Charts Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Options Menu to Show Approach Chart.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-5 Chart Options Page Menu
On the Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu, select the desired chart and press the ENT Key
to display the chart.
AFCS
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner CHART Not Available appears on the screen.
The CHART Not Available banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability of
a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-6 No Available Charts Banner
APPENDICES
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the
banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
Figure 8-7 Unable To Display Chart Banner
INDEX
When a chart is not available by selecting the Charts Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts may
be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
406
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, selecting
the Charts Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The chart shown is one associated with the ‘Map – Navigation Map’ page. Usually this is the airport runway
diagram. Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available,
that page appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
Selecting a chart:
EIS
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the Charts Softkey.
The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Select Desired
Approach Chart
from Menu
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Chart Scale
Figure 8-8 Approach Information Page, Chart Selection
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
407
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Once the desired chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart page can be scrolled using
the Joystick. Pressing the Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the
boundaries of the chart. The aircraft symbol is not displayed when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears. If
the Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE, the aircraft symbol is not shown. The Aircraft Not
Shown Icon may appear at certain times, even if the chart is displayed to scale.
EIS
Selecting the Charts Softkey switches between the ChartView diagram and the associated map in the MAP
page group. Selecting the Info Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart.
If the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the Info Softkey has no effect. The aircraft position is shown in
magenta on the ChartView diagrams when the location of the aircraft is within the chart boundaries.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The Charlotte, NC airport (see following figure) has five additional charts offering information; the Airport
Diagram, Take-off Minimums, Class B Airspace, Airline Parking Gate Coordinates, and Airline Parking Gate
Location. (The numbers in parentheses after the chart name are Jeppesen designators.)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Aircraft
Current
Position
Figure 8-9 Airport Information Page, INFO View, Full Screen Width
INDEX
APPENDICES
In the example shown in following figure, the Class B Chart is selected. Pressing the ENT Key displays the
Charlotte Class B Airspace Chart.
408
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-10 Airport Information Page, Class B Chart Selected from INFO View
- Pressing the SYNC Softkey displays the database linked chart associated with the current phase of flight.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
- Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
- Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
- Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
- Pressing the ROT CCW Softkey rotates the displayed chart counter clockwise in 90 degree increments.
AFCS
- Pressing the ROT CW Softkey rotates the displayed chart clockwise in 90 degree increments.
- Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such
as METAR and TAF from the SiriusXM Data Link Receiver, when available. Weather information is available
only when a SiriusXM Data Link Receiver is installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
- Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Pressing
the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for selected airports, when available. When
NOTAMS are not available, the NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled. The NOTAM
Softkey may appear on the Airport Information Page and all of the chart page selections. Pressing the
NOTAM Softkey again removes the NOTAMS information.
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
409
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Pressing the All Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Complete
Chart
Shown
Figure 8-11 Approach Information Page, ALL View
- Pressing the Header Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on the screen.
AFCS
- Pressing the Plan Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
- Pressing the Profile Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
- Pressing the Minimums Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the bottom of the
approach chart.
- If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, selecting the Fit WDTH Softkey
changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
- Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
INDEX
APPENDICES
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys. The full screen
view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
410
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Full Screen On Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-12 Page Menus
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
ChartView can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a
dark environment. When the Chart Setup Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-13 Page Menu Chart Setup
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
4) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
411
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
5) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-14 Approach Chart, Day View
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-15 Approach Chart, Night View
412
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLITECHARTS
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts. The charts are
displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. Not all charts are geo-referenced. These charts will display an
Aircraft Not Shown Icon in the lower right corner of the MFD.
EIS
Figure 8-16 Aircraft Not Shown Icon
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
An aircraft symbol may be displayed within an off-scale area depicted on some charts. Off-scale areas are
indicated by the grey shading. Note, these areas are not shaded on the published chart. These off-scale areas
appear on the chart to convey supplemental information. However, the depicted geographical position of
this information, as it relates to the chart planview, is not the actual geographic position. Therefore, when the
aircraft symbol appears within one of these areas, the aircraft position indicated is relative to the chart planview,
not to the off-scale area.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The FliteCharts database subscription is available from Garmin. Available data includes:
• Arrivals (STAR)
• Approaches
• Departure Procedures (DP)
• Airport Diagrams
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
413
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Off-Scale
Areas
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Off-Scale
Area
Off-Scale
Areas
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Off-Scale
Area
Figure 8-17 Sample Chart Indicating Off-Scale Areas
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the geo-referenced aircraft symbol.
FLITECHARTS SOFTKEYS
APPENDICES
FliteCharts functions are displayed on three levels of softkeys. While on the Navigation Map Page, Nearest
Airports Page, or Flight Plan Page, pressing the Charts Softkey displays the available terminal chart and
advances to the chart selection level of softkeys: CHRT Opt, Info, DP, STAR, APR, and WX. The chart
selection softkeys appear on the Airport Information Page.
Pressing the Back Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page.
INDEX
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the available terminal chart and advances to the next level of
softkeys: All, Fit WDTH, Full SCN, and Back.
While viewing the CHRT Opt Softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the chart
selection softkeys.
NOTAMs are not available with FliteCharts. The NOTAM Softkey label appears subdued and is disabled.
414
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TERMINAL PROCEDURES CHARTS
Selecting Terminal Procedures Charts:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Nearest Airport Page, or Flight Plan Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Options Menu to Charts.
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
EIS
On the Waypoint Airport Information Page Options Menu, select the desired chart and press the ENT Key
to display the chart.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When no terminal procedure chart is available, the banner NO AVAILABLE CHARTS appears on the screen.
The NO AVAILABLE CHARTS banner does not refer to the FliteCharts subscription, but rather the availability
of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-18 No Available Charts Banner
If there is a problem in rendering the data (such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart), the
banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-19 Unable To Display Chart Banner
AFCS
When a chart is not available by pressing the Charts Softkey or selecting a Page Menu Option, charts may
be obtained for other airports from the WPT Pages or Flight Plan Pages.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
If a chart is available for the destination airport, or the airport selected in the active flight plan, the chart
appears on the screen. When no flight plan is active, or when not flying to a direct-to destination, pressing
the Charts Softkey displays the chart for the nearest airport, if available.
Where no runway diagram exists, but Take Off Minimums or Alternate Minimums are available, that page
appears. If Airport Information pages are unavailable, the Approach Chart for the airport is shown.
Selecting a chart:
APPENDICES
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest Airports Page, press the Charts Softkey.
The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Chart + Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
INDEX
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey
if the Approach Box is not currently shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
415
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8) Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9) Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
EIS
While the Approach Box is selected using the FMS Knob, the system softkeys are blank. Once the desired
chart is selected, the chart scale can be changed and the chart can be panned using the Joystick. Pressing the
Joystick centers the chart on the screen.
The aircraft symbol is not shown on FliteCharts. The Chart Scale Box displays a banner NOT TO SCALE,
and the Aircraft Not Shown Icon is displayed in the lower right corner of the screen.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Pressing the Chart Softkey switches between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the Map
page group. Pressing the Info Softkey returns to the airport diagram when the view is on a different chart. If
the displayed chart is the airport diagram, the Info Softkey has no effect.
Pressing the SYNC Softkey displays the database linked chart associated with the current phase of flight.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, when available, and includes
weather data if a data link weather receiver is installed.
CHART OPTIONS
Pressing the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options level.
AFCS
Pressing the Fit WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area. In the example
shown, the chart at close range is replaced with the full width chart.
Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data window to the right.
Pressing the ROT CCW Softkey rotates the displayed chart counter clockwise in 90 degree increments.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Pressing the ROT CW Softkey rotates the displayed chart clockwise in 90 degree increments.
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys.
The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
APPENDICES
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select Full Screen On/Off.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key to turn on Full Screen Mode.
416
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DAY/NIGHT VIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
FliteCharts can be displayed on a white or black background for day or night viewing. The Day View offers
a better presentation in a bright environment. The Night View gives a better presentation for viewing in a
dark environment. When the Chart Setup Box is selected the MFD softkeys are blank.
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key.
EIS
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
4) If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field. Use the small FMS Knob to
change the percentage value. The percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage of
backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/night display changes when the display
backlight reaches 15% of full brightness.
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active. This may be accomplished by
selecting another page or changing the display range.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
5) Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
IFR/VFR CHARTS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system can display GPS navigation information on a VFR chart, a low altitude IFR chart, or a high altitude
IFR chart, if installed. The information overlaid on the IFR/VFR Charts is selected and setup on the Navigation
Map, but the IFR/VFR charts will not display some of the selected items. Only the following items will be
overlaid on the chart:
AFCS
• Map Pointer (distance and bearing to pointer, location of pointer, name, and other pertinent information)
• Map Range (17 range choices from 1 nm to 150 nm)
• Map Orientation (always North Up for IFR/VFR Charts)
• Aircraft Icon (representing present position)
• Wind Direction and Speed
• Icons for enabled map features (Traffic only)
• Flight Plan Legs
• Track Vector
• Runway Extension
• Missed Approach Preview
• Intersections (only as part of active flight plan)
• Visual Reporting Points
• VNAV Constraints
• Selected Altitude Intercept Arc
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
417
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Map panning on the IFR/VFR Charts works the same as on the Navigation Map. Map range selected on either
the Navigation Map or the IFR/VFR Charts applies to both. However, if the range selected on the Navigation
Map it is not a valid chart range, the chart is shown with a range of 7.5 nm.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
When different VFR charts exist for the same area the chart type will automatically display according to the
range chosen. For example, in an area where both a Sectional and a Terminal Area Chart (TAC) are available, a
range of 6 nm or more will show the Sectional chart. Once the range is decreased below 6 nm, the system will
automatically change the displayed chart from the Sectional to the TAC.
EIS
Due to the potential error involved with the electronic depiction of maps, charts will display a ‘gray circle of
uncertainty’ centered upon the aircraft icon. The aircraft’s actual position can be anywhere within the range of
the gray circle. The range of the circle will change based on the chart displayed and current zoom range.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The geo-referenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the chart when the current
position is within the boundaries of the chart. Not all charts are geo-referenced. IFR/VFR charts may be viewed
by selecting the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
Navigation Data Bar
Navigation Page Title
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Map Orientation
VFR Chart
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Range
Active Flight Plan Leg
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
AFCS
Gray Circle of
Uncertainty
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-20 GPS Navigation Information on the VFR Chart
Selecting IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts:
1) Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
APPENDICES
2) Press the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Softkey to display the desired chart.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu.’
2) Select ‘Display VFR’, ‘Display IFR Low’ or ‘Display IFR High’ to display the desired chart.
INDEX
3) Press the ENT Key.
418
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Navigation Data Bar
Navigation Page Title
Map Orientation
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
IFR Low Altitude
Chart
Map Range
Active Flight Plan Leg
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
EIS
Gray Circle of
Uncertainty
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-21 GPS Navigation Information on the IFR Low Altitude Chart
Navigation Data Bar
Navigation Page Title
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Map Orientation
IFR High Altitude
Chart
Map Range
AFCS
Active Flight Plan Leg
Aircraft Icon
at Present Position
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Gray Circle of
Uncertainty
APPENDICES
Figure 8-22 GPS Navigation Information on the IFR High Altitude Chart
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
419
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.3 AIRPORT DIRECTORY
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association™ (AOPA) and optional AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory databases
offer detailed information regarding services, hours of operation, lodging options, and more. This information is
viewed on the Airport Information Page by pressing the Info Softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
Both Airport Directories are available for downloading at flygarmin.com. However, copy only one of the
databases to the Supplemental Data Card. The system cannot recognize both databases simultaneously.
Selecting the Airport Directory Page:
EIS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page. Initially, information for the airport closest to
the aircraft’s present position is displayed.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) If necessary, press the Info softkey until Info 2 is displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-23 AOPA Information on the Airport Information Page
420
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.4 SURFACEWATCH
NOTE: The SafeTaxi database must be available to provide information regarding taxiways, aprons and
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
other objects in the airport environment.
The SurfaceWatch™ feature provides visual annunciations to help the flight crew maintain situational awareness
and avoid potential runway incursions and excursions during ground and air operations in the airport environment.
The SurfaceWatch feature is comprised of the following key components:
• Alert Annunciations
EIS
Taxiway Takeoff
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway Too Short (during takeoff or landing)
Check Runway (during takeoff or landing)
Taxiway Landing
• Provides information on the Primary Flight Display (PFD) that contains runway and taxiway information that
changes as the aircraft moves through the airport environment.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The full SurfaceWatch feature is not available in Reversionary Mode.
Inhibiting/uninhibiting SurfaceWatch:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor..
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
INFORMATION BOX
AFCS
The SurfaceWatch™ Information Box is displayed on the PFD. It contains runway and taxiway information
that dynamically changes as the aircraft moves through the airport environment. The information that is
displayed in the Information Box is the aircraft’s relative position to nearby aprons, taxiways, and runways.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
There are three components to the SurfaceWatch™ Information Box. These components are Currently
Occupied, Approaching, and Crossing Runways.
Crossing Runways
Currently Occupied
Approaching
APPENDICES
Figure 8-24 Information Types Displayed in the Information Box
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
421
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
CURRENTLY OCCUPIED
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
This component indicates the aircraft is ‘ON’ the indicated apron, taxiway, or runway. The aircraft is
currently ‘ON’ runway 04 right (RWY 04R). The remaining runway distance is also shown when the aircraft
is situated on and aligned with a runway.
If the aircraft is airborne and approaching an airport, ‘AIRBORNE TO’ and the destination airport identifier
will be displayed.
Information regarding non-manuevering areas not labeled on the SafeTaxi diagram will not be displayed.
EIS
APPROACHING COMPONENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
This component indicates the aircraft is ‘APPROACHING’ the indicated apron, taxiway, or runway. In the
previous figure, the aircraft is currently ‘APPROACHING’ taxiway H (TWY H). The distance to the taxiway
is also shown.
When the aircraft is taxiing and approaching an intersection of multiple taxiways, the taxiway identifiers
will be listed in order of proximity and the distance to the nearest is displayed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When the aircraft is taxiing and crossing an intersection of multiple taxiways, ‘CROSSING’ will be displayed
and no distance will be shown.
CROSSING RUNWAYS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
This component lists the runways, from closest to furthest, that are ‘CROSSING’ the runway the aircraft
currently occupies. The distance to each runway is also shown in order of closest distance. Runways behind
the aircraft are not depicted.
The Crossing Runways component is shown in conjunction with the Currently Occupied component of
the Information Box.
ALERTS
AFCS
The SurfaceWatch alert annunciations are displayed in the central portion of the PFD. The alert annunciations
are accompanied by a corresponding voice alert.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
SurfaceWatch Alert
Annunciation
Associated Voice
Alert
“Taxiway”
“Runway too short”
APPENDICES
“Check runway”
“Taxiway”
Description
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a non-runway (e.g. a taxiway)
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on, a runway with a length
less than needed as entered.
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on, a runway different than
that entered in the Takeoff Data or Landing Data screen.
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a non-runway (e.g. a taxiway).
INDEX
Table 8-1 SurfaceWatch Alert Annunciations
422
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TAKEOFF ALERTS
The Takeoff phase-of-flight, as determined by the system, must be valid in order for the system to issue
Takeoff Alerts.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Taxiway Takeoff
The Taxiway Takeoff alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to takeoff from a non-runway (e.g. a
taxiway) or the aircraft is not aligned with a runway.
EIS
In addition to the visual and voice alerts, the Information Box contains a textual description of the currently
occupied taxiway (or other maneuvering area) and potentially the next area (apron or maneuvering area) to
be occupied (based on aircraft heading and the airport geometry) and the distance to that area.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-25 Typical Taxiway Information Displayed in the Information Box
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Runway Too Short
The Runway Too Short (during takeoff) alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to takeoff from a runway
and the remaining runway length is less than the required length. The insufficient runway length condition
is determined based on aircraft current position during the takeoff roll and the required takeoff distance
information entered on the Takeoff Data Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Note that while the Runway Too Short alert may be issued for any runway from which the aircraft is
taking off, the system will always calculate the runway length for the specific runway entered in the Takeoff
Data.
AFCS
In addition to the visual and voice alert, the Information Box will contain a textual description of the
currently occupied runway and the remaining runway length.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-26 Typical Runway Information Displayed in the Information Box
Check Runway
APPENDICES
The Check Runway alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to takeoff from a runway that does not
match the departure runway entered in the Takeoff Data Screen.
In addition to the visual and voice alert, the Information Box contains a textual description of the currently
occupied runway.
LANDING ALERTS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
The On-Final phase-of-flight, as determined by the system, must be valid in order for the system to issue
Landing Alerts.
423
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Taxiway Landing
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
In addition to the visual and voice alert, the Information Box will display the destination airport identifier
and the text “APPROACHING TWY” to indicate a non-runway landing is being attempted.
EIS
The Taxiway Landing alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to land on a non-runway (e.g. a taxiway)
or the aircraft is not aligned with a runway.
Figure 8-27 Typical Information Displayed During a Taxiway Landing Alert
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Runway Too Short
The Runway Too Short alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to land on a runway where the remaining
runway length is less than the required landing runway length entered in the Landing Data Screen.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Note that while the Runway Too Short alert may be issued for any runway with which aircraft is aligned,
the system will always calculate the runway length for the specific runway entered in entered in the Landing
Data Screen.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
In addition to the visual and voice alert, the Information Box will display the destination airport identifier
and the text “APPROACHING REMAINING” to indicate a the remaining runway length.
AFCS
Figure 8-28 Typical Information Displayed During a Runway Too Short Alert
Check Runway
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The Check Runway alert is issued when the aircraft attempts to land on a runway that does not match the
arrival runway specified in the Landing Data.
APPENDICES
Additionally, the Information Box will display the destination airport identifier, the runway with which
the aircraft is aligned, and the distance to the runway.
INDEX
Figure 8-29 Typical Information Displayed During a Check Runway Alert
424
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
SURFACEWATCH SETUP
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Origin/destination airport, runway and distance data entered integrates with SurfaceWatch technology to alert
the flight crew to a runway too short for takeoff/landing, or to advise of a potential taxiway takeoff/landing. The
runway selected in SurfaceWatch Setup appears on the airport diagram in cyan, and appears outlined in cyan on
the synthetic vision representation of the runway on the PFD.
Entering origin/destination airport:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
EIS
3) Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination Airport field.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to input the desired Origin or Destination Airport.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Selecting origin/destination runway:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
3) Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing Runway field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing Runway. As the small FMS Knob is
turned, the preview of the selected runway or landing runway is also displayed.
Selecting required takeoff/landing distance:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the REQD Takeoff DIS or REQD Landing DIS field.
AFCS
4) Use the FMS Knobs to enter the required takeoff or landing distance. Upon pressing the FMS Knob and
committing the required takeoff or landing distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient
runway length exists.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
425
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-30 SurfaceWatch Setup Page (MFD)
INDEX
APPENDICES
Figure 8-31 SurfaceWatch Info and Cyan Runway Outline (PFD)
426
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.5 DATABASE CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISIONS
CYCLE NUMBER AND REVISION
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Databases that may be available include FliteCharts, Obstacle, Terrain, IFR/VFR, Navigation, ChartView,
SafeTaxi, Airport Directory. Data is revised and expiration dates vary. Data is still viewable during a period that
extends from the cycle expiration date to the disables date. When turning on the system, the Power-up Page
displays the current status of the databases. As an example, see the table below for the various FliteCharts
Power-up Page displays and the definition of each. The expiration date and disables date varies for each database.
EIS
Example Power-up Page Display Text
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 8-2 Database Power-up Page Annunciations
AFCS
White text, such as ‘FliteCharts Data Expires’ plus a date, indicates the chart database is current. Amber text,
such as ‘Chart data is out of date!’ or ‘FliteCharts Data: Disabled”, indicates charts are no longer viewable and
have expired.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Database time critical information can also be found on the ‘Aux - System Status’ page. The database Region,
Cycle number, Effective, Expires, and Disables dates of the subscription appear in either blue or amber text.
Dates shown in blue are current data. Dates shown in amber indicate the data is not within the current
subscription period.
APPENDICES
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
Press the MFD1 DB Softkey to place the cursor in the Database window. Scroll through the listed information
by turning the FMS Knob or pressing the ENT Key until the applicable database information is shown.
Database cycle numbers are in a format such as YYTI or YYII, which are deciphered as follows:
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
427
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
YYTI
YY – Indicates the last two digits of the year (ex. 18 represents 2018)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
T – Indicates the database type (ex. S is for SafeTaxi, D is for Airport Directory)
I – Indicates the numerical issue of the database for the year (ex. 5 is the fifth issue of the year)
YYII
YY – Indicates the last two digits of the year (ex. 18 represents 2018)
EIS
II – Indicates the numerical issue of the database for the year (ex. 05 is the fifth issue of the year)
Refer to Updating Garmin Databases in Appendix for instructions on revising databases.
Database Cycle Number Format
YYII
Revision Cycle
28 days
YYMI
Not Applicable
YYTI
Not Applicable
YYBI
56 days
YYSI
56 days
YYDI
56 days
YYII
28 days
YYII
14 days
YYII
28 days
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Example Power-up Page Display Text
INDEX
Figure 8-32 Database Startup, Format and Cycle
428
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.6 SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the Hazard Avoidance Section for information about SiriusXM Weather products.
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the SXM Data Link Receiver is available for
the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The SiriusXM Data Link Receiver can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio
entertainment services at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S. Entertainment audio is available only on
the GDL 69A SXM Data Link Receiver, not the GDL 69.
EIS
SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly
search for new stations. Based on signals from satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services are subscription-based. For more information on specific service packages, visit
www.siriusxm.com.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs, depending on
the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A SXM.
Either or both services can be activated. SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send
an activation signal that, when received by the GDL 69A SXM, allows it to play entertainment programming.
These IDs are located:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available at www.garmin.com, P/N
190-00355-04)
AFCS
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the Auxiliary Page Group.
3) Select the ‘Aux - XM Radio’ page.
4) Press the Info Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
APPENDICES
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
429
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Audio
Radio ID
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Data
Radio ID
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Weather
Products
Window
Figure 8-33 XM Information Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
If SiriusXM Weather services have not been activated, all the weather product boxes are blank on the XM
Information Page and an amber Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data
Link Page (Map Page Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for
subscription.
USING SIRIUSXM RADIO
AFCS
The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the SiriusXM
Satellite Radio.
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page.
3) Press the Radio Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio entertainment is controlled.
APPENDICES
ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CHANNEL LIST
The Active Channel Box on the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected channel that the SiriusXM
Radio is using.
INDEX
The Channels List Box of the XM Radio Page shows a list of the available channels for the selected category.
Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number.
430
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or move down the list with the CH – Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Selecting a channel directly:
EIS
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2) Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
CATEGORY
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio. Categories of
channels such as jazz, rock, or news can be selected to list the available channels for a type of music or other
contents. One of the optional categories is Presets to view channels that have been programmed.
Selecting a category:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) Press the Category Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob
and press the ENT Key. Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list.
AFCS
PRESETS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number. The preset channels are selected by
selecting the Presets and More Softkeys. Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to the
channel list for the Presets category.
Setting a preset channel number:
APPENDICES
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset, press the Presets
Softkey to access the first five preset channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
2) Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6 – Preset 10), and again to access the
last five channels (Preset 11 – Preset 15). Pressing the More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset
channels.
3) Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number to the active channel.
INDEX
4) Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset.
Pressing the Back Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the top level softkeys.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
431
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
VOLUME
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Radio volume is shown as a percentage. Volume level is controlled by pressing the Volume Softkey, which
brings up the Mute Softkey and the volume increase and decrease softkeys.
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the Volume Softkey.
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to increase volume. (Once the VOL
Softkey is pressed, the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
EIS
SiriusXM Radio volume may also be adjusted on each passenger headset.
Muting SiriusXM audio:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Select the XM Radio Page or XM Information Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Press the Mute Softkey to mute the audio. Press the Mute Softkey again to unmute the audio.
432
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.7 SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND SMS MESSAGING
NOTE: An account must be established to access the Iridium satellite network for voice/SMS.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The GSR 56 Iridium Transceiver provides an airborne low speed data link, Iridium Satellite Telephone service,
and Short Message Service (SMS).
The telephone is available to the flight crew through the audio panel and headsets.
REGISTERING WITH GARMIN CONNEXT
EIS
A subscriber account must be established prior to using the Iridium Satellite System. Before setting up an
Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver (GSR1) and the System ID by selecting the
‘Aux- System Status’ Page. Contact Garmin at www.flyGarmin.com.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DISABLE/ENABLE IRIDIUM TRANSCEIVER
Iridium telephone and data communications may be turned on or off by performing these simple steps.
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-34 Report Status Page
APPENDICES
3) Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
433
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-35 Select Disable Iridium Transmission
5) Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
6) To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 3, then select ‘Enable Iridium Transceiver’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
The pilot or copilot can place and answer calls on the Iridium satellite network. Control and monitoring of
telephone functions are accomplished through the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Viewing the Telephone Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ or ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page.
3) If necessary, press the Phone Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
The phone status display gives a graphical representation of the current disposition of voice and/or data
transmissions.
434
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
External
Phone
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Internal
Phone
Description
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Phone is Idle
Phone is ringing
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone
EIS
Phone dialed is busy
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Phone is dialing another phone
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Phone has failed
Phone status not known
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Phone is disabled
Phone is reserved for data transmission
AFCS
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Other phone is on hold
Phones are connected
APPENDICES
Table 8-3 Telephone Symbols
CONTACTS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
The names, telephone number, and email addresses can be saved in a list of contacts for easy use when
making telephone calls.
435
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Entering a new contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact Details’ window.
4) Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the
MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
EIS
6) Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
7) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
8) Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
9) Press the ENT Key. The Save button is highlighted.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
10) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved contacts.
Deleting a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
3) Press the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
Figure 8-36 Editing a Contact
436
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Editing a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone Page’ displayed, press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the desired changes. Entry can be
accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the
MFD.
4) Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
EIS
INCOMING CALLS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
When viewing MFD pages other than the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page, a pop-up alert will be displayed and an
aural alert “Incoming Call” will be heard. If the incoming call is an Iridium network call, Iridium will be
displayed. The pop-up alert may be inhibited at times, such as during takeoff. In addition to the pop-up
alert, a ringing phone symbol will be displayed to the right of the MFD page title. Also, the voice alert
“Incoming Call” will be heard on the selected cockpit audio.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Answering an incoming call in the cockpit:
1) Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
While viewing the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page
NOTE: The Push-to-Talk switch is not utilized for telephone communication. The microphone is active after
pressing the Answer Softkey, and stays active until the call is terminated.
AFCS
1) Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
3) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Answer Incoming Call’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the ENT Key.
Pressing the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the call unanswered. Pressing
the Phone Softkey will display the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page allowing additional call information to be viewed
before answering.
APPENDICES
Muting incoming call alerts:
1) With the ‘Aux-Telephone’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Incoming Call Alerts’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now when an incoming call is received.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
437
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
OUTGOING CALLS
Making an external call from the cockpit using the Iridium satellite network:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Iridium’.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor has now moved to the phone number entry field.
EIS
The International dialing sequence is necessary to place a call from the cockpit to an external phone:
Country Code + City/Area Code (if any) + Telephone Number. The following country codes may be used
when calling other satellite telephone systems.
Country Code
870
8810 or 8811
8812 or 8813
8816 or 8817
8818 or 8819
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Satellite System
Inmarsat
ICO
Ellipso
Iridium
Globalstar
Figure 8-37 Enter Phone Number
5) Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by pressing the number softkeys on the MFD.
INDEX
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
438
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-38 Make the Call
7) Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-39 System is Making the Connection
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
When the phone is answered, the connection is established. To exit the call, press the Hangup Softkey.
439
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Figure 8-40 Phone is Answered, Connection Complete
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the Contact List:
1) Press the Phone Key on the appropriate audio panel.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of contacts.
4) Press the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number associated with the contact name is dialed.
AFCS
PLACING THE COCKPIT PHONE ON HOLD
Placing a call on hold:
Press the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Put Current Call On Hold’.
APPENDICES
3) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
The cockpit phone is now isolated from the call. This figure illustrates a call between the cockpit and an
external phone in which the cockpit phone has been put on hold. Press the Hold Softkey again to resume
the call.
440
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-41 Cockpit Phone on Hold
TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The pilot or copilot can send and receive text messages on the Iridium satellite network. Messages may be
sent to an email address or text message capable cellular telephone. Message length is limited to 160 characters,
including the email address. Senders should address text messages to aircraft by entering [aircraft Iridium
phone number]@msg.iridium.com.
The text messaging user interface is mainly through the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
AFCS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux-Telephone’ or ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
441
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Figure 8-42 Text Messaging Page
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message Symbol
Description
Received text message that has not been opened
AFCS
Received text message that has been opened
Saved text message, draft not sent
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
System is sending text message
APPENDICES
Text message has been sent
System failed to send text message
Predefined text message
INDEX
Table 8-4 Text Message Symbols
442
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
VIEWING A TEXT MESSAGE WHEN RECEIVED
When viewing MFD pages other than the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, a pop-up alert will be displayed when
a new text message is received.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
New Text Message Pop-up
New Text Message Symbol on MFD Page
Figure 8-43 New Text Message Received
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Press the View Softkey to view the message. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up
window and leave the text message unopened. Pressing the Ignore All Softkey will extinguish the popwindow and ignore all future incoming text messages. Pressing the SMS Softkey will display the ‘Aux-Text
Messaging’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure 8-44 Text Message Displayed from Pop-Up Alert
The pop-up alerts may be enabled or disabled through the Page Menu.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
443
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1) With the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the MFD to display the Page Menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message Popups’ or ‘Enable New Message Popups’.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
3) Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an incoming text message is received.
Figure 8-45 Disabling New Text Message Pop-Ups
REPLY TO A TEXT MESSAGE
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After reading a text message, a reply may be sent.
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
Or:
AFCS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Reply To Message’.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the ENT Key.
SENDING A TEXT MESSAGE
Text messages may be sent from the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page.
APPENDICES
Sending a new text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
INDEX
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
444
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-46 Composing a New Text Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired
telephone number or email address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used
to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press
the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be accessed by
pressing the Symbols Softkey.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
AFCS
4) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described in step 2.
5) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the Send Softkey to send the message immediately, or press the Save Softkey to save the message in
Outbox for sending at a later time. Press the Cancel Softkey to delete the message.
PREDEFINED TEXT MESSAGES
APPENDICES
Time and effort can be saved in typing text messages that are used repeatedly by saving these messages as
a predefined message.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
445
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Creating a predefined text message:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
1) While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
Figure 8-47 Creating/Editing Predefined Messages
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4) Press the New Softkey.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Draft New Predefined Message’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key. The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed.
446
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-48 Composing a Predefined Message
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message title. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys
on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by
pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters.
Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
7) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as described in step 5.
AFCS
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the displayed list. Pressing the Cancel
Softkey will delete the message without saving.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Cancel Drafting Message’.
12) Press the ENT Key.
APPENDICES
Sending a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, select the New Softkey.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
2) The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the cursor in the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired
telephone number or email address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD
Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used
to enter letters and numbers, or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press
447
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters. Special characters can be accessed by
pressing the Symbols Softkey.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-49 Predefined Message Softkey Shown When Composing a Message
4) Press the Predefined Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is displayed.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
AFCS
6) Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the message field. If desired, the message can
be edited by using the FMS Knobs.
7) Press the ENT Key.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
8) Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
TEXT MESSAGE BOXES
APPENDICES
Received text messages reside in the Inbox as ‘Read’ or ‘Unread’ messages. The Outbox contains ‘Sent” and
‘Unsent’ text messages. Saved messages that are meant to be sent later are stored as Drafts. Each text message
box may be viewed separately, or together in any combination.
Showing Inbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Inbox Softkey.
Or:
INDEX
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Inbox Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
448
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-50 Text Message Inbox
Showing Outbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Outbox Softkey.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Outbox Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
AFCS
Showing Draft messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Drafts Softkey.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Show Draft Messages’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The message box selected for viewing is indicated at the bottom left of the list window.
APPENDICES
MANAGING TEXT MESSAGES
The viewed messages may be listed according to the date/time the message was sent or received, the type of
message (read, unread, sent, unsent, etc.), or by message address.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
449
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Time Softkey.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Date/Time’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window.
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
EIS
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Type Softkey.
Or:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Type’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Viewing messages sorted by address:
While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey, then press the Address Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Sort By Address’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The sorting selection is indicated at the bottom center of the list window.
Viewing the content of a text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, select the desired message box.
AFCS
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the VIEW Softkey.
Or:
Press the ENT Key.
Or:
APPENDICES
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘View Selected Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
INDEX
Message content is displayed.
450
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-51 Viewing Message Content
5) To close the text message, press the Close Softkey.
Or:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Close Message’.
c) Press the ENT Key.
Marking selected message as read:
AFCS
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
3) Press the MRK Read Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark Selected Message As Read’.
APPENDICES
c) Press the ENT Key.
The message symbol now indicates the message has been opened.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
451
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Marking all messages as read:
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As Read’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols now indicate all the message have
been opened.
Deleting a message:
EIS
1) While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux-Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
3) Press the Delete Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
b) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Delete Selected Message’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
c) Press the ENT Key.
452
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.8 FLIGHT DATA LOGGING
NOTE: Some aircraft installations may not provide all aircraft/engine data capable of being logged by the
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
system.
The Flight Data Logging feature will automatically store critical flight and engine data on an SD data card (up
to 16GB) inserted into the top card slot of the MFD. Approximately 1,000 flight hours can be recorded for each
1GB of available space on the card.
EIS
Data is written to the SD card once each second while the MFD is powered on. All flight data logged on a
specific date is stored in a file named in a format which includes the date, time, and nearest airport identifier. The
file is created automatically each time the system is powered on, provided an SD card has been inserted.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The status of the Flight Data Logging feature can be viewed on the ‘Aux-Utility’ Page. If no SD card has been
inserted, “NO CARD” is displayed. When data is being written to the SD card, “LOGGING DATA” is displayed.
The .csv file may be viewed with Microsoft Excel® or other spreadsheet applications.
The following is a list of data parameters the system is capable of logging.
• Time
• GPS altitude (MSL)
• GPS altitude (WGS84 datum)
• Baro Correction (in/Hg)
• AFCS roll/pitch commands
• Magnetic Heading (degrees)
• HSI source
• Com1/Com2 frequency
• Vertical speed (fpm)
• Nav1/Nav2 frequency
• OAT (degrees C)
• True airspeed (knots)
• Roll Attitude Angle (degrees)
• Lateral and Vertical G Force (g)
• GPS fix
• GPS horizontal alert limit
• GPS vertical alert limit
• SBAS GPS horizontal protection
level
• CDI deflection
• SBAS GPS vertical protection
level
• VDI/GP/GS deflection
• Fuel Qty (right & left)(gals)
• Wind Direction (degrees)
• Fuel Flow (gph)
• Wind Speed (knots)
• Oil Pressure (psi)
• Active Waypoint Identifier
• Oil Temperature (deg. F)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• Pitch Attitude Angle (degrees)
• AFCS roll/pitch modes
AFCS
• GPS vertical speed (fpm)
• Distance to next waypoint (nm)
APPENDICES
• Ground Track (degrees
magnetic)
• Longitude (degrees; geodetic;
+East)
• Selected course
• Indicated airspeed (kts)
• Ground Speed (kts)
• Autopilot On/Off
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
• Baro-Corrected altitude (feet)
• Latitude (degrees; geodetic;
+North)
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Date
• Bearing to next waypoint
(degrees)
• Magnetic variation (degrees)
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
The file containing the recorded data will appear in the format shown in the following figure. This file can be
imported into most computer spreadsheet applications.
453
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Local Date
YYMMDD
Local 24hr Time
HHMMSS
Nearest Airport
(A blank will be
inserted if no
airport is found)
log_180210_104506_KIXD.csv
EIS
Figure 8-52 Log File Format
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Data logging status can be monitored on the ‘Aux-Utility’ Page.
454
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.9 CONNEXT SETUP
The Connext Setup Page allows for setting up the installed optional Flight Stream device for a Bluetooth
connection between the system and a mobile device running the Garmin Pilot™ application.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The mobile device must be ‘paired’ with the system in order to use the various functions. Pairing is accomplished
by first placing the system in pairing mode by displaying the Connext Setup Page. The system is ‘discoverable’
whenever this page is displayed. The pairing operation is completed from the mobile device and the Garmin Pilot
application. See the device Bluetooth pairing instructions and the connection instructions in the Garmin Pilot
application.
EIS
Viewing the Connext Setup Page
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Aux page group.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
Changing the Bluetooth Name
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3) Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character field, and the small FMS Knob
select the desired alphanumeric character for that field.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Enabling/Disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin Pilot
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’ field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
AFCS
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin Pilot
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’ field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
APPENDICES
Enabling/Disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific Paired Device
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
INDEX
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’. Selecting ‘Enabled’ allows the system to automatically
connect to a previously paired device when detected.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
455
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Removing a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired Devices:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3) Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4) If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes’.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
5) Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
456
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.10 AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)
The system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system can
display video for up to two inputs.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
There are four modes of operation of the auxiliary video display: Full-Screen, Full-Screen with Digital Zoom,
Split-Screen with Map, and Split-Screen with Map and Digital Zoom.
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux page group.
EIS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select Video and display the ‘Aux-Video’ Page.
Control of the ‘Aux - Video’ Page can also be accessed through the Page Menu.
Selecting video menu options:
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Video’ Page press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu Options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option and press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to the ‘Aux - Video’ Page.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
VIDEO SETUP
Video brightness, contrast, and saturation may be adjusted be selecting the setup function. While viewing
the setup function softkeys, after 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, the system reverts to the ‘Aux - Video’ Page
softkeys.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Adjusting the video settings:
1) With the ‘Aux-Video’ Page displayed, press the Setup Softkey.
2) Press the Bright - or Bright +, to adjust display brightness in five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
AFCS
3) Press the Contrast- or Contrast +, to adjust display contrast in five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturation in five percent increments from 0 to 100%.
5) If desired, return the display to the default settings by pressing the Reset Softkey.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
6) Press the Back Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
DISPLAY SELECTION
APPENDICES
Pressing the Hide Map Softkey removes the map and displays video on the full screen. Pressing the Hide
Map Softkey again restores the map view and the small video image.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
457
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Video
Display
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Map
View
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure 8-53 Aux - Video Split-Screen
INDEX
Figure 8-54 Full Screen Video Display
458
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ZOOM/RANGE
Pressing the Zoom + or Zoom - Softkeys increases or decreases video display magnification between 1x and
10x.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The RANGE Knob can be used to increase or decrease the range setting on the map display or zoom in
and out on the video display. While in the Split-Screen mode, pressing the Map Actv or Vid Actv Softkey
determines which display the RANGE Knob adjusts. Pressing the softkey to display Map Actv allows the
RANGE Knob to control the range setting of the map display. Pressing the softkey to display Vid Actv allows
the RANGE Knob to control the zoom setting of the video display.
EIS
When zooming in on the video display, a Zoom Window will appear in the upper right of the display. A box
within this window indicates the portion of the display currently being viewed. The currently displayed portion
of the full display may be adjusted by using Joystick.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Zoom
Window
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Current
View
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Figure 8-55 Zoom Window
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
459
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
8.11 ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP™) is an optional feature that is intended to discourage the exceedance of
attitude and established airspeed parameters. This feature will only function when the aircraft is above 200 feet AGL
and the autopilot is not engaged.
ESP engages when the aircraft exceeds one or more conditions (pitch, roll, Vmo, and/or Mmo) beyond the normal
flight parameters. Enhanced stability for each condition is provided by applying a force to the appropriate control
surface to return the aircraft to the normal flight envelope. This is perceived by the pilot as resistance to control
movement in the undesired direction when the aircraft approaches a steep attitude or high airspeed.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
As the aircraft deviates further from the normal attitude and/or airspeed, the force increases (up to an established
maximum) to encourage control movement in the direction necessary to return to the normal attitude and/or
airspeed range. Except in the case of high airspeed, when maximum force is reached, force remains constant up
to the maximum engagement limit. Above the maximum engagement limit, forces are no longer applied. There
is no maximum engagement related to a high airspeed condition.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
When ESP has been engaged for more than ten seconds (cumulative; not necessarily consecutive seconds) of a
20-second interval, the autopilot is automatically engaged with the flight director in Level Mode, bringing the aircraft
into level flight. An aural “Engaging Autopilot” alert is played and the flight director mode annunciation will indicate
‘LVL’ for vertical and lateral modes.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding either the Control Wheel Steering (CWS) or Autopilot
Disconnect (AP DISC) switch. Upon releasing the CWS or AP DISC switch, ESP force will again be applied,
provided aircraft attitude and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement limits. ESP can also be overridden
by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque limit.
ESP can be enabled or disabled on the ‘Aux-System Setup” Page on the MFD.
Enabling/Disabling ESP:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
AFCS
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the System Setup Page.
3) If necessary, press the SETUP 2 Softkey to display the ‘Aux-System Setup 2’ Page. If the ‘Aux-System Setup 2’ is
already displayed, proceed to step 4.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Stability & Protection field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled’.
APPENDICES
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
INDEX
ESP is automatically enabled on system power up.
460
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ROLL ENGAGEMENT
Roll Limit Indicator
ESP Engage (45°)
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Roll Limit Indicators are displayed on the roll scale at 45° right and left, indicating where ESP will engage (see
following figure). As roll attitude exceeds 45°, ESP will engage and the on-side Roll Limit Indicator will move
to 30°, as shown in the following figure. The Roll Limit Indicator is now showing where ESP will disengage as
roll attitude decreases.
Roll Limit Indicator
ESP Engage (45°)
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure 8-56 ESP Roll Engagement Indication (ESP NOT Engaged)
ESP Disengage (30°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 46°
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
ESP Engage (45°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 44°
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
After ESP Engage
APPENDICES
Before ESP Engage
Figure 8-57 Roll Increasing to ESP Engagement
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
Once engaged, ESP force will be applied between 30° and 75°, as illustrated in the following figure. The
force increases as roll attitude increases and decreases as roll attitude decreases. The applied force is intended
to encourage pilot input that returns the airplane to a more normal roll attitude. As roll attitude decreases, ESP
will disengage at 30°.
461
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
º
30
20º
10º
0º
10º
20º
5º
90º
90º
EIS
75º
75º
º
60
60
º
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
º
º
45
4
30
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-58 ESP Roll Operating Range When Engaged
(Force Increases as Roll Increases & Decreases as Roll Decreases)
ESP is automatically disengaged if the aircraft reaches the autopilot roll engagement attitude limit of 75°
(following figure).
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ESP Upper Disengage Limit (75°)
Aircraft Roll Attitude = 74°
Figure 8-59 Roll Attitude Autopilot Engagement Limit (ESP Engaged)
PITCH ENGAGEMENT
APPENDICES
ESP engages at 18° nose-up and 17° nose-down. Once ESP is engaged, it will apply opposing force between
15° and 50° nose-up and between 12° and 50° nose-down, as indicated in the following figure. Maximum
opposing force is applied between 25° and 50° nose-up and between 22° and 50° nose-down.
INDEX
The opposing force increases or decreases depending on the pitch angle and the direction of pitch travel. This
force is intended to encourage movement in the pitch axis in the direction of the normal pitch attitude range
for the aircraft.
There are no indications marking the pitch ESP engage and disengage limits in these nose-up/nose-down
conditions.
462
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
45˚
40˚
40˚
35˚
30˚
35˚
30˚
ESP
45˚
15˚
10˚
10˚
5˚
5˚
0˚
0˚
5˚
5˚
10˚
10˚
15˚
15˚
20˚
20˚
25˚
25˚
30˚
35˚
30˚
ESP
15˚
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
20˚
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
20˚
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
25˚
EIS
25˚
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
50˚
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
50˚
35˚
40˚
40˚
45˚
45˚
50˚
50˚
AFCS
Figure 8-60 ESP Pitch Operating Range When Engaged
(Force Increases as Pitch Increases & Decreases as Pitch Decreases)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
HIGH AIRSPEED PROTECTION
Exceeding Vmo or Mmo will result in ESP applying force to raise the nose of the aircraft. When the high
airspeed condition is remedied, ESP force is no longer applied.
APPENDICES
ANGLE OF ATTACK PROTECTION
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
INDEX
When a compatible lift computer is installed with the system, angle of attack protection is provided as part of
the ESP feature. ESP force may be applied if the lift computer determines a stall warning condition is imminent.
In this condition, the Pitch Limit Indicator will be initially displayed 4° below this computed pitch attitude.
When pitch attitude equals that indicated by the Pitch Limit Indicator, ESP will engage, applying a force in the
direction necessary to lower the nose of the aircraft.
463
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
EIS
Pitch Limit Indicator
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Figure 8-61 Pitch Limit Indicator
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ESP Angle of Attack Protection
C-172
C-182
19°
Angle Opposing Force Begins
16°
24°
Max Opposing Force Angle
20°
14°
ESP Disengagement Angle
14°
C-206
18°
23°
14°
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Table 8-5 ESP Angle of Attack Protection by Aircraft Model
464
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.12 ELECTRONIC CHECKLISTS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: The optional checklists presented here are for example only and may differ from checklists available
for the airframe. The information described in this section is not intended to replace the checklist information
described in the current pertinent flight manual or the Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements document.
NOTE: Garmin is not responsible for the content of checklists. Checklists are created by the aircraft
EIS
manufacturer. Modifications or updates to the checklists are coordinated through the aircraft manufacturer.
The user cannot edit these checklists.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The MFD is able to display optional electronic checklists which allow a pilot to quickly find the proper procedure
on the ground and during each phase of flight. The system accesses the checklists from an SD card inserted into
the bezel slot. If the SD card contains an invalid checklist file or no checklist, the Power-up Page messages display
‘Checklist File: Invalid’ or ‘Checklist File: N/A’ (not available) and the Checklist Softkey is not available.
Accessing and navigating checklists:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to
select the Checklist Page.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Group’ field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired procedure and press the ENT Key.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Checklist’ field.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired checklist and press the ENT Key. The selected checklist item is
indicated with white text surrounded by a white box.
6) Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected checklist item. The line item turns green and a
checkmark is placed in the associated box. The next line item is automatically selected for checking.
AFCS
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
7) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be
displayed in amber text.
8) Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
9) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
APPENDICES
10) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
465
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Accessing emergency procedures:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
2) Press the EMER Softkey.
1) From any page on the MFD (except the EIS Pages), press the Checklist Softkey or turn the large FMS Knob to
select the Checklist Page.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired emergency checklist and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the ENT Key or Check Softkey to check the selected emergency checklist item. The line item turns green
and a checkmark is placed in the box next to it. The next line item is automatically highlighted for checking.
EIS
Either FMS Knob can be used to scroll through the checklist and select the desired checklist item.
Press the CLR Key or Uncheck Softkey to remove a check mark from an item.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
5) When all checklist items have been checked, ‘*Checklist Finished*’ is displayed in green text at the bottom left
of the checklist window. If all items in the checklist have not be checked, ‘*Checklist Not Finished*’ will be
displayed in amber text.
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘Go To Next Checklist?’ will be highlighted by the cursor.
7) Press the ENT Key to advance to the next checklist.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
8) Press the Return Softkey to return to the previous checklist.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
9) Press the Exit Softkey to exit the Checklist Page and return to the page last viewed.
466
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8.13 ABNORMAL OPERATION
SIRIUSXM DATA LINK RECEIVER TROUBLESHOOTING
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
For troubleshooting purposes, check the LRU Information Box on the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page for SXM
status, serial number, and software version number. If a failure has been detected the status is marked with a
red X.
Selecting the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page:
EIS
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page.
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Ensure the installed Data Link Receiver or Iridium Transceiver has an active subscription or account
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver or
Iridium Transceiver
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Ensure that nothing is plugged into the MUSIC 1 or MUSIC 2 jacks because that would prevent SiriusXM
radio from being heard
If a failure still exists, the following messages may provide insight as to the possible problem:
Message Location
CHECK ANTENNA
XM Information Page (MFD)
UPDATING
XM Information Page (MFD)
NO SIGNAL
Description
Data Link Receiver antenna error; service
required
Data Link Receiver updating encryption code
XM Information Page Weather Datalink Page Loss of signal; signal strength too low for
(MFD)
receiver
Acquiring channel audio or information
OFF AIR
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Channel not in service
--------
XM Radio Page (MFD)
WEATHER DATA LINK FAILED
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
ACTIVATION REQUIRED
XM Information Page (MFD)
Missing channel information
No communication from Data Link Receiver
within last 5 minutes
SiriusXM subscription is not activated
DETECTING ACTIVATION
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
XM Radio Page (MFD)
AFCS
LOADING
SiriusXM subscription is activating.
SiriusXM subscription confirmed downloading
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
weather data.
Table 8-6 SXM Data Link Receiver Messages
APPENDICES
WAITING FOR DATA...
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Message
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
467
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Blank Page
468
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for Cessna NAV III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS
The Alerting System conveys alerts using the following items:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
• Annunciation Window: The Annunciation Window displays abbreviated annunciation text. Text color is
based on alert levels described in the following section. The Annunciation Window is located to the right of
the Altimeter and Vertical Speed Indicator. All Cessna Nav III annunciations can be displayed simultaneously
in the Annunciation Window. A white horizontal line separates annunciations that are acknowledged from
annunciations that are not yet acknowledged. Higher priority annunciations are displayed toward the top of
the window. Lower priority annunciations are displayed toward the bottom of the window.
EIS
• Alerts Window: The Alerts Window displays text messages for up to 64 prioritized alert messages. Pressing
the Alerts Softkey displays the Alerts Window. Pressing the Alerts Softkey a second time removes the Alerts
Window from the display. When the Alerts Window is displayed, the FMS Knob can be used to scroll through
the alert list.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
• Softkey Annunciation: During certain alerts, a Warning or Caution Softkey may appear as a flashing
annunciation to accompany an alert. The Alerts Softkey assumes a new label consistent with the alert level
(Warning, Caution). By pressing the softkey when flashing an annunciation, the alert is acknowledged. The
softkey label then returns to Alerts. If alerts are still present, the Alerts label is displayed in white with black
text. Pressing the Alerts Softkey a second time views the alert text messages.
• System Annunciations: Typically, a large red ‘X’ appears over instruments whose information is supplied by
a failed Line Replaceable Unit (LRU). See the System Annunciations Section for more information.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
System
Annunciation
(Red ‘X’)
System
Annunciation
(Red ‘X’)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Annunciation
Window
Alerts Window
APPENDICES
Softkey
Annunciation
Figure A-1 Alerting System
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
469
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
ALERT LEVEL DEFINITIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
NOTE: Refer to the current version of the pertinent flight manual for corrective pilot actions.
The Alerting System uses four alert levels, as installed in the Cessna Nav III aircraft.
NOTE: Aural alerts associated with abnormal conditions and advisories are managed through the audio
panels. Refer to the Audio Panel and CNS Section for more information.
EIS
Warning: This level of alert requires immediate attention. A warning alert appears in the Annunciation
Window and is accompanied by a continuous aural tone. Text appearing in the Annunciation Window is red. A
warning alert is also accompanied by a flashing Warning Softkey annunciation. Pressing the Warning Softkey
acknowledges the warning alert and stops the aural tone, if applicable.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Caution: This level of alert indicates the existence of abnormal conditions on the aircraft that may require
pilot intervention. When a new caution alert appears in the Annunciation Window, it is shown in black on
amber inverse video in conjunction with the Caution Softkey and is accompanied by an aural tone. Pressing
the Caution Softkey acknowledges all amber messages and extinguishes the softkey. Once acknowledged,
caution messages are displayed until the issue is corrected.
Safe Operating Advisory (if equipped): This level of alert indicates crew awareness is required. It is shown
in green text in the Annunciation Window.
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
System Message Advisory: This level of alert provides general information to the pilot. Message Advisories
appear in the Alerts Window and are not shown in the Annunciation Window. When a Message Advisory occurs,
the system provides a white flashing Messages Softkey annunciation. Pressing the softkey acknowledges the
message advisory alert, and displays the associated text in the Alerts Window.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Annunciation
Window
Softkey
Annunciation
INDEX
Figure A-2 Annunciation Window
Figure A-3 Warning and Caution Softkey Annunciations
470
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AUDIO ALERTING SYSTEM TEST
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The system issues audio alert tones when specific system conditions are met. Should the #1 GIA 63W fail,
audio and voice alerts are not generated. The annunciation tone may be tested from the Aux - System Status
Page.
Testing the system annunciation tone:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the Aux - System Status Page.
2) Select the ANN Test Softkey.
EIS
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Enable Annunciator Test Mode’ and press the ENT Key.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SYSTEM MESSAGE ADVISORIES
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
This section describes various system message advisories. Certain messages are issued due to an LRU or an
LRU function failure. Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red ‘X’ annunciation as
shown previously in the System Annunciation section.
NOTE: This section provides information regarding message advisories that may be displayed by the
Message
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS navigation.
Abort approach.
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error
correction is unavailable
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1 calibration version
error. Srvc req’d.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1 config error.
Config service req’d.
Comments
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path has failed. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information. Check the current
version of the pertinent flight manual limitations. The system should be serviced.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
GDC1 is reporting that the altitude error correction is unavailable.
AFCS
GDC1 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is unavailable.
The GDC1 should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system should be serviced.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
system. Knowledge of the aircraft, systems, flight conditions, and other existing operational priorities must
be considered when responding to a message. Always use sound pilot judgment. The current version of the
pertinent flight manual takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
471
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
airspeed.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead less
than 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less
than 2 nm.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
APR INACTV – Approach is not active.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AUDIO MANIFEST - Audio software
mismatch, communication halted.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1 configuration
module is inoperative.
CO DET SRVC – The carbon
monoxide detector needs service.
CO DET FAIL – The carbon monoxide
detector is inoperative.
COM1 CONFIG – COM1 config error.
Config service req’d.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CAL - Check
COM calibration.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT - Check
COM current.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - NTRL - Com
internal fault.
COM #[1, 2] REDUCED TX POWER COM synthesizer lock fault.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - SYNTH - COM
synthesizer lock fault.
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
472
Comments
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The system should be serviced.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update magnetic field model
when practical.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer. The AHRS
relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed. The system should be
serviced.
Use LNAV minima when approach is downgraded.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will penetrate the airspace within
10 minutes.
Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active. Activate approach
when required.
The GMA has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course by more than 10
degrees.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The system should be
serviced.
A failure has been detected in carbon monoxide detector has been detected. The
detector may still be available. The system should be serviced when possible.
A failure in the carbon monoxide detector has been detected. The system should be
serviced.
The COM1 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced
COM 1 and/or COM 2 calibration version error. Check COM calibration.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 current is low. Check COM current.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has an internal fault.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a reduced transmission power.
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”) position.
Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDICES
DIG GMA1 MANIFEST – DIG GMA
1 software mismatch, communication
halted.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
mismatch.
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot profile and settings. The
pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFD with preferred settings, if desired.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually
edited. This alert is issued only after an navigation database update. Verify that the
user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent
with the navigation database. This alert is issued only after an navigation database
update. Verify use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
The PFD and MFD have different navigation database versions or types installed.
Crossfill is off. Check the Aux-System Status Page to determine versions or regions.
Also, check the Aux-System Status Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
The PFD and MFD have different obstacle database versions or types installed. Check
the Aux-System Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the AuxSystem Status Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
The PFD and MFD have different terrain database versions or types installed. Check
the Aux-System Status Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check the AuxSystem Status Page for a database synchronization function not completed. After
synchronization is complete, power must be turned off, then on.
The digital audio controller has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
AFCS
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle database
mismatch.
The copilot radios are set on mute.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COPILOT RADIOS MUTED – Copilot
radios are muted.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.
EIS
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
Comments
The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position. Press the
transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1 may still be usable. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The COM2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced
The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable (or “pressed”) position.
Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) position. Press the
transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system should
be serviced.
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2 may still be usable. The system
should be serviced when possible.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM2. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
COM2 CONFIG – COM2 config error.
Config service req’d.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk key
is stuck.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Message
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
473
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
DISABLE GP TO ARM CLIMB – Press
APPR button to enable VNAV track
change.
DISABLE GS TO ARM CLIMB – Press
APPR button to enable VNAV track
change.
DME CHECK RANGE – DME range
disagreement. Check position sensors.
FAILED PATH – A data path has
failed.
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
Comments
Disable AFCS APPR mode to enable VNAV
Disable AFCS APPR mode to enable VNAV
A failure or disagreement has been detected in a DME receiver. Check position
sensors.
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63W has failed.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database eliminates an obsolete
approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed
from the flight plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan waypoint Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is locked. This
is locked.
occurs when an navigation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The
flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can also
occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database,
OR
update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new information.
G/S1 FAIL – G/S1 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The system should be serviced.
G/S1 SERVICE – G/S1 needs service. A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1. The receiver may still be
Return unit for repair.
available. The system should be serviced when possible.
G/S2 FAIL – G/S2 is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The system should be serviced.
G/S2 SERVICE – G/S2 needs service. A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 2. The receiver may still be
Return unit for repair.
available. The system should be serviced when possible.
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC1 software
The ADAHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
GDL 69/69A SXM configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
error. Config service req’d.
memory. The system should be serviced.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69/69A or GDL 69/69A SXM. The receiver is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL software
The GDL 69/69A SXM has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration memory.
Config service req’d.
The system should be serviced.
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1 software
The #1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/ The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved ADAHRS operation. Heading is
South, no magnetic compass.
flagged as invalid.
GFC MANIFEST – GFC software
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are incorrect.
mismatch, communication halted.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
The GIA1 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be serviced.
error. Config service req’d.
474
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
The GIA1 1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The GIA1 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be serviced.
The GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system should be serviced.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
The GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to warm up to
operating temperature.
The GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The system should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The digital audio controller has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory.
The system should be serviced.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel is unavailable. The
system should be serviced.
AFCS
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit. Certain audio functions may
still be available, and the audio panel may still be usable. The system should be serviced
when possible.
APPENDICES
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
The GIA1 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
EIS
GMU1 MANIFEST – GMU1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
Comments
The GIA1 configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow units to
warm up to operating temperature.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
GMA1 MANIFEST – GMA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Message
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 temperature
too low.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 temperature
too low.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs service.
Return the unit for repair.
GMA1 AUX MANIFEST – GMA 1 AUX
software mismatch, communication
halted.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
475
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
GTS CONFIG – GTS config error.
Config service req’d.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication halted.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer
fault has occurred.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
INVALID ADM – Invalid ADM: ATN
communication halted.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
LRG MAG VAR – Verify all course
angles.
INDEX
APPENDICES
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
MFD SOFTWARE – MFD mismatch,
communication halted.
MFD TERRAIN DSP – MFD Terrain
awareness display unavailable.
MFD1 BACKLIGHT CALIBRATION –
MFD1 calibration. Return for repair.
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1 config error.
Config service req’d.
476
Comments
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver. The receiver may still
be available. The system should be serviced.
The ADAHRS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
GTS 800 configuration settings do not match those of the GDU configuration. The
system should be serviced.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as invalid. The ADAHRS
uses GPS for backup mode operation. The system should be serviced.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS capable.
The aircraft is inside the airspace.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly and therefore will not be able to
communicate with the ground network.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains
locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint from flight plan. Update flight plan with
current waypoint.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for
geographic locations near the magnetic poles. Displayed magnetic course angles may
differ from the actual magnetic heading by more than 2°.
The PFD and/or MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be serviced.
The specified GDU has different software versions installed. The system should be
serviced.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for TAWS in the specified GDU is
missing or invalid.
The specified GDU’s backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The system
should be serviced.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
system should be serviced.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain card is
properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
EIS
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several
times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key name]
is stuck.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
Comments
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the display.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The MFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Ensure that the data card
is properly inserted. Replace data card. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Message
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
AFCS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press
the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs service. A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
Return unit for repair.
The system should be serviced.
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2 software
NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”) state. Press
transfer key is stuck.
the transfer switch again to cycle its operation. If the problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs service. A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The receiver may still be available.
Return unit for repair.
The system should be serviced.
NON-MAGNETIC UNITS– NonNavigation angle is not set to MAGNETIC at power-up.
magnetic NAV ANGLE display units
are active.
NON WGS84 WPT – Do not use GPS The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated based on the WGS84
for navigation to [xxxx]
map reference datum and may be positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to
navigate to the selected non-WGS84 waypoint..
PFD1 BACKLIGHT CALIBRATION –
The PFD1 backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The system should be
PFD1 calibration lost. Return for repair. serviced.
PFD1 CONFIG – PFD1 config error.
The PFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory. The
Config service req’d.
system should be serviced.
477
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
PFD1 COOLING – PFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name] is
stuck.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 REM –
Card 1 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 REM –
Card 2 was removed. Reinsert card.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 1 ERR – Card
1 is invalid.
[PFD1 or MFD1] CARD 2 ERR – Card
2 is invalid.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD2 [key name] is
stuck.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
PFD1 TERRAIN DSP – PFD1 Terrain
awareness display unavailable.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage
PILOT RADIOS MUTED – Pilot
radios are muted.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
invalid leg type.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
past IAF.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track unavailable:
bad geometry.
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
SLCT MAG– Select MAGNETIC NAV
ANGLE display units.
478
Comments
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by dimming the display.
If problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Ensure that the terrain card is
properly inserted in display. Replace terrain card. If problem persists, the system
should be serviced.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing on the specified LRU.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several
times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The SD
card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD. The
SD card needs to be reinserted.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD or MFD contains invalid data.
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it several
times. The system should be serviced if the problem persists.
The PFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should be serviced.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for TAWS in PFD1 is missing or
invalid.
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
The pilot radios are set on mute.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
Bad parallel track geometry.
Message criteria entered by the user.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for the appropriate NAV
receiver. Select the correct frequency for the approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the Avionics Settings Screen
to Magnetic.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX A
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
EIS
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid audio configuration.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid configurable alerts.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or more invalid inputs.
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the boundaries of the
installed terrain database.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution is not
currently installed.
The MFD and PFD have different software versions installed. The system should be
serviced.
TAWS is disabled because the audio configuration is invalid. The system should be
serviced.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient resolution is not currently
installed.
The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system. The traffic device
should be serviced.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Terrain Awareness audio is unavailable. The system should be serviced.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path
angle and vertical speed constraints. The system automatically transitions to the next
vertical waypoint.
APPENDICES
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical deviation to go invalid.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the vertical deviation to go
invalid.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Comments
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver. Set the CDI to
the correct NAV receiver.
The system notifies the pilot to set the Nav Angle units on the Avionics Settings Screen
to True.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive
crosstrack error.
VNV – Unavailable. Excessive track
angle error.
VNV – Unavailable. Parallel course
selected.
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Message
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
SLCT NON-MAG– Select alternate
NAV ANGLE display units.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
SURFACEWATCH DISABLED - Too
far north/south.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - Invalid
audio configuration.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - Invalid
configurable alerts.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL - One or
more inputs invalid.
SURFACEWATCH INHIBITED Surfacewatch inhibited.
SVT DISABLED – Out of available
terrain region.
SVT DISABLED – Terrain DB
resolution too low.
SW MISMATCH – GDU software
version mismatch. Xtalk is off.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn Awareness
audio config error. Service req’d.
TERRAIN DISABLED – Terrain
Awareness DB resolution too low.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired.
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awareness
audio source unavailable
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach current
vertical waypoint.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical deviation to go invalid.
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
479
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX A
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Message
VNV – Unavailable. Unsupported leg
type in flight plan.
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving a valid GPS position.
Other transponder functions may be available. Service when possible.
The transponder is not able to receive position information.
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic information.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration
memory. The system should be serviced.
ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is unavailable.
There is no communication with the #1 or #2 transponder.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B information.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather information.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in XPDR1. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
The system has detected an under temperature condition in XPDR1. The transmitter
operates at reduced power. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The system should be
serviced.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at waypoint
-[xxxx]
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 – Datalinik:
ADS-B 1090 receiver has failed.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL – Transponder:
XPDR1 is unable to transmit ADS-B
messages.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not transmitting
position.
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC – Transponder:
ADS-B traffic has failed
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT – Datalink:
ADS-B in UAT receiver has failed.
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config error.
Config service req’d.
XPDR1 CSA FAIL - Traffic: ADS-B In
traffic alerting has failed.
XPDR1 FAIL – XPDR1 is inoperative.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink: ADSB-B in
has failed.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX – Datalink: FIS-B
Weather has failed.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP - Transponder:
Transponder over temp.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –Transponder:
ADS-B no pressure altitude.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs service.
Return unit for repair.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP - Transponder:
Transponder under temp.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
Comments
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other unsupported leg
type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This prevents vertical guidance to the active
vertical waypoint.
480
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Database information is obtained from third party sources. Inaccuracies in the data may be discovered from
time to time. Garmin communicates this information by issuing a Database Alert. These notifications are available
on flygarmin.com.
Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information. These
discrepancies could come in the form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles
and fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground.
Go to flygarmin.com and select Aviation Data Error Report.
EIS
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The system uses Secure Digital (SD) cards to load various types of data. For basic flight operations, SD cards
are required for database storage as well as database updates. Not all SD cards are compatible with the system.
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until database
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can be
monitored on the ‘Aux – Databases’ Page.
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result in the expiration date on the
power-up screen and the effective date on the ‘Aux – Databases’ Page being displayed in amber.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database. Power interruption during the
database loading process could result in maintenance being required to reboot the system.
AFCS
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will be displayed until database
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
synchronization is complete, followed by turning system power off, then on. Synchronization can be
monitored on the ‘Aux-Database’ Page.
Databases may be loaded through Garmin Pilot and Flight Stream 510. When loading databases through
Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510, the Flight Stream 510 must be enabled on the system and the multimedia
card inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD.
APPENDICES
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
The cycles and dates for both standby and active databases are displayed on the “Aux – Databases” page on
the MFD. Any active databases with expiration dates in the past will be highlighted with amber text. When
an expired active database has a standby database that is ready to become effective, a cyan double-sided arrow
will be displayed between the database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it indicates that the standby and
active databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle, activating the current standby database.
Databases can also be manually selected (or deselected) by highlighting a list item and pressing the ENT Key,
provided a valid, verified standby database is present.
481
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order to make the database
product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized service
facility in order to use some database features.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
The navigation database contains the aeronautical data used by the system for the flight management and
flight planning functions. Included is detailed data for waypoints, procedures (arrivals, departures, approaches),
and airways. The navigation database is updated every 28 days.
The basemap database contains data for the topography and land features, such as rivers, lakes, and towns.
It is updated only periodically, with no set schedule. There is no expiration date.
EIS
The terrain database contains the terrain mapping data. These databases are updated periodically and have
no expiration date.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft.
Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database. It is very important to note that not all
obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database. This database is
updated on a 56-day cycle.
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies. Garmin
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
accurately processes and cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of
the data.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The AOPA or AC-U-KWIK Airport Directory provides data on airports and heliports throughout the U.S. or
worldwide, respectively. The AOPA Directory offers detailed information for over 5,300 U. S. airports, along
with the names and phone numbers of thousands of FBOs. These databases are updated every 56 days. The
AC-U-KWIK Directory offers detailed information for more than 8,000 airports with runways longer than 3,000
feet worldwide.
AFCS
The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following
ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways,
ramps, runways, terminals, and services. This database is updated on a 56-day cycle.
The FliteCharts database contains procedure charts. This database is updated on a 28-day cycle. If not
updated within 180 days of the expiration date, FliteCharts will no longer function.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
The ChartView database is updated on a 14-day cycle. If the ChartView database is not updated within 70
days of the expiration date, ChartView will no longer function. The ChartView database must be purchased
directly from Jeppesen, but can be updated at jeppesen.com or flygarmin.com.
INDEX
APPENDICES
The IFR/VFR charts database contains VFR and IFR raster charts. The VFR Charts are digital representations
of the Sectional Aeronautical Charts and Terminal Area Charts. The IFR Charts include both IFR High (designed
for navigation at or above 18,000 ft) and IFR Low (designed for navigation below 18,000 ft). IFR/VFR Charts
are updated every 28 days except for Canadian IFR/VFR Charts which are updated every 56 days.
482
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
UPDATING DATABASES USING A SUPPLEMENTAL DATA CARD
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
All databases are updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD. When the card is
inserted, the databases on the card will be copied to standby and synchronized across all powered, configured
units. After update, the card is removed and the databases are stored on the system. When in standby,
databases are not immediately available for use, but stored to be activated at a later time.
Database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation Databases’ section
of the Garmin website (flygarmin.com). Once the updated files have been downloaded from the website, a
PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program the new databases onto an
existing Supplemental Data Card. Equipment required to perform the update is as follows:
EIS
• Windows-compatible PC computer
• SD Card Reader: SanDisk SDDR-93, SanDisk SDDR-99, Verbatim #96504, or equivalent
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
• Updated database obtained from the Garmin website
• Supplemental SD Cards
Updating Databases:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
1) With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the top SD card slot of the MFD.
2) Download and install the databases on an SD card.
3) Put the SD Card in the top SD card slot of the MFD.
4) Turn the system ON.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
5) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
AFCS
8) Monitor the Sync Status on the ‘Aux-Databases’ Page. Wait for all databases to complete syncing, indicated by
‘Sync Complete’ being displayed. A cyan double-arrow will appear between the Standby and Active columns to
show which Standby databases will be transferred to Active at the next power cycle.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
483
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure B-1 ‘Aux - Databases’ Page before Activation of Standby Databases
9) Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the Standby column.
10) Remove the SD card from the bottom slot of the MFD if desired.
11) Remove and reapply power to the system.
AFCS
12) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
13) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
14) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
15) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
484
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Figure B-2 ‘Aux - Databases’ Page - Updated Databases
16) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
AFCS
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become
active.
Or:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Stby/Actv’ using the small FMS Knob. Press the ENT Key. A cyan doublesided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become active.
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
APPENDICES
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
485
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
17) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS Knob to select the database, and
then press the Details Softkey. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or
the FMS Knob to exit.
18) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB) to show database information for
each display. Use the small FMS Knob to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
UPDATING DATABASES USING FLIGHT STREAM 510
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
In order to load databases through Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510, the Flight Stream 510 must be
enabled on the system and inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD. A mobile device with Garmin Pilot
must be paired with the Flight Stream 510 over Bluetooth (refer to the Additional Features section). When
there is at least one paired device available to connect, the Flight Stream 510 will automatically connect to the
system’s preferred mobile device. The preferred device can be selected on the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page from a
menu list of paired devices.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Once a connection to the paired mobile device is made, Garmin Pilot makes available databases that can
be transferred to the Flight Stream 510. If any of these databases is more recent than the respective standby
database on the system, (or if there is no standby database on the system) those databases will be automatically
selected to load. The database updates may be initiated from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page, or from other pages
on the MFD.
NOTE: The system will only provide a WiFi connection if new databases have been detected for download
AFCS
on Garmin Pilot via a valid Bluetooth connection. If there are no database updates required the system will
not provide a WiFi signal.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: If the mobile device has previously connected to the FS510, and is not connected to another WiFi
source, the mobile device should connect automatically to the FS510. If the mobile device is connected to
another WiFi source (i.e. hangar wifi), then the FS510 will not connect automatically.
APPENDICES
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page):
1) Insert the Flight Stream 510 SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if not already inserted.
2) Turn the system ON.
3) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
INDEX
4) On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and touch Home > Connext > Database Concierge.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Connext Setup.
486
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
7) Ensure that Wifi Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (refer to Additional Features section for
instructions to enable Wifi Database Import).
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WiFi Enabled
Bluetooth
Status
WiFi Status
WiFi Password
EIS
Figure B-3 ‘Connext Setup’ Page
8) Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth settings on the mobile device.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
9) In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the system is paired with the mobile device
in use. (refer to Additional Features for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
NOTE: The database updates may now be continued from any MFD page, however, the update windows
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
shown in these instructions will not be shown on the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page. Use the proceeding instructions
in this section to update databases from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page.
10) Press the Update Softkey when the following window appears. (Pressing the View Softkey will allow database
updates to be viewed from the ‘Aux Databases’ Page, however, the windows shown below will not appear on
the ‘Aux Databases’ Page. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will postpone the updates until further action is taken.)
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure B-4 Database Update Available
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
11) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a password prompt will appear on the
mobile device. Enter the password shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
12) The following window will appear. Database update progress may be monitored on the mobile device.
APPENDICES
INDEX
Figure B-5 Starting Database Transfer
13) When the transfer is complete, the following screen will appear.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
487
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
Figure B-6 Database Transfer Complete
EIS
14) Press the Close Softkey.
15) Remove and reapply power to the system.
16) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
17) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
19) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
Figure B-7 ‘Aux Databases’ Page with Updated Databases
20) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
INDEX
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
488
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become
active.
Or:
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Stby/Actv’ using the small FMS Knob. Press the ENT Key. A cyan doublesided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become active.
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
EIS
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
21) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS Knob to select the database, and
then press the Details Softkey. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Or:
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or
the FMS Knob to exit.
22) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB) to show database information for
each display. Use the small FMS Knob to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
Updating Databases from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page:
AFCS
NOTE: The system will only provide a WiFi connection if new databases have been detected for download
on Garmin Pilot via a valid Bluetooth connection. If there are no database updates required the system will
not provide a WiFi signal.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
NOTE: If the mobile device has previously connected to the FS510, and is not connected to another WiFi
source, the mobile device should connect automatically to the FS510. If the mobile device is connected to
another WiFi source (i.e. hangar wifi), then the FS510 will not connect automatically.
APPENDICES
1) Insert the Flight Stream 510 SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if not already inserted.
2) Turn the system ON.
3) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
4) On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and tap Home > Connext > Database Concierge.
INDEX
5) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Connext Setup.
7) Ensure that Wifi Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (refer to Additional Features section for
instructions to enable Wifi Database Import).
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
489
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
WiFi Enabled
Bluetooth
Status
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
WiFi Status
WiFi Password
Figure B-8 ‘Connext Setup’ Page
8) Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth settings on the mobile device.
EIS
9) In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the system is paired with the mobile device
in use. (refer to Additional Features for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
10) Press the Device Softkey to view databases that are ready to be loaded from the mobile device (pressing the
Stby/Actv Softkey will again display the current Standby and Active databases).
11) The ‘Aux - Databases’ Page will show the databases connected to the mobile device in place of the active
databases on the system. Databases selected to load to the system will be indicated by a single cyan arrow.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
12) Press the Update Softkey.
13) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a password prompt will appear on the
mobile device. Enter the password shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
14) Database Update status will appear in the ‘Status’ Window at the top of the page. Monitor update progress in
the ‘Status’ Window, or on the mobile device.
Figure B-9 Device Database Transfer
490
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
15) When all databases have been successfully transferred from the mobile device and appear in the Standby
column, remove and reapply power to the system.
16) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
17) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
19) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
Figure B-10 ‘Aux - Databases’ Page with Updated Databases
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
20) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the active column:
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be selected.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c) Verify the correct database cycle information is shown for each database for each display.
APPENDICES
Or:
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Stby/Actv’ using the small FMS Knob. Press the ENT Key. A cyan doublesided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become active.
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
INDEX
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
491
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the Active column.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
21) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS Knob to select the database, and
then press the Details Softkey. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Or:
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or
the FMS Knob to exit.
22) To view database information for an individual display:
EIS
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating that the standby database will become
active.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
d) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB) to show database information for
each display. Use the small FMS Knob to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
DATABASE DELETION FEATURE
If databases are not properly loading or functioning, and an attempt has been made to load the databases
using a new SD card or multimedia card, it may be necessary to delete the databases from the system.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Deleting databases:
1) Touch the Menu Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Delete Databases.’
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
3) Push the ENT Key.
4) A prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases. Push the ENT Key.
Figure B-11 Delete Databases Confirmation Window
APPENDICES
5) Another prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases. Push the ENT Key.
Figure B-12 Delete Databases Confirmation Window
INDEX
6) Remove and reapply power to the system.
7) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to acknowledge the startup screen.
492
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX B
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
8) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
9) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
10) Confirm that all databases have been deleted from the system.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE
EIS
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the navigation database.
At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with that presently being used by each AHRS
(GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the
MFD, as shown in Figure B-13. Note, in the following example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to indicate an update
is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to the system. GRS2
may be displayed before GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Figure B-13 GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, as seen in Figure B-13, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor is displayed
as shown in Figure B-14.
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
Figure B-14 Uploading Database to GRS1
2) When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
493
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX B
Blank Page
494
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
AVIATION TERMS AND ACRONYMS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
AFCS
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Both Runways
Barometric Altitude
Barometer, Barometric
Battery
Backcourse
The compass direction from the present
position to a destination waypoint.
INDEX
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
APPENDICES
B
B ALT
BARO
BATT
BC
Bearing
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
ATS
AUTOSEQ
AUX
AVG
AVLC
AWOS
Antenna
Angle of Attack, ACARS Over AVLC
Aeronautical Operational Control
Aircraft On Ground
Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association
Autopilot
Autopilot Disconnect
Approach
Airport, Aerodrome
Airport Signs
Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
Airspace
Air Route Traffic Control Center
Arrival
Airspeed
Aviation Support Branch
Automated Surface Observing System
Auto Throttle
Air Traffic Control
ATC Radar Beacon System
Automatic Terminal Information Service
Along Track
Aeronautical Telecommunications
Network
Air Traffic Services
Automatic Sequence
Auxiliary
Average
Aviation VHF Link Control
Automated Weather Observing System
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
ANT
AOA
AOC
AOG
AOPA
AP
AP DISC
APPR, APR
APT
APTSIGNS
ARINC
ARSPC
ARTCC
ARV
AS
ASB
ASOS
AT
ATC
ATCRBS
ATIS
ATK
ATN
EIS
Amps
Advisory Circular, Alternating Current
Airborne Communications Addressing
and Reporting System
ACC
Accuracy
ACK
Acknowledge
ACT, ACTV
Active, Activate, Altitude Compensated
Tilt
ADAHRS
Air Data, Attitude and Heading Reference
System
ADC
Air Data Computer
ADF
Automatic Direction Finder
ADI
Attitude Direction Indicator
ADIZ
Air Defense Identification Zone
ADS-B
Automatic Dependent SurveillanceBroadcast
ADS-R
Automatic Dependent SurveillanceRebroadcast
AEA
Aircraft Electronic Association
AF
Arc to Fix Leg
AFCS
Automatic Flight Control System
AFM
Airplane Flight Manual
AFMS
Airplane Flight Manual Supplement
AFN
ATS Facilities Notification
AFRM
Airframe
AGL
Above Ground Level
AHRS
Attitude and Heading Reference System
AIM
Aeronautical Information Manual
AIRB
Airborne
AIRMET
Airman’s Meteorological Information
AIRREP
Air Reports
ALRT
Alert
ALT
Altitude
ALT, ALTN
Alternator, Alternate
ALTS
Selected Altitude Capture Mode
ALTV
VNAV Altitude Capture Mode
AM
Amplitude Modulation
AMPS
Amperes
ANNUNC/ANN Annunciation/Annunciator
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
A
AC
ACARS
495
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
BFO
BKSP
Bluetooth
BOC
BOD
BRG
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
°C
C
CA
CAL
CALC
Calibrated
Airspeed
CAS
CCG
CD
CDA
CDI
CDU
CF
CG
CH, CHNL
CHT
CHKLIST
CI
CLD
CLR
CM
CMC
CN
CNS
INDEX
CO
COM
CONFIG
COOL
COPLT
496
Beat Frequency Oscillator
Backspace
Wireless standard for data exchange over
short distances
Bottom of Climb
Bottom of Descent
see also Bearing
Degrees Celsius
Center Runway
Course to Altitude Leg
Calibrated
Calculator
Indicated airspeed corrected for
installation and instrument errors.
Crew Alerting System
Current Climb Gradient
Course to DME Distance Leg
Current Data Authority
Course Deviation Indicator
Control Display Unit
Course to Fix Leg
Center of Gravity
Channel
Cylinder Head Temperature
Checklist
Course to Intercept Leg
Cloud
Clear
Centimeter
Central Maintenance Computer
Canada
Communication, Navigation, &
Surveillance
Carbon Monoxide
Communication Radio
Configuration
Coolant
Copilot
Course
Course to
Steer
CPDLC
CPL
CR
CRG
CRNT
Crosstrack
Error
CRS
CRSR
CSA
CSC
CTA
CTR
CTRL
Cumulative,
CUM
CVDR
CVR
CVRG
CWS
CYC CTR
CYL
D ALT
D-ATIS
DB, DBASE
dBZ
DCL
DCLTR, DECLTR
DEC FUEL
DEG
DEIC, DEICE
DEP
The line between two points to be
followed by the aircraft.
The recommended direction to steer
in order to reduce course error or stay
on course. Provides the most efficient
heading to get back to the desired course
and proceed along the flight plan.
Controller Pilot Datalink Communications
Couple
Course to Radial Leg
Cockpit Reference Guide
Current
The distance the aircraft is off a desired
course in either direction, left or right.
see also Course, Course to Steer
Cursor
Conflict Situational Awareness
Current Speed Control
Control Area
Center
Control
The total of all legs in a flight plan.
Cockpit Voice Data Recorder
Cockpit Voice Recorder
Coverage
Control Wheel Steering
Cyclic Centering
Cylinder
Density Altitude
Digital Automatic Terminal Info Service
Database
Decibels ‘Z’ (Radar Return)
Departure Clearance
Declutter
Decrease Fuel
Degree
De-icing
Departure
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
APPENDICES
INDEX
°F
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Empty, East
Engine and Airframe Systems
Engine Control Unit
Emergency Descent Mode
Expected Further Clearance
A measure of fuel consumption,
expressed in distance per unit of fuel.
AFCS
E
EAS
ECU
EDM
EFC
Efficiency
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
DTK
DQR
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
DTG
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
DL LTNG
DLS
DME
DN
DNALT
DOD
DOP
DP
DPRT
DR
DSBL
DSP
European Geostationary Navigation
Overlay Service
EGT
Exhaust Gas Temperature
EICAS
Engine Indication and Crew Alerting
System
EIS
Engine Indication System
ELEV
Elevation, Elevator
ELT
Emergency Locator Transmitter
EMER, EMERG, Emergency
EMERGCY
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference
END, ENDUR
Endurance
Endurance
Flight endurance, or total possible flight
time based on available fuel on board.
ENG
Engine
ENGD
Engaged
ENR
Enroute; ETE to Final Destination
Enroute Safe Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe
Altitude (ESA) altitude within ten miles left or right of
the desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to.
ENT
Enter
EPE
see also Estimated Position Error
EPU
Estimated Position Uncertainty
ERR
Error
ES
Extended Squitter
ESA
see also Enroute Safe Altitude
ESP
Electronic Stability and Protection
Estimated
A measure of horizontal GPS position
Position Error error derived by satellite geometry
(EPE)
conditions and other factors.
Estimated
The estimated time at which the aircraft
Time of Arrival should reach the destination waypoint,
(ETA)
based upon current speed and track.
Estimated
The estimated time it takes to reach
Time Enroute the destination waypoint from the
(ETE)
present position, based upon current
groundspeed.
ETA
see also Estimated Time of Arrival
ETE
see also Estimated Time Enroute
EVS
Enhanced Vision System
EXPIRD
Expired
EIS
DIR
DIS
Distance
EGNOS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
DES, DEST
DEV
DF
DFLT
DG
DGRD
DH
Dilution of
Precision
The desired course between the active
“from” and “to” waypoints.
Destination
Deviation
Direct to Fix Leg
Default
Directional Gyro
Degrade
Decision Height
A measure of GPS satellite geometry
quality on a scale of one to ten (lower
numbers equal better geometry, where
higher numbers equal poorer geometry).
Direction
Distance
The ‘great circle’ distance from the
present position to a destination
waypoint.
Datalink Lightning
Data Link System
Distance Measuring Equipment
Down
Density Altitude
Department of Defense
see also Dilution of Precision
Departure Procedure
Departure
Dead Reckoning
Disabled
Datalink Service Provider, Digital Signal
Processor
Distance To Go, Remaining distance to
last active FPL waypoint
see also Desired Track
Data Quality Requirements
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Desired Track
Degrees Fahrenheit
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
497
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FA
FAA
FADEC
FAF
FAIL
FANS
FAR
FBO
FC
FCC
FCST
FD
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Course From Fix to Altitude Leg
Federal Aviation Administration
Full Authority Digital Engine Control
Final Approach Fix
Failure
Future Air Navigation System
Federal Aviation Regulations
Fixed Base Operator
Course From Fix to Distance Leg
Federal Communication Commission
Forecast
Flight Director, Course From Fix to DME
Distance Leg
FDE
Fault Detection and Exclusion
FF, FFLOW
see also Fuel Flow
FIS-B
Flight Information Services-Broadcast
FISDL
Flight Information Service Data Link
FL
Flight Level
FLC
Flight Level Change
FLT
Flight Timer
FLTA
Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
FM
Course From Fix to Manual Termination
Leg
FMS
Flight Management System
FOB
see also Fuel On Board
FOD
see also Fuel Over Destination
FPA
Flight Path Angle
FPL
Flight Plan
FPM
Feet Per Minute, Flight Path Marker
FREQ
Frequency
FRMT
Format
FRZ
Freezing
FSM
Flight System Messages
FSS
Flight Service Station
FT
foot/feet
Fuel Flow
The fuel flow rate, expressed in units of
fuel per hour.
Fuel On Board The total amount of usable fuel on board
the aircraft.
Fuel Over
The estimated fuel remaining when the
Destination
aircraft reaches the destination waypoint,
based upon current fuel flow.
498
FWD
Forward
G/S
GA
GAGAN
GAGL
GAL, GL
GBOX
GBT
GCU
GCS
GDC
GDL
GDR
GDU
GEA
GEN
GEO
GFC
GIA
GLONASS
Glideslope
Go-Around
GPS Aided GEO Augmented Navigation
GPS AGL Altitude
Gallon(s)
Gearbox
Ground Based Transceiver
Garmin Control Unit
Ground Clutter Suppression
Garmin Air Data Computer
Garmin Satellite Data Link
Garmin Data Radio
Garmin Display Unit
Garmin Engine/Airframe Unit
Generator
Geographic
Garmin Flight Control
Garmin Integrated Avionics Unit
Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite
Landing System
Global Navigation Satellite Landing
System
Garmin Audio Panel System
Garmin Mode Controller
Greenwich Mean Time
Garmin Magnetometer Unit
Ground
Global Operational Data Link
Gallons per Hour
Garmin Part Number
Global Positioning System
Ground Proximity Warning System
One degree latitude by one degree
longitude in size and clears the highest
elevation reference point in the grid by:
a) 1,000 feet where the highest elevation
is <5001MSL or b) 2,000 feet where the
highest elevation is >5000MSL
The velocity that the aircraft is travelling
relative to a ground position.
GLS
GMA
GMC
GMT
GMU
GND
GOLD
GPH
GPN
GPS
GPWS
Grid MORA
(Minimum
Off—Route
Altitude)
Groundspeed
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
APPENDICES
Key Stuck
Kilogram
Kilohertz
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
KEYSTK
KG
kHz
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
ISO
ITT
AFCS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Hover
Hover Prediction
Hectopascal
Hover Power Indicator
Horizontal Protection Level
Hour
Horizon Heading
High-Speed Data Bus
Horizontal Situation Indicator
Heat
INFO
IN Hg
INS
INT
INTEG
IrDA, IRDA
ISA
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
HFOM
Hg
HI
HI SENS
HM
HNS
Horizontal
Figure of
Merit
HOV
HOV-P
hPa
HPI
HPL
HR
HRZN HDG
HSDB
HSI
HT
Inner Marker
Initial Approach Fix
Indicated Air Speed
Indicated Air Temperature
Integrated Avionics Unit
International Civil Aviation Organization
Intercom System
Identification/Morse Code Identifier
Identification
Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers
Initial Fix
Instrument Flight Rules
Imperial Gallon
In Ground Effect
Instrument Landing System
Instrument Meteorological Conditions
Inch
Inactive
Increase Fuel
Indicator, Indicated
Information provided by properly
calibrated and set instrumentation on the
aircraft panel.
Information
Inches of Mercury
Inertial Navigation System
Intersection(s)
Integrity (RAIM unavailable)
Infrared Data Association
International Standard Atmosphere; ISA
Relative Temperature
International Standards Organization
Inter-Turbine Temperature, Interstage
Turbine Temperature
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
HF
I
IAF
IAS
IAT
IAU
ICAO
ICS
ID
IDENT, IDNT
IEEE
IF
IFR
IG
IGE
ILS
IMC
IN
INACTV
INC FUEL
IND
Indicated
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Hold Terminating at Altitude Leg
see also Heading
Horizontal Dilution of Precision
The direction an aircraft is pointed,
based upon indications from a magnetic
compass or a properly set directional
gyro.
High Frequency, Hold Terminating at Fix
Leg
see also Horizontal Figure of Merit
Mercury
High
High Sensitivity
Hold with Manual Termination Leg
Hybrid Navigation System
A measure of the uncertainty in the
aircraft’s horizontal position.
Horizontal Uncertainty Level
Hertz (cycles per second)
EIS
HA
HDG
HDOP
Heading
HUL
Hz
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
See Track
Garmin Reference System
Ground Speed, Glideslope
Garmin Servo Adapter
Garmin Data Concentrator
Geodetic Sea Level
Garmin Satellite Radio
Garmin Sensor Unit
Garmin Touchscreen Controller
Garmin Traffic System
Garmin Transponder
Gross Weight
Garmin Weather Radar
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
Ground Track
GRS
GS
GSA
GSD
GSL
GSR
GSU
GTC
GTS
GTX
GW
GWX
499
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
KM
KT
Kilometer
Knot
L
LAT
LBL
LB
LCD
LCL
LDA
LDG
LED
Left Over Fuel
On Board
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Left, Left Runway
Latitude, Lateral
Label
Pound
Liquid Crystal Display
Local
Landing Distance Available
ETA at Final Destination
Light Emitting Diode
The amount of fuel remaining on board
after the completion of one or more legs
of a flight plan or direct-to.
Left Over Fuel The amount of flight time remaining,
Reserve
based on the amount of fuel on board
after the completion of one or more legs
of a flight plan or direct-to, and a known
consumption rate.
Leg
The portion of a flight plan between two
waypoints.
LGND
Legend
LIFR
Low Instrument Flight Rules
LMM
Location Middle Marker
LNAV
Lateral Navigation
LO
Low
LOA
Letter of Authorization
LOC
Localizer
LOI
Loss of Integrity (GPS)
LOM
Location Outer Marker
LON
Longitude, Longitudinal
LP
Localizer Performance
LPV
Localizer Performance with Vertical
Guidance
LRU
Line Replaceable Unit
LSB V
Lower Sideband Voice
LT
Left
LTNG
Lightning
LVL
Level
M
500
Meter, Middle Marker, Mach
MMO (VMO)
Maximum Speed
Mach Number Mach number is the ratio of the true
airspeed to the speed of sound.
MAG
Magnetic
MAG VAR
Magnetic Variation
MAHP
Missed Approach Hold Point
MAN IN
Manifold Pressure (inches Hg)
MAN SQ
Manual Squelch
MANSEQ
Manual Sequence
MAP
Missed Approach Point
MASQ
Master Avionics Squelch
MAX
Maximum
MAXSPD
Maximum Speed (overspeed)
MB
Marker Beacon
MCP
Maximum Continuous Power
MDA
Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude
MEPT
Manual Electric Pitch Trim
MET
Manual Electric Trim
METAR
Aviation Routine Weather Report
MFD
Multi Function Display
MGRS
Military Grid Reference System
MGT
Measured Gas Temperature
MHz
Megahertz
MIC
Microphone
MIN
Minimum
Minimum Safe Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe
Altitude (MSA) altitude within ten miles of the aircraft
present position.
MKR
Marker Beacon
MOA
Military Operations Area
MON
Monitor
MOV
Movement
MORA
Minimum Off-Route Altitude
MPEL
Maximum Permissible Exposure Level
MPM
Meters per Minute
MSA
see also Minimum Safe Altitude
MSAS
Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation
System
MSG
Message
MSL
Mean Sea Level
MT, M
Meter
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
RFM
RMI
RMT
RNAV
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
RAM
RAT
RCVR
REF
REM
REQ
RES
REV
RF
APPENDICES
Pressure Altitude
Passenger Address, Proximity Advisory
Passenger(s)
Personal Computer
Pre-Departure Clearance
Primary Flight Display
Pilot’s Guide
Procedure Turn to Course Intercept Leg
Pilot Report
Pitch
Plain Old ACARS
Pilot’s Operating Handbook
Right, Right Runway
Resolution Advisory, Radio Altimeter
Radial
Radio Altimeter
Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring
Random Access Memory
Ram Air Temperature
Receiver
Reference
Remaining (fuel remaining), Reminder
Required
Reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
Reverse, Revision, Revise
Radio Frequency, Constant Radius Turn to
Fix Leg
Rotorcraft Flight Manual
Radio Magnetic Indicator
Remote
Area Navigation
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
P ALT
PA
PASS
PC
PDC
PFD
PG
PI
PIREP
PIT, PTCH
POA
POH
R
RA
RAD
RAD ALT
RAIM
AFCS
OXY
Outer Marker
Outside Air Temperature
Omni Bearing Selector
Offset
Out of Ground Effect
Out of the gate, Off the ground, On the
ground, and In the gate
Oxygen
Engine Torque
Field Elevation Pressure
Sea Level Pressure
Quantity
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
O
OAT
OBS
OFST
OGE
OOOI
Q
QFE
QNH
QTY
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
NOTAM
NP
NR
NRST
PT
PTK
PTT
PWR
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
North
North Atlantic Tracks System
Navigation
Navigation Aid
Next Data Authority
Non-Directional Beacon
Next Generation Radar
Gas Producer Rotation Speed
Nautical Mile(s)
No Procedure Turn Required (procedure
shall not be executed without ATC
clearance)
Notice To Airman
Power Turbine Speed
Rotor Speed
Nearest
Pilot’s Operating Handbook Supplement
Position
Pounds per Hour
Parts per Million
Present Position
Pressure
Procedure(s), Procedure Turn
Propeller
Proximity
Pounds per Square Inch, Power Situation
Indicator
Procedure Turn
Parallel Track
Push-to-Talk
Power
EIS
N
NATS
NAV
NAVAID
NDA
NDB
NEXRAD
NG
NM
NoPT
POHS
POS, POSN
PPH
PPM
P. POS
PRES, PRESS
PROC
PROP
PROX
PSI
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Millivolt(s)
Marginal Visual Flight Rules
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
mV
MVFR
501
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RNG
RNP
RNWY, RWY
ROL
ROM
RPM
RST FUEL
RSV
RT
RUDICS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
RVRSNRY
RVSM
RX
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
S
SA
SAR
SAT
SBAS
SCIT
SD
SEC
SEL, SLCT
SELCAL
SENS
SFC
SIAP
INDEX
APPENDICES
SID
SIG/AIR
SIGMET
SIM
SLD
SLP/SKD
SMBL
SMS
SNGL
SPC
SPD
502
Range
Required Navigation Performance
Runway
Roll
Read Only Memory
Revolutions Per Minute
Reset Fuel
Reserve (fuel reserve entered by pilot)
Right
Router-Based Unrestricted Digital
Interworking Connectivity Solution
Reversionary
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums
Receive
South
Selective Availability
Search and Rescue
Static Air Temperature
Satellite-Based Augmentation System
Storm Cell Identification and Tracking
Secure Digital
Second(s)
Select
Selective Calling
Sense
Surface
Standard Instrument Approach
Procedures
Standard Instrument Departure
SIGMET/AIRMET
Significant Meteorological Information
Simulator
Supercooled Large Droplet
Slip/Skid
Symbol
Short Message System
Single
Space
Speed
SPI
SPKR
SQ, SQL
SRVC, SVC
SSID
STAB
STAL
STAR
STATS
STBY
STD
STRMSCP
SUA
SURF
SUSP
SVT
SW
SYNC
SYN TERR
SYN VIS
SYS
Special Position Identification
Speaker
Squelch
Service
Wireless Service Set Identifier
Stabilization
Stall
Standard Terminal Arrival Route
Statistics
Standby
Standard
Stormscope
Special Use Airspace
Surface
Suspend
Synthetic Vision Technology
Software
Synchronize
Synthetic Terrain
Synthetic Vision
System
T
TA
TACAN
TAF
TAS
TAT
TAWS
TCA
TCAS
TEL
TEMP
TERM
TF
TFR
TGT
T HDG
TIS
True
Traffic Advisory
Tactical Air Navigation System
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
True Airspeed, Traffic Advisory System
Total Air Temperature
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Terminal Control Area
Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System
Telephone
Temperature
Terminal
Track Between Two Fixes Leg
Temporary Flight Restriction
Target
True Heading
Traffic Information Service
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX C
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
AFCS
190-02177-01 Rev. A
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Volts
Velocity (airspeed)
Takeoff Decision Speed
Takeoff Safety Speed
Maneuvering Speed
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
V
V, Vspeed
V1
V2
VA
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Universal Access Transceiver
Ultra-High Frequency
Unavailable
United States
Upper Sideband Voice
User
Coordinated Universal Time
Universal Transverse Mercator/ Universal
Polar Stereographic Grid
Approach Climb Speed
Maximum Flap Extended Speed
Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed
Approach Speed (Flaps at x°)
Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed
Minimum Control Speed
Maximum Operating Speed
Never-Exceed Speed
Takeoff Rotate Speed
Landing Approach Speed, Reference
Landing Speed
VSB
Maximum Speedbrake Speed
VSR
Stall Speed
VT
Takeoff Flap Retraction Speed
VTIRE
Maximum Tire Speed
VX
Best Angle of Climb Speed
VY
Best Rate of Climb Speed
VYSE
Best Single-Engine Rate of Climb Speed
V DEV
Vertical Deviation
VA
Heading Vector to Altitude Leg
VAC
Volts Alternating Current
VAPP
VOR Approach
VAR
Variation
VD
Heading Vector to DME Distance Leg
VDC
Volts Direct Current
VDL
VHF Datalink
VERT
Vertical
Vertical Figure A measure of the uncertainty in the
of Merit
aircraft’s vertical position.
Vertical Speed The vertical speed necessary to descend/
Required
climb from a current position and altitude
to a defined target position and altitude,
based upon current groundspeed.
VFOM
see also Vertical Figure of Merit
VFR
Visual Flight Rules
VHF
Very High Frequency
VI
Heading Vector to Intercept Leg
VLOC
VOR/Localizer Receiver
VM
Heading Vector to Manual Termination
Leg
VMC
Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV, VNV
Vertical Navigation
EIS
UAT
UHF
UNAVAIL
US
USB V
USR
UTC
UTM/UPS
VAPP , VAC
VFE
VLE
VLNDx
VLO
VMC
VMO (MMO)
VNE
VR
VREF
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Track Angle
Error
TRK
TRSA
TRUNC
TTL
TURB
TURN
TWIP
TX
Traffic Information Service-Broadcast
Turbine Inlet Temperature
see also Track Angle Error
Terminal Maneuvering Area
Timer/Reference
Top of Climb
Top of Descent, Time to TOD
Take-Off, Go-Around
Takeoff and Landing Data
Topographic
Takeoff Run Available
Total
Traffic Pattern Altitude
Direction of aircraft movement relative to
a ground position; also ‘Ground Track’.
The angle difference between the desired
track and the current track.
see also Track
Terminal Radar Service Area
Truncated
Total
Turbulence
Procedure Turn
Terminal Weather Information for Pilots
Transmit
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
TIS-B
TIT
TKE
TMA
TMR/REF
TOC
TOD
TOGA, TO/GA
TOLD
TOPO
TORA
TOT
TPA
Track
503
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX C
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
VOL
VOR
VORTAC
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
VPATH, VPTH
VPL
VPROF
VR
VRP
VS
VSD
VSI
VSR, VS REQ
VTF
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
W
WAAS
WARN
WATCH
WGS-84
WI-FI, WIFI
504
Volume
VHF Omnidirectional Range
VHF Omnidirectional Range Station and
Tactical Air Navigation
Vertical Path
Vertical Protection Level
VNAV Profile, Vertical Profile
Heading Vector to Radial Leg
Visual Reporting Point
Vertical Speed
Vertical Situation Display
Vertical Speed Indicator
see also Vertical Speed Required
Vector to Final
WOG
WOW
WPT
WT
WW
WX
Watt(s), West
Wide Area Augmentation System
Warning
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight
World Geodetic System - 1984
Wireless Local Area Network based on
IEEE 802.11
Weight on Gear
Weight on Wheels
Waypoint(s)
Weight
World Wide
Weather
XFER, XFR
XM LTNG
XMIT
XMSN
XPDR
XTALK
XTK
Transfer
SiriusXM Lightning
Transmit
Transmission
Transponder
Cross-Talk
Cross-Track, Crosstrack Error
YD
Yaw Damper
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
If a particular aspect of system operational capability is not addressed by these commonly asked questions or in
the index, contact Garmin (see the copyright page or back cover for contact information) or a Garmin-authorized
dealer. Garmin is dedicated to supporting its products and customers.
What is SBAS?
EIS
The Satellite Based Augmentation System (SBAS) uses a system of ground stations to correct any GPS signal
errors. These ground stations correct for errors caused by ionospheric disturbances, timing, and satellite
orbit errors. It also provides vital integrity information regarding the health of each GPS satellite. The signal
correction is then broadcast through geostationary satellites. This correction information can then be received
by any SBAS-enabled GPS receiver.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
SBAS is designed to provide the additional accuracy, availability, and integrity necessary to enable users to rely
on GPS for all phases of flight.
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
There are several SBAS systems serving different parts of the world. The Wide Area Augmentation System
(WAAS) is currently available in the United States, including Alaska and Hawaii. The European Geostationary
Navigation Overlay Service (EGNOS) offers coverage of Europe, parts of the middle east and northern Africa.
The Multi-functional Satellite Augmentation System (MSAS) covers mainly Japan and parts of northern Australia.
How does SBAS affect approach operations?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Both LNAV/VNAV and LPV approaches use the accuracy of SBAS to include vertical (glide path) guidance
capability. The additional accuracy and vertical guidance capability allows improved instrument approaches to
an expanded number of airports throughout the U.S.
AFCS
The implementation of LPV approaches further improves precision approach capabilities. LPV approaches
are designed to make full use of the improved GPS signal from the SBAS. This approach combines the LNAV/
VNAV vertical accuracy with lateral guidance similar to the typical Instrument Landing System (ILS). LPV
approaches allow lower approach minimums.
What is RAIM and how does it affect approach operations?
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
RAIM is an acronym for Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring. RAIM is a GPS receiver function that
performs the following functions:
• Monitors and verifies integrity and geometry of tracked GPS satellites
• Notifies the pilot when satellite conditions do not provide the necessary coverage to support a certain phase
of flight
APPENDICES
• Predicts satellite coverage of a destination area to determine whether the number of available satellites is
sufficient to satisfy requirements
NOTE: If RAIM is not predicted to be available for the final approach course, the approach does not become
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
INDEX
active, as indicated by the “RAIM not available from FAF to MAP” message and the LOI annunciation
flagging on the HSI.
505
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
For RAIM to work correctly, the GPS receiver must track at least five satellites. A minimum of six satellites is
required to allow RAIM to eliminate a single corrupt satellite from the navigation solution.
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
RAIM ensures that satellite geometry allows for a navigation solution calculation within a specified protection
limit (2.0 nm for oceanic and en route, 1.0 nm for terminal, and 0.3 nm for non-precision approaches). The
system monitors RAIM and issues an alert message when RAIM is not available (see Appendix A). Without
RAIM, GPS position accuracy cannot be monitored. If RAIM is not available when crossing the FAF, the pilot
must fly the missed approach procedure.
What is GSL altitude?
EIS
GSL (Geodetic Sea Level) altitude is the height above Mean Sea Level (MSL), as calculated geometrically,
generally using a global positioning system (GPS) as the primary data source. The calculated result may or may
not include a barometric component, but the primary source is geometric.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Why are there not any approaches available for a flight plan?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Approaches are available for the final destination airport in a flight plan or as a direct-to (keep in mind
that some VOR/VORTAC identifiers are similar to airport identifiers). If a destination airport does not have a
published approach, the system indicates “NONE” for the available procedures.
What happens when an approach is selected? Can a flight plan with an approach, a departure, or an
arrival be stored?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
When an approach, departure, or arrival is loaded into the active flight plan, a set of approach, departure,
or arrival waypoints is inserted into the flight plan, along with a header line showing the title of the selected
instrument procedure. The original en route portion of the flight plan remains active, unless the instrument
procedure is activated. This may be done either when the procedure is loaded or at a later time.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
Flight plans can also be stored with an approach, a departure, or an arrival. Note that the active flight plan
is erased when the system is turned off. Also, the active flight plan is overwritten when another flight plan is
activated. When storing flight plans with an approach, a departure, or an arrival, the system uses the waypoint
information from the current database to define the waypoints. If the database is changed or updated, the
system automatically updates the information, provided the procedure has not been modified. Should an
approach, departure, or arrival procedure no longer be available, the flight plan becomes locked until the
procedure is deleted from the flight plan.
Can “slant Golf” (“/G”) be filed using the G1000?
APPENDICES
“/G” may be filed for a flight plan. The system meets the requirements of TSO-C145a Class 3 and ETSO C145
Class 3 installations. GPS approaches are not to be flown with an expired database. See the current version of
the pertinent flight manual as well as the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM) for more information.
What does the OBS Softkey do?
INDEX
The OBS Softkey is used to select manual sequencing of waypoints. Activating OBS mode sets the current
active-to waypoint as the primary navigation reference and prevents the system from sequencing to the next
waypoint in a flight plan. When OBS mode is cancelled, automatic waypoint sequencing is continued, and
the system automatically activates the next waypoint in the flight plan once the aircraft has crossed the present
active waypoint.
506
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX D
OBS
Manual sequencing - ‘holds’ on selected waypoint
Manually select course to waypoint from HSI
Indicates ‘TO’ or ‘FROM’ waypoint
Cannot be set for final approach course or published holding patterns
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
•
•
•
•
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
•
•
•
•
Normal (OBS not activated)
Automatic sequencing of waypoints
Manual course change on HSI not possible
Always navigates ‘TO’ the active waypoint
Must be in this mode for final approach course
When OBS mode is active, the system allows the pilot to set a desired course to/from a waypoint using the
CRS/BARO Knob and HSI (much like a VOR).
EIS
The most common application for using the OBS Softkey is the missed approach. The system suspends
automatic waypoint sequencing (indicated by a ‘SUSP’ annunciation placed on the HSI) when the missed
approach point (MAP) is crossed. This prevents the system from automatically sequencing to the missed
approach holding point (MAHP). During this time, the OBS Softkey designation changes to SUSP. Pressing
the SUSP Softkey reactivates automatic waypoint sequencing. The OBS Softkey then resumes its normal
functionality.
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Why might the system not automatically sequence to the next waypoint?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
The system only sequences flight plan waypoints when automatic sequencing is enabled (i.e., no ‘OBS’ or
‘SUSP’ annunciation on the HSI). For automatic sequencing to occur, the aircraft must also cross the bisector of
the turn being navigated. The bisector is a line passing through the waypoint common to two flight plan legs
at an equal angle from each leg.
How can a waypoint be skipped in an approach, a departure, or an arrival?
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
The system allows the pilot to manually select any approach, departure, or arrival leg as the active leg of
the flight plan. This procedure is performed on the MFD from the Active Flight Plan Page by highlighting the
desired waypoint and pressing the ACT Leg Softkey then the ENT Key to approve the selection. The GPS then
provides navigation along the selected flight plan leg.
AFCS
When does turn anticipation begin?
The system smooths adjacent leg transitions based on a normal 15° bank angle (with the ability to roll up to
30°) and provides three pilot cues for turn anticipation:
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
• A waypoint alert (‘Next DTK ###° in # seconds’ or ‘Next HDG ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10
seconds before the turn point and flashes as it counts down to zero.
APPENDICES
• A flashing turn advisory (‘Turn [right/left] to ###° in # seconds’) appears on the PFD 10 seconds before the
turn and flashes as it counts down to zero. ‘Turn [right/left] to ###° now’ or ‘Next [DTK/HDG] to ###° now’
is displayed when the pilot is to begin the turn and the HSI (GPS mode) automatically sequences to the next
DTK or HDG value.
• The To/From indicator on the HSI flips momentarily to indicate that the midpoint of the turn has been
crossed.
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
507
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX D
When does the CDI scale change?
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Once a departure is activated, the Course Deviation Indicator (CDI) full scale deflection is set to 0.3 nm. The
CDI scale changes to 1.0 nm (terminal mode) then ramps up to 2.0 nm (enroute mode) at 30 nm from the
departure airport. When 31 nm from the destination, the CDI scale smoothly transition from 2.0 nm back
to 1.0 nm (terminal mode). At 2.0 nm before the FAF during an active approach, the CDI scale transitions
down further based on the type of approach activated (LNAV, LNAV/VNAV, LPV). When a missed approach is
activated, the CDI is set to 0.3 nm. See the Flight Instruments Section for more details on CDI scaling.
Why does the HSI not respond like a VOR when OBS mode is active?
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
Unlike a VOR, the CDI scale used on GPS equipment is based on the crosstrack distance to the desired
course, not on the angular relationship to the destination. Therefore, the CDI deflection on the GPS is constant
regardless of the distance to the destination and does not become less sensitive when further away from the
destination.
What is the correct missed approach procedure? How is the missed approach holding point selected?
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
To comply with TSO specifications, the system does not automatically sequence past the MAP. The first
waypoint in the missed approach procedure becomes the active waypoint when the SUSP Softkey is selected
after crossing the MAP. All published missed approach procedures must be followed, as indicated on the
approach plate.
To execute the missed approach procedure prior to the MAP (not recommended), select the Active Flight Plan
Page and use the ACT Leg Softkey to activate the missed approach portion of the procedure.
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
After a missed approach, how can the same approach be re-selected? How can a new approach be
activated?
NOTE: Do not attempt to reactivate the current approach prior to crossing the missed approach point
AFCS
(MAP). If an attempt to do so is made, an alert message “Are you sure you want to discontinue the current
approach?” appears. The system directs the pilot back to the transition waypoint and does not take into
consideration any missed approach procedures, if the current approach is reactivated.
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
After flying the missed approach procedure, the pilot may reactivate the same approach for another attempt by
pressing the PROC Key. Once the clearance is given for another attempt, activate the approach by highlighting
‘Activate Approach’ using the large FMS Knob and pressing the ENT Key. The system provides navigation along
the desired course to the waypoint and rejoins the approach in sequence from that point.
APPENDICES
To activate a new approach for the same airport, select the new procedure by pressing the PROC Key. Choose
‘Select Approach’, select the desired approach from the list shown, and press the ENT Key. Select the desired
transition, then activate the approach using the ENT Key.
INDEX
To activate a new approach to a different airport, press the Direct-to Key and select the desired airport using
the FMS Knobs. Press the ENT Key to accept the selected airport, then follow the steps in the preceding
paragraph to select an approach for the new airport.
508
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
APPENDIX E
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
MAP SYMBOLS
MISCELLANEOUS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
Item
Symbol
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
Map Pointer (when panning)
EIS
Elevation Pointer
(on Topography Scale when panning)
Measuring Pointer
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
Wind Vector
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
Overzoom Indicator
User Waypoint
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
Parallel Track Waypoint
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
AFCS
Top of Descent (TOD)
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
APPENDICES
INDEX
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
509
INDEX
APPENDICES
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
AFCS
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
EIS
FLIGHT
INSTRUMENTS
SYSTEM
OVERVIEW
APPENDIX E
Blank Page
510
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
190-02177-01 Rev. A
INDEX
EIS
AUDIO PANEL
& CNS
FLIGHT
MANAGEMENT
B
Backcourse Mode-------------------------------------------391
Backlighting-------------------------------------------------- 42
Barometric Altimeter Setting---------------------------44, 50
Bearing/distance, measuring------------------------------153
Bearing Information-------------------------------------45, 58
Bearing Pointer----------------------------------------------- 58
Bearing Source----------------------------------------------- 58
Bluetooth---------------------------------------- 212, 401, 455
HAZARD
AVOIDANCE
C
AFCS
Caution-------------------------------------------------------470
Chart Not Available-----------------------------------------406
Chart options----------------------------------------- 410, 416
Chart Setup Box-------------------------------------- 411, 417
ChartView----------------------------------------------------405
Checklists--------------------------------------------- 465–466
Circle of Uncertainty----------------------------------------418
Clearance Recorder-----------------------------------------138
Closest Point-------------------------------------------------208
Cloud Tops---------------------------------------------------289
COM channel spacing--------------------------------------119
COM Frequency Box--------------------------------- 115, 120
Command Bars----------------------------------------------371
COM Tuning Failure-----------------------------------------141
Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA)--------------------354
Controls--------------------------------------------------------- 4
Control Wheel Steering (CWS)--------------------- 367, 395
Correlation---------------------------------------------------353
Course Deviation Indicator (CDI)-----------------55, 59–63
Changing scale-------------------------------------------508
APPENDICES
INDEX
Garmin G1000 NXi Pilot’s Guide for the Cessna Nav III
ADDITIONAL
FEATURES
190-02177-01 Rev. A
Approach Mode-------------------------------------- 382, 387
Arrivals------------------------------------------ 234, 235, 236
Loading----------------------------------------------------235
Removing--------------------------------------------------236
Attitude Indicator----------------------------------------44, 46
Audio Alerting System--------------------------------------471
Audio panel controls
SPKR-------------------------------------------------------131
Audio panel fail-safe operation---------------------------141
Auto-designation-------------------------------------------192
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)--------- 365–400
Alerts and annunciations------------------------ 397–398
Controls--------------------------------